all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photos | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 |
|
Part1 of Users Manual | Users Manual | 2.18 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Part2 of Users Manual | Users Manual | 2.72 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
User Manual for Laptop Part I | Users Manual | 2.53 MiB | October 11 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
User Manual for Laptop Part II | Users Manual | 3.23 MiB | October 11 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Users Manual | Users Manual | 882.12 KiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 588.76 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
External Photos | External Photos | 192.77 KiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
FCC ID Label Information | ID Label/Location Info | 80.88 KiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Label | ID Label/Location Info | 69.90 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Block Diagram | Block Diagram | March 31 2004 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Cover Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 19.26 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Permissive II Change Request | Cover Letter(s) | 38.67 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Request for Confidential Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 125.22 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Schematics | Schematics | March 31 2004 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Technical Specfication | Operational Description | March 31 2004 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Test Report | Test Report | 1.05 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
5GHz SAR Report | RF Exposure Info | 3.20 MiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Confidential Request Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 124.95 KiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Operational Description | Operational Description | 211.76 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Response to FCC Questions on the SAR Report | Cover Letter(s) | 125.20 KiB | October 11 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Test Report Part I | Test Report | 3.12 MiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Test Report Part II | Test Report | 2.67 MiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Test Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 186.35 KiB | September 10 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Revised Part I FCC report | Test Report | 3.16 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Revised SAR report | RF Exposure Info | 1.71 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
SAR report | RF Exposure Info | 1.71 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Vertification Letter | Attestation Statements | 74.21 KiB |
1 2 3 4 | Part1 of Users Manual | Users Manual | 2.18 MiB |
TravelMate 660 series Users guide Copyright 2003 Acer Incorporated. All Rights Reserved. TravelMate 660 series Users guide Original Issue: May 2003 Changes may be made periodically to the information in this publication without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes. Such changes will be incorporated in new editions of this manual or supplementary documents and publications. This company makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Record the model number, serial number, purchase date, and place of purchase information in the space provided below. The serial number and model number are recorded on the label affixed to your computer. All correspondence concerning your unit should include the serial number, model number, and purchase information. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopy, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Acer Incorporated. TravelMate 660 series Notebook computer Model number : _________________________________ Serial number: ___________________________________ Purchase date: ___________________________________ Place of purchase: ________________________________ Acer and the Acer logo are registered trademarks of Acer Incorporated. Other company's product names or trademarks are used herein for identification purposes only and belong to their respective companies. iii E n g l i s h First things first We would like to thank you for making the TravelMate series of notebook computers your choice for your mobile computing needs. We hope you will be happy with your TravelMate as much as we enjoyed making it for you. Your guides To help you use your TravelMate, we have designed a set of guides:
First off, the Just for Starters... poster helps you get started with setting up your computer. This Users guide introduces you to the many ways your computer can help you be more productive. This guide provides clear and concise information about the computer, so read it thoroughly. If you ever need to print out a copy, this Users guide is also available in PDF (Portable Document Format). Follow these steps:
1 Click on Start, Programs, TravelMate. 2 Click on TravelMate Users guide. Note: Viewing the file requires Adobe Acrobat Reader installed. For instructions on how to use Adobe Acrobat Reader, access the Help menu. For more information about our products, services, and support information, please visit our Web site (www.acer.com). iv h s i l g n E Basic care and tips for using your computer Turning your computer on and off To turn on the computer, simply press the power button on the left of the launch keys found above your TravelMates standard keyboard. See Front open view on page 3 for the location of the power switch. To turn the power off, do any of the following:
Use the Windows shutdown command For Windows 2000: Click on Start, Shut Down..., and select Shut down; then click on OK.
- or -
For Windows XP: Click on Start, Turn off Computer; then click Turn Off. Use the power switch
Note: You can also use the power switch to perform power management functions. See Windows help for more information.
Use the customized functions for power management You can also shut down the computer by closing the display cover, or by pressing the sleep hot key (Fn-F4). See the online guide for details. Note: If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power switch for more than four seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it.
Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not expose the computer to temperatures below 0C (32F) or above 50C (122F). Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields.
E n g l i s h v
Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock and vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust and dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer to avoid damaging the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. Taking care of your AC adapter Here are some ways to take care of your AC adapter:
Do not connect the adapter to any other device. Do not step on the power cord or place heavy objects on top of it. Carefully route the power cord and any cables away from personal traffic.
When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself
but pull on the plug. The total ampere ratings of the equipment plugged in should not exceed the ampere rating of the cord if you are using an extension cord. Also, the total current rating of all equipment plugged into a single wall outlet should not exceed the fuse rating. Taking care of your battery pack Here are some ways to take care of your battery pack:
Use only batteries of the same kind as replacements. Turn the power off before removing or replacing batteries. Do not tamper with batteries. Keep them away from children. Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Recycle if at all possible.
Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:
1 2 Disconnect the AC adapter. Power off the computer and remove the battery pack. vi h s i l g n E 3 Use a soft cloth moistened with water. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. To clean the display screen, use an LCD cleaning kit. 4 If any of the following occurs:
The computer has been dropped or the body has been damaged. Liquid has been spilled into the product. The computer does not operate normally. Please refer to "Troubleshooting my computer" on page 55. s t n e t n o C First things first Your guides Basic care and tips for using your computer 1 Getting to know your TravelMate A TravelMate tour Front open view Front view Left view Right view Rear view Bottom view Features Indicators Using the keyboard Special keys Launch Keys Touchpad Touchpad basics Storage Hard disk AcerMedia bay Using software Audio Adjusting the volume Power management Moving around with your TravelMate Disconnecting from the desktop Moving around Taking the computer home Traveling with the computer Traveling internationally with the computer Securing your computer Using a computer security lock Using the Smart Card Using passwords 2 Customizing my computer Expanding through options Connectivity options Upgrade options Using system utilities Notebook Manager iii iii iv 1 3 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 13 14 14 20 22 22 24 24 24 25 27 27 28 29 29 29 30 32 32 34 34 34 40 43 45 45 50 53 53 viii Contents Launch Manager BIOS Utility 3 Troubleshooting my computer Frequently-asked questions Troubleshooting tips Error messages Requesting service International Travelers Warranty (ITW) Before you call Appendix A Specifications Appendix B Notices Index 81 54 54 55 57 60 61 62 62 62 65 71 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Your TravelMate computer combines high-
performance, versatility, power management features and multimedia capabilities with a unique style and ergonomic design. Work with unmatched productivity and reliability with your new power computing partner. A TravelMate tour After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Just for Starters... poster, let us show you around your new TravelMate computer. Front open view 3 E n g l i s h
#
1 2 3 4 Item Description Display screen Also called LCD (liquid-crystal display), displays computer output. Power button Turns on the computer. Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device which functions like a computer mouse. Click buttons (left, center and right) The left and right buttons function like the left and right mouse buttons; the center button serves as a 4-way scroll button. h s i l g n E 4
#
5 6 7 8 9 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Item Palmrest Description Comfortable support area for your hands when you use the computer. Keyboard Inputs data into your computer. Status indicators LEDs (light-emitting diode) that turn on and off to show the status of the computer, its functions and components. Microphone Internal microphone for sound recording. Launch keys Special keys for launching internet browser, email program and frequently used programs. See Launch Keys on page 20 for more details. Front view
#
1 2 3 4 Item Speaker Description Outputs sound. 4-in-1 card reader1 Reads cards from Smart Media, Memory Stick, MultiMedia, and Secure Digital cards. 4-in-1 card reader1 indicator Infrared port Displays activity of 4-in-1 card reader. Interfaces with infrared devices (e.g., infrared printer, IR-aware computer). 5 E n g l i s h
#
5 6 7 8 9 Item Description Bluetooth button2 Enables or disables Bluetooth functionality. Bluetooth indicator2 Indicates that (optional) Bluetooth is enabled. InviLink button3 Enables or disables wireless LAN feature. InviLink indicator3 Indicates status of wireless LAN communication. Latch Latch for opening and closing the laptop. Notes:
1.Four-in-one card reader is a manufacturing option, subject to configuration. Only one card can operate at any given time. 2.Bluetooth button and indicator work on models with Bluetooth only. 3.InviLink button and indicator work on models with wireless LAN only. 6 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Left view h s i l g n E
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item Description Four USB 2.0 ports Connect to Universal Serial Bus devices (e.g., USB mouse, USB camera). IEEE 1394 port Connects to IEEE 1394 devices. Smart Card slot Slot for Smart Card interface with pre-boot authentication system. Line-in jack Accepts audio line-in devices (e.g., audio CD player, stereo walkman). Microphone jack Accepts input from external microphones. Headphone/
Speaker/ Line-out jack Connect to headphones or other line-out audio devices (speakers). PC Card eject button Ejects the PC Card from the slot. PC Card slot Accepts one Type II 16-bit PC Card or 32-bit CardBus PC Card. Right view 7 E n g l i s h
#
1 2 3 4 5 Item Description AcerMedia drive Houses a removable media drive module. AcerMedia indicator Lights up when the AcerMedia drive is active. Eject button Ejects the drive tray. Emergency eject slot Ejects the drive tray when the computer is turned off. See page 58 for more details. Power jack Connects to an AC adapter. Note: The positions of the AcerMedia indicator, eject button and emergency eject hole may differ depending on the optical drive module installed. 8 Rear view h s i l g n E 1 Getting to know your TravelMate
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Item Description Modem jack Connects to a phone line. Network jack Connects to an Ethernet 10/100-based network. Expansion port Connects to I/O port replicator or EasyPort expansion devices. Parallel port Connects to a parallel device (e.g., parallel printer). External display port Connects to a display device (e.g., external monitor, LCD projector) and displays up to 16.7 million colors and up to 1400x1050 resolution. S-video Connects to a television or display device with S-video input. Security keylock Connects to a Kensington-compatible computer security lock. Bottom view 9 E n g l i s h
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Item Description AcerMedia bay release latch Unlatches the AcerMedia drive for removing the optical drive. AcerMedia bay Houses an AcerMedia drive module. Battery bay Houses the computer's battery pack. Battery release latch Unlatches the battery to remove the battery pack. Battery lock Locks the battery in place. Mini-PCI slot Slot for adding mini-PCI cards. Hard disk protector Protects the hard disk from accidental bumps and vibration. Hard disk bay Memory compartment Houses the computer's hard disk (secured by a screw). Houses the computers main memory. h s i l g n E 10
#
10 11 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Item Cooling fan Description Helps keep the computer cool. Note: Dont cover or obstruct the opening of the fan. Personal identification slot Insert a business card or similar-sized identification card to personalize your computer. 11 E n g l i s h Features Below is a brief summary of the computers many features:
Performance
Memory upgradeable up to 2 GB with 2 slots (Only one slot for Intel Pentium M Processor at 1.3G~1.6G and higher
user accessible) Internal removable optical drive (AcerMedia bay) High-capacity, Enhanced-IDE hard disk Li-ion main battery pack Power management system with ACPI (Advanced Configuration Power Interface) Smart Card interface with pre-boot authentication system for added security Display
Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) liquid crystal display (LCD) displaying 32-
bit high color up to 1024 x 768 eXtended Graphics Array (XGA) resolution for 14.1/15 and 1400 x 1050 Super eXtended Graphics Array + (SXGA+) resolution for 15 models (specification varies depending on the model) 3D graphics engine Simultaneous LCD and CRT display support S-video for output to a television or display device that supports S-
video input
"Automatic LCD dim" feature that automatically decides the best settings for your display and conserves power Dual indenpendent display
Multimedia
16-bit high-fidelity AC97 stereo audio Built-in dual speakers Built-in microphone High-speed optical drive (AcerMedia bay) 12 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Connectivity
High-speed fax/data modem port Ethernet/Fast Ethernet port Fast infrared wireless communication Four (4) USB 2.0 (Universal Serial Bus) ports IEEE 1394 port InviLink 802.11b or 802.11a/g wireless LAN (manufacturing optional) Bluetooth ready (manufacturing optional) SD/MMC/SM/MS memory slot (manufacturing optional)
Human-centric design and ergonomics
Internet 4-way scroll button Sleek, smooth and stylish design Acer FinTouch full-sized curved keyboard Ergonomically-centered touchpad pointing device Expansion
One type II CardBus PC Card slot
Upgradeable memory Indicators The computer has three easy-to-read status indicators below the display screen, and two on the front of the computer. E n g l i s h 13 The Power and Battery status indicators are visible even when the display is closed. Icon Function Description Caps lock Lights when Caps Lock is activated. Num lock Lights when Num Lock is activated. Media Activity Lights when the disc or AcerMedia is activated. Power Lights green when the power is on and orange when the computer is in standby mode. Battery Lights orange when the battery is charging. 14 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Using the keyboard The full-sized keyboard includes an embedded numeric keypad, separate cursor keys, two Windows keys and twelve function keys. Special keys Lock keys The keyboard has three lock keys which you can toggle on and off. Lock key Description Caps Lock When Caps Lock is on, all alphabetic characters typed are in uppercase. Num Lock
(Fn-F11) When Num Lock is on, the embedded keypad is in numeric mode. The keys function as a calculator (complete with the arithmetic operators +, -, *, and /). Use this mode when you need to do a lot of numeric data entry. A better solution would be to connect an external keypad. Scroll Lock
(Fn-F12) When Scroll Lock is on, the screen moves one line up or down when you press the up or down arrow keys respectively. Scroll Lock does not work with some applications. 15 Embedded numeric keypad The embedded numeric keypad functions like a desktop numeric keypad. It is indicated by small characters located on the upper right corner of the keycaps. To simplify the keyboard legend, cursor-control key symbols are not printed on the keys. E n g l i s h Desired access Num lock on Num lock off Number keys on embedded keypad Type numbers in a normal manner. Cursor-control keys on embedded keypad Main keyboard keys Hold Shift while using cursor-control keys. Hold Fn while using cursor-control keys. Hold Fn while typing letters on embedded keypad. Type the letters in a normal manner. Note: If an external keyboard or keypad is connected to the computer, the Num Lock feature automatically shifts from the internal keyboard to the external keyboard or keypad. 16 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Windows keys The keyboard has two keys that perform Windows-specific functions. h s i l g n E Key Description Windows logo key Start button. Combinations with this key perform shortcut functions. Below are a few examples:
+ Tab (Activates next taskbar button)
+ E (Explores My Computer)
+ F (Finds Document)
+ M (Minimizes All) Shift +
+ M (Undoes Minimize All)
+ R (Displays the Run... dialog box) Application key Opens a context menu (same as a right-click). Hot keys The computer employs hot keys or key combinations to access most of the computers controls like screen brightness, volume output and the BIOS Utility. To activate hot keys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hot key combination. 17 E n g l i s h Hot key Icon Function Description Fn-F1 Fn-F2 Fn-F3 Hot key help Displays help on hot keys. Setup Accesses the computers configuration utility. Power management scheme toggle Fn-F4 Sleep Fn-F5 Display toggle Switches the power management scheme used by the computer (function available if supported by operating system). See Power management on page 28. Puts the computer in Sleep mode. See Power management on page 28. Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both the display screen and external monitor. h s i l g n E 18 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Hot key Icon Function Description Fn-F6 Fn-F7 Fn-F8 Fn-
Fn-
Fn-
Fn-
Screen blank Turns the display screen backlight off to save power. Press any key to return. Touchpad toggle Turns the internal touchpad on and off. Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off. Volume up Increases the speaker volume. Volume down Decreases the speaker volume. Brightness up Increases the screen brightness. Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness. The Euro symbol If your keyboard layout is set to United States-International or United Kingdom or if you have a keyboard with a European layout, you can type the Euro symbol on your keyboard. Note for US keyboard users: The keyboard layout is set when you first set up Windows. For the Euro symbol to work, the keyboard layout has to be set to United States-International. 19 E n g l i s h To verify the keyboard type in Windows Millennium Edition and Windows 2000, follow the steps below:
1 Click on Start, Settings, Control Panel. Double-click on Keyboard. Click on the Language tab. Verify that the keyboard layout used for "En English (United States)" is set to United States-International. If not, select and click on Properties; then select United States-
International and click on OK. Click on OK. 2 3 4 5 To verify the keyboard type in Windows XP, follow the steps below:
1 2 3 4 5 Click on Start, Control Panel. Double-click on Regional and Language Options. Click on the Language tab and click on Details. Verify that the keyboard layout used for "En English (United States)" is set to United States-International. If not, select and click on ADD; then select United States-
International and click on OK. Click on OK. To type the Euro symbol:
1 Locate the Euro symbol on your keyboard. 2 Open a text editor or word processor. 3 Hold Alt Gr and press the Euro symbol. Note: Some fonts and software do not support the Euro symbol. Please refer to www.microsoft.com/typography/faq/faq12.htm for more information. 20 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Launch Keys Located above the keyboard are five buttons. The left-most button is the power button. To the right of the power button are the four launch keys. They are designated as the mail button, the web browser button, and two programmable buttons (P1 and P2). Launch key Default application Mail Email application Web browser Internet browser application P1 P2 User-programmable User-programmable E-Mail Detection Click right button at the Launch Manager icon on the taskbar and click on E-Mail Detection. In this dialog box, you have the option to enable disable mail checking, set the time interval for mail checking, etc. If you already have an email account, you can fill in User Name, Password and POP3 Sever in the dialog box. The POP3 Sever is the mail server where you get your email. 21 E n g l i s h Aside from the email checking function, there is a mail button that is used to launch the email application. It is located above the keyboard right below the LCD. 22 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Touchpad The built-in touchpad is a pointing device that senses movement on its surface. This means the cursor responds as you move your finger on the surface of the touchpad. The central location on the palmrest provides optimum comfort and support. Note: When using an external USB mouse, you can press Fn-F7 to disable the touchpad. Touchpad basics The following items teach you how to use the touchpad:
Move your finger across the touchpad to move the cursor.
Press the left (1) and right (3) buttons located on the edge of the touchpad to do selection and execution functions. These two buttons are similar to the left and right buttons on a mouse. 23
Tapping on the touchpad produces similar results. Use the 4-way scroll (2) button (top/bottom/left and right) to scroll a page up, down, left or right. This button mimics your cursor pressing on the vertical and horizontal scroll bars of Windows applications. E n g l i s h Function Left button Right button Center buttons Tap Tap twice (at the same speed as double-clicking a mouse button) Tap once Tap twice (at the same speed as double-clicking a mouse button) then hold finger to the touchpad on the second tap and drag the cursor Execute Click twice quickly Click once Click and hold, then use finger to drag the cursor on the touchpad Select Drag Access context menu Scroll Click once Click and hold the button in the desired direction
(up/down/
left/right) Note: Keep your fingers dry and clean when using the touchpad. Also keep the touchpad dry and clean. The touchpad is sensitive to finger movements. Hence, the lighter the touch, the better the response. Tapping harder will not increase the touchpads responsiveness. 24 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Storage This computer supplies you with the following media storage:
High-capacity Enhanced-IDE hard disk AcerMedia drive Hard disk The high-capacity hard disk is the answer to your storage needs. This is where your programs and data are stored. AcerMedia bay The AcerMedia bay accepts a wide variety of optional media drive modules for use with your computer. These optional items include:
CD-ROM drive DVD-ROM drive DVD/CD-RW drive Second hard disk drive Second battery Note: To swap AcerMedia drive modules, see Swapping AcerMedia drive modules on page 52 Ejecting the optical (CD or DVD) drive tray To eject the optical drive tray when the computer is turned on, press the drive eject button. E n g l i s h 25 When the power is off, you can eject the drive tray using the emergency eject hole. See page 58. Using software Playing DVD movies When the DVD-ROM drive module is installed in the AcerMedia bay, you can play DVD movies on your computer. 1 Eject the DVD tray and insert a DVD movie disc; then close the DVD tray. Important! When you launch the DVD player for the first time, the program asks you to input the region code. DVD discs are divided into 6 regions. Once your DVD drive is set to a region code, it will play DVD discs of that region only. You can set the region code a maximum of five times (including the first time), after which the last region code set will remain permanent. Recovering your hard disk does not reset the number of times the region code has been set. Refer to the table below for DVD movie region code information. 26 1 Getting to know your TravelMate 2 The DVD movie will automatically play after a few seconds. Region code Country or region h s i l g n E 1 2 3 4 5 6 U.S.A., Canada Europe, Middle East, South Africa, Japan Southeast Asia, Taiwan, Korea (South) Latin America, Australia, New Zealand Former U.S.S.R., parts of Africa, India People's Republic of China Note: To change the region code, insert a DVD movie of a different region into the DVD-ROM drive. Please refer to the online help for more information. Audio The computer comes with 16-bit high-fidelity AC97 stereo audio, and includes a built-in sensitive microphone and dual stereo speakers. E n g l i s h 27 There are audio ports on the left of the computer. See Left view on page 6 for more information on connecting external audio devices. Adjusting the volume Adjusting the volume on the computer is as easy as pressing some buttons. See Hot keys on page 16 for more informations on adjusting the speaker volume. h s i l g n E 28 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Power management This computer has a built-in power management unit that monitors system activity. System activity refers to any activity involving one or more of the following devices: keyboard, mouse, floppy drive, hard disk, peripherals connected to the serial and parallel ports, and video memory. If no activity is detected for a period of time (called an inactivity timeout), the computer stops some or all of these devices in order to conserve energy. This computer employs a power management scheme that supports ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), which allows for maximum power conservation and maximum performance at the same time. Windows handles all power-saving chores for your computer. Moving around with your TravelMate This section gives you tips and hints to consider when moving around or traveling with your computer. E n g l i s h 29 Disconnecting from the desktop Follow these steps to disconnect your computer from external accessories:
1 Save your work in progress. 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remove any media, diskette or compact disc, from the drive(s). Shut down the computer. Close the display cover. Disconnect the cord from the AC adapter. Disconnect the keyboard, pointing device, printer, external monitor, and other external devices. Disconnect the Kensington lock if you are using one to secure the computer. Moving around when you are just moving within short distances, for example, from your office desk to a meeting room Preparing the computer Before moving the computer, close and latch the display cover to place it in Sleep mode. You can now safely take the computer anywhere you go within the building. To bring the computer out of Sleep mode, open the display; then slide and release the power switch. If you are taking the computer to a client's office or a different building, you may choose to shut down the computer:
1 2 Click on Start, Shut Down... or Turn off Computer (Windows XP). Select Shut down and click on OK, or select Turn Off (Windows XP). h s i l g n E 30
- or -
1 Getting to know your TravelMate you can put the computer in Sleep mode by pressing Fn-F4. Then close and latch the display. When you are ready to use the computer again, unlatch and open the display; then slide and release the power switch. Note: If the sleep indicator is off, the computer has entered Hibernation mode and turned off. If the power indicator is off but the sleep indicator is on, the computer has entered Sleep mode. In both cases, slide and release the power switch to turn the computer back on. Note that the computer may enter Hibernation mode after it is in Sleep mode for a period of time. What to bring to short meetings A fully charged battery runs the computer for about 3 hours under most circumstances. If your meeting is shorter than that, you probably do not need to bring anything with you other than the computer. What to bring to long meetings If your meeting will last longer than 3 hours or if your battery is not fully charged, you may want to bring the AC adapter with you to plug in your computer in the meeting room. If the meeting room does not have an electrical outlet, reduce the drain on the battery by putting the computer in Sleep mode. Press Fn-
F4 or close the display cover whenever you are not actively using the computer. To resume, open the display (if closed); then slide and release the power switch. Taking the computer home when you are moving from your office to your home or vice versa Preparing the computer After disconnecting the computer from your desktop, follow these steps to prepare the computer for the trip home:
Check if you have removed all media, diskettes and compact discs, from the drive(s). Failure to remove the media can damage the drive head. Pack the computer in a protective case that can prevent the computer from sliding around and cushion it if it should fall.
E n g l i s h 31 Caution: Avoid packing items next to the top cover of the computer. Pressure against the top cover can damage the screen What to bring with you Unless you already have some items at home, bring the following items with you:
AC adapter and power cord The printed users guide AcerMedia drive module(s) Special considerations Follow these guidelines to protect your computer while traveling to and from work:
Minimize the effect of temperature changes by keeping the
computer with you. If you need to stop for an extended period of time and cannot bring the computer with you, leave the computer in the trunk of the car to avoid exposing the computer to excessive heat. Changes in temperature and humidity can cause condensation. Allow the computer to return to room temperature, and inspect the screen for condensation before turning on the computer. If the temperature change is greater than 18F (10C), allow the computer to come to room temperature slowly. If possible, leave the computer for 30 minutes in an environment with a temperature between outside and room temperature. Setting up a home office If you frequently work on your computer at home, you may want to purchase a second AC adapter for use at home. With a second AC adapter, you can avoid transporting the extra weight to and from home. 32 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E If you use your computer at home for significant periods of time, you might also want to add an external keyboard, monitor, or mouse. Traveling with the computer when you are moving within a larger distance, for instance, from your office building to a clients office building or traveling locally Preparing the computer Prepare the computer as if you were taking it home. Make sure that the battery in the computer is charged. Airport security may require you to turn on your computer when bringing it into the gate area. What to bring with you Bring the following items with you:
AC adapter Spare, fully-charged battery pack(s) AcerMedia drive module(s) Additional printer driver files if you plan to use another printer Special considerations In addition to the guidelines for taking the computer home, follow these guidelines to protect your computer while traveling:
Always take the computer as carry-on luggage. If possible, have the computer inspected by hand. Airport security X-ray machines are safe, but do not put the computer through a metal detector. Avoid exposing floppy disks to hand-held metal detectors.
Traveling internationally with the computer when you are moving from country to country Preparing the computer Prepare the computer as you would normally prepare it for traveling. E n g l i s h What to bring with you 33 Bring the following items with you:
AC adapter Power cords that are appropriate for the country to which you are traveling Spare, fully-charged battery packs AcerMedia drive module(s) Additional printer driver files if you plan to use another printer Proof of purchase, in case you need to show it to customs officials International Travelers Warranty passport
Special considerations Follow the same special considerations as when traveling with the computer. In addition, these tips are useful when traveling internationally:
When traveling in another country, check that the local AC voltage and the AC adapter power cord specifications are compatible. If not, purchase a power cord that is compatible with the local AC voltage. Do not use converter kits sold for appliances to power the computer. If you are using the modem, check if the modem and connector is compatible with the telecommunications system of the country you are traveling in.
34 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Securing your computer Your computer is a valuable investment that you need to take care of. Learn how to protect and take care of your computer. Security features include hardware and software locks a security notch, Smart Card and passwords. Using a computer security lock A security keylock notch located on the left panel of the computer lets you connect a Kensington-compatible computer security lock. Wrap a computer security lock cable around an immovable object such as a table or locked drawer handle. Insert the lock into the notch and turn the key to secure the lock. Some keyless models are also available. Using the Smart Card This software includes the following components: PlatinumPAS, PlatinumSecure and PlatinumKey. Together, they provide you with multiple levels of security.
PlatinumPAS implements the first security measure at the BIOS level and runs during the BIOS routine check when a computer is powered up or rebooting. If no Smart Card or Emergency Card is detected, the computer will stop booting up to prevent any illegal access to the system. PlatinumSecure enhances the secure logon procedure for your Windows at the operating system level. It provides user authentication through its encryption/decryption function using
35
the Smart Card. If your Smart Card is unavailable, you can use the Emergency Card as a temporary replacement card. PlatinumKey auto-authenticate and auto cache with one-click logons to all password-required websites (patent pending), eliminates the overhead costs associated with memorizing and typing user IDs and passwords when surfing the Internet with Microsoft or Netscape web browsers. A slot for your Smart Card is located on the left panel of the computer. This new security feature helps you boot up your computer with all your settings built right into your Smart Card. You dont have to remember your password to access your computer. E n g l i s h To remove the Smart Card first press the Smart Card (a) and remove the Smart Card (b) as shown in the illustration below. For more details consult your Smart Card documentation. h s i l g n E 36 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Registering your Smart Card Important! Your Acer notebook is equipped with a Smart Card security feature that protects the computer from unauthorized access. If you enable this feature, please make sure that your warranty card is completed and sent back to Acer. This information will be used by Acer service centers to confirm ownership in case your Smart Card "key" is lost or damaged. Registering your notebook with Acer's service center is extremely important when replacing your lost Smart Card "key". If you have already bypassed the Smart Card registration, please reinstall the application as follows:
1 2 Insert your System CD and reinstall from it. Follow the onscreen instructions. To enable the Smart Card security feature, please refer to your Smart Card user manual. Running PlatinumSecure PlatinumSecure enhances the secure logon procedure for Windows 2000 or XP at the operating system level. It provides user authentication with an encryption/decryption function using the Smart Card. If your Smart Card is unavailable, the Emergency Card can serve as a temporary replacement for the Smart Card. After installation, the PlatinumSecure icon appears on the Windows desktop. Double-click on it or click the right mouse button, then select Open from the pop-up menu (or launch it from the PlatinumSecret program group). From the menu that appears, you can directly access three operations: PlatinumSecure Options, Smart Card Manager, and Change Password. PlatinumSecure Options Click on the PlatinumSecure Options button to open the Smart Card Options window. It provides great flexibility to meet the various privacy protection needs of many different users. E n g l i s h 37
Disable Smart Card Authentication When Disable PlatinumPAS is selected, the PlatinumPAS Preboot Authentication System will be disabled. When Disable PlatinumSecure is selected, the PlatinumSecure Windows Logon Authentication with the Smart Card will be disabled, which means that the protection of your PC as well as other options under System Lock Option and Password Option will be disabled, too. The Smart Card password is required for this selection. System Lock Option When Lock system when the Smart Card is not in use
(default) is selected, if the Smart Card is removed, the PlatinumSecure screensaver comes up and access to the system is locked. When Never lock the system after bootup is selected, there is no protection for the PC after boot up, and Password Option is disabled. Password Option When Always enter password when the Smart Card is in use
(default) is selected, the password is required whenever you need to regain access to the system while the Smart Card is inserted. When Auto authenticate when Smart Card is in use is selected, no password is required. All you need to do is insert the Smart Card. 38 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Smart Card Manager The Multiple user support is implemented and managed in Smart Card Manager. Please note that five users can be registered on one PC. If you registered as the Primary User, ONLY you can add/remove other users. If you registered as a regular user, other registered users could add/remove you. All registered users will be able to use the View Smart Card users option. Change Password Click the Change Password button, fill in the three fields in the Change Password dialog box, and then close the dialog box by clicking the OK button to change the Smart Card password. Encrypt/Decrypt PlatinumSecure can also be used to encrypt/decrypt files except for system files or files that are already encrypted with other applications. Double-click on a file to automatically encrypt/decrypt it. However, if the file is associated with an application, it will be opened with that application instead of being encrypted. Note that the encryption is not recursive, i.e., when you encrypt a folder, only the files immediately under that folder are encrypted. Other files under subfolders are not. To find the Encrypt/Decrypt commands:
Right-click on the Start menu, Right-click on a folder or icon on your Windows desktop, or In Windows Explorer, right-click on a selected folder, file, or group of files. E n g l i s h 39 Running PlatinumKey PlatinumKey provides one-click logon to all password-required websites. With its unique Smart Card caching technology, you can greatly extend the limited card memory size to unlimited use by storing your private data in an encrypted file either on the Smart Card, or on the 360 Degree Web secure website server. Information in PlatinumKey like the one in My Info and Credit Cards, can be transferred to other applications using the "drag-and-drop"
method: simply point the cursor to the field containing the information, press and hold the left mouse button, then drag the cursor to the application and drop the information there. PlatinumKey also makes it convenient to change your password. There is always a PWD button available, which is equivalent to the Change Password button in PlatinumSecure. Follow these steps to use PlatinumKey:
1 Open your browser to connect to the Internet. 2 3 4 5 6 7 Double-click on the PlatinumKey icon on your Windows desktop. Enter your Smart Card password and click OK. If PlatinumKey is being used for the very first time, it will ask
"Would you like to link to 360 Degree Web secure website server to backup the information on your Smart Card?" The default answer is Yes, and it will enable you to store your information
(excluding the Credit Cards) on the 360 Degree Web secure website server for backup purposes in case the card is lost/stolen. If you choose No, you will only be able to save My Info, Credit Cards and 5 Websites on your Smart Card. Log in to a website where you are already registered. PlatinumKey automatically stores your login data and asks for your confirmation to automatically log you in the next time you access the site. Click Yes and continue browsing. To close PlatinumKey when you are finished browsing, right-click on the PlatinumKey icon on your Windows taskbar and select Close PlatinumKey. PlatinumKey provides a list of all the logon pages that you have stored. To go directly to any site on the list either double-click it or select it and click the Go button. Also, you can click the View button to view the selected website information including Web Name, User Name, 40 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Password, and Web URL. Similarly, type the first letter(s) of a site on the list, and the site will be searched and selected. You can Edit and Delete the sites as well as other information, and Save or Cancel the changes you made, by selecting the button corresponding to each command. Using passwords Passwords protect your computer from unauthorized access. Setting these passwords creates several different levels of protection for your computer and data:
Supervisor Password prevents unauthorized entry into the BIOS Utility. Once set, you must key-in this password to gain access to the BIOS Utility. See BIOS Utility on page 54. User Password secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from hibernation for maximum security. Password on Boot secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from hibernation for maximum security. Hard Disk Password protects your data by preventing unauthorized access to your hard disk. Even if the hard disk is removed from the computer and moved to another computer, it cannot be accessed without the Hard Disk Password.
Important! Do not forget your Supervisor and Hard Disk Password! If you forget your password, please get in touch with your dealer or an authorized service center. Entering passwords When a password is set, a password prompt appears in the left-hand corner of the display screen.
When the Supervisor Password is set, a prompt appears when you
press F2 to enter the BIOS Utility at boot-up. Type the Supervisor Password and press Enter to access the BIOS Utility. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter.
When the User Password is set and the Password on boot 41
parameter is enabled, a prompt appears at boot-up. Type the User Password and press Enter to use the computer. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter.
When the Hard Disk Password is set, a prompt appears at boot-up. Type the Hard Disk Password and press Enter to use the computer.
If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. E n g l i s h Important! You have three chances to enter a password. If you fail to enter the password correctly after three tries, the system halts. Slide and hold the power switch for four seconds to shut down the computer. Then turn on the computer again, and try again. If you fail to enter the Hard Disk Password, please contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Setting passwords You can set passwords using the BIOS Utility. 42 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E
1 2 3 4 | Part2 of Users Manual | Users Manual | 2.72 MiB |
2 Customizing my computer After learning the basics of your TravelMate computer, lets get acquainted with the advanced features of your computer. In this chapter, you will learn how to add options, upgrade components for better performance, and customize your computer. Expanding through options Your TravelMate offers you a complete mobile computing experience. E n g l i s h 45 Connectivity options Ports allow you to connect peripheral devices to your computer as you would with a desktop PC. For instructions on how to connect different external devices to the computer, see your online guide for more details. Fax/data modem Your computer has a built-in V.90/92 56Kbps AC97 Link fax/data modem. Warning! This modem port is not compatible with digital phone lines. Plugging this modem into a digital phone line will damage the modem. To use the fax/data modem port, connect a phone cable from the modem port to a telephone jack. Start your communications software program. 46 2 Customizing my computer h s i l g n E Built-in network feature The built-in network feature allows you to connect your computer to an Ethernet-based (10/100 Mbps) network. To use the network feature, connect an Ethernet cable from the network jack on the rear of the computer to a network jack or hub on your network. Fast infrared The computers fast infrared (FIR) port allows you to do wireless data transfer with other IR-aware computers and peripherals such as PDAs
(personal digital assistants), mobile phones, and infrared printers. The infrared port can transfer data at speeds of up to four megabits per second (Mbps) at a distance of up to one meter. 47 Universal Serial Bus The Universal Serial Bus (USB 2.0) port is a high-speed serial bus which allows you to connect and daisy-chain USB peripherals without taking up precious system resources. Your computer has four ports available. E n g l i s h 48 2 Customizing my computer h s i l g n E IEEE 1394 port The computer's IEEE 1394 port allows you to connect to an IEEE 1394 supported devices like a video camera or digital camera. See your video or digital camera's documentation for details. PC Card slot The type II CardBus PC Card slot found on the left side of the computer accepts credit-card-sized cards that enhance the usability and expandability of the computer. These cards should have a PC Card logo on them. PC Cards (formerly PCMCIA) are add-on cards for portable computers, giving you expansion possibilities long afforded by desktop PCs. Popular PC cards include flash, fax/data modem, LAN, wireless LAN and SCSI cards. CardBus improves on the 16-bit PC card technology by expanding the bandwidth to 32 bits. Note: Refer to your cards manual for details on how to install and use the card and its functions. Inserting a PC Card Insert the card into the slot and make the proper connections (e.g., network cable), if necessary. See your card manual for details. 49 E n g l i s h Ejecting a PC Card Before ejecting a PC Card:
1 2 3 Exit the application using the card. Left-click on the PC Card icon on the taskbar and stop the card operation. Press the slot eject button to pop out the eject button (a); then press it again to eject the card (b). h s i l g n E 50 2 Customizing my computer Port expansion devices Two types of expansion devices are available for your computer:
I/O replicator - adds serial port and parallel port connections to your computer. EasyPort - adds a host of ports for your computer, and allows you to connect and disconnect peripherals from your computer in one quick step.
See your dealer for more information. Upgrade options Your computer delivers superior power and performance. However, some users and the applications they use may demand more. This computer allows you to upgrade key components when you need increased performance. Note: Contact your authorized dealer if you decide to perform a key component upgrade. Memory upgrade Memory is expandable to 2 GB (only one slot for user accessible), employing 256/512/1024-MB industry standard soDIMMs (Small Outline Dual Inline Memory Modules). The computer supports DDR (Double Data Rate) RAM. There are two memory slots on your computer, one of which is occupied by standard memory. You can upgrade memory by installing a memory module into the one available slot. 51 Installing memory Follow these steps to install memory:
1 2 Turn off the computer, unplug the AC adapter (if connected) and remove the battery pack. Then turn the computer over to access its base. Remove the screws from the memory cover (a); then lift up and remove the memory cover (b). E n g l i s h 3 Insert the memory module diagonally into the slot (a), then gently press it down (b) until it clicks into place. 4 5 6 Replace the memory cover and secure it with the screw. Reinstall the battery pack, and reconnect the AC adapter. Turn on the computer. The computer automatically detects and reconfigures the total memory size. h s i l g n E 52 2 Customizing my computer Swapping AcerMedia drive modules Note: The hard disk drive module is not hot-swappable. You have to turn off your computer before you can swap the module. You can swap the AcerMedia drive with any optional AcerMedia modules. First slide the AcerMedia release latch as shown in the illustration (a). Then remove the optical drive from the AcerMedia bay
(b). Then insert the optional AcerMedia module into the AcerMedia bay until the it click into place. Using system utilities Notebook Manager 53 E n g l i s h The computer has a built-in system setup program called Notebook Manager. The Windows-based Notebook Manager allows you to set passwords, the startup sequence of the drives, and power management settings. It also shows current hardware configurations. To start the Notebook Manager, press Fn-F2 or follow these steps:
1 2 Click on Start, Programs, then Notebook Manager. Select the Notebook Manager application to run the program. Click on Help for more information. 54 2 Customizing my computer h s i l g n E Launch Manager Launch Manager allows you to set the four launch keys located above the keyboard. See Launch Keys on page 20 for the location of the launch key. You can access the Launch Manager by clicking on Start, Programs, and then Launch Manager to start the application. BIOS Utility The BIOS Utility is a hardware configuration program built into your computers BIOS (basic input/output system). Your computer is already properly configured and optimized, and you do not need to run this utility. However, if you encounter configuration problems, you may need to run it. To activate the BIOS Utility, press F2 during the POST (power-on self-
test) while the TravelMate logo is being displayed. 3 Troubleshooting my computer This chapter instructs you on how to deal with common system problems. Read it before calling a technician if a problem occurs. Solutions to more serious problems require opening up the computer. Do not attempt to open the computer by yourself. Contact your dealer or an authorized service center for assistance. key link: www.acersupport.com 57 Frequently-asked questions The following is a list of possible situations that may arise during the use of your computer. Easy answers and solutions are provided for each one. E n g l i s h I slid the power switch and opened the display, but the computer does not start or boot-up. Look at the Power indicator:
If it is not lit, no power is being applied to the computer. Check the following:
If you are running on battery power, it may be low and unable to power the computer. Connect the AC adapter to recharge the battery pack.
Make sure that the AC adapter is plugged in properly to the computer and to the power outlet. If it is lit, check the following:
Is a non-bootable (non-system) diskette in the floppy drive?
Remove or replace it with a system diskette and press Ctrl-Alt-
Del to restart the system. The operating system files may be damaged or missing. Insert the startup disk you created during Windows setup into the floppy drive and press Ctrl-Alt-Del to restart the system. This will diagnose your system and make necessary fixes. Nothing appears on the screen. The computers power management system automatically blanks the screen to save power. Press any key to turn the display back on. If pressing a key does not turn the display back on, two things might be the cause:
The brightness level might be too low. Press Fn- (increase) and Fn- (decrease) to adjust the brightness level. The display device might be set to an external monitor. Press the display toggle hot key Fn-F5 to toggle the display back to the computer. If the Sleep indicator is lit, the computer is in Sleep mode. Slide and release the power switch to resume.
58 3 Troubleshooting my computer h s i l g n E Image is not full-screen. The computer display has a native resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA) for the 14.1 and 1400 x 1050 (SXGA+) for the 15.0. If you set the resolution lower than this, the screen expands to fill the computer display. Right-click on your Windows desktop and select Properties to bring up the Display Properties dialog box. Then click on the Settings tab to make sure that the resolution is set to the appropriate resolution. Resolutions lower than the specified resolution are not full-
screen on the computer or on an external monitor. No audio is heard from the computer. Check the following:
The volume may be muted. In Windows, look at the volume control (speaker) icon on the taskbar. If it is crossed-out, click on the icon and deselect the Mute option. The speakers may be turned off. Press Fn-F8 to turn the speakers on (this hot key also turns the speakers off). The volume level may be too low. In Windows, look at the volume control icon on the taskbar. You can also use the volume control buttons to adjust the volume. See Hot keys on page 16 for more detail. If headphones, earphones or external speakers are connected to the line-out port on the computers rear panel, the internal speakers automatically turn off.
I want to eject the optical drive tray without turning on the power. I cannot eject the optical drive tray. There is a mechanical eject button on the optical drive. Simply insert the tip of a pen or paperclip and push to eject the tray. E n g l i s h 59 The keyboard does not respond. Try attaching an external keyboard to the USB 2.0 connector on the rear of the computer. If it works, contact your dealer or an authorized service center as the internal keyboard cable may be loose. The infrared port does not work. Check the following:
Make sure that the infrared ports of the two devices are facing each other (+/- 15 degrees) a maximum of 1 meter apart.
Make sure there is a clear path between the two infrared ports. Nothing should be blocking the ports.
Make sure you have the appropriate software running on both devices (for file transfers) or you have the appropriate drivers (for printing to an infrared printer). During the POST, press F2 to access the BIOS Utility and verify that the infrared port is enabled.
Make sure both devices are IrDA-compliant. The printer does not work. Check the following:
Make sure that the printer is connected to a power outlet and that it is turned on.
Make sure that the printer cable is connected securely to the computers parallel port and the corresponding port on the printer. During POST, press F2 to access the BIOS Utility and verify that the parallel port is enabled.
I want to set up my location to use the internal modem. To properly use your communications software (e.g., HyperTerminal), you need to set up your location:
1 Click on Start, Settings, Control Panel. Double-click on Modems. Click on Dialing Properties and begin setting up your location. 2 3 Refer to the Windows manual. 60 3 Troubleshooting my computer h s i l g n E Troubleshooting tips This notebook computer incorporates an advanced design that delivers onscreen error message reports to help you solve problems. If the system reports an error message or an error symptom occurs, see Error messages on page 61. If the problem cannot be resolved, contact your dealer. See Requesting service on page 62. 61 Error messages If you receive an error message, note the message and take the corrective action. The following table lists the error messages in alphabetical order together with the recommended course of action. E n g l i s h Error Messages Corrective Action CMOS Battery Bad Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. CMOS Checksum Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Disk Boot Failure Insert a system (bootable) diskette into the floppy drive (A:), then press Enter to reboot. Equipment Configuration Error Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS Utility;
then press Esc to exit and reconfigure the computer. Hard Disk 0 Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Hard Disk 0 Extended Type Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. I/O Parity Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard Error or No Keyboard Connected Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard Interface Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Memory Size Mismatch Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS Utility;
then press Esc to exit and reconfigure the computer. If you still encounter problems after going through the corrective measures, please contact your dealer or an authorized service center for assistance. Some problems may be solved using the BIOS Utility. h s i l g n E 62 3 Troubleshooting my computer Requesting service International Travelers Warranty (ITW) Your computer is backed by an International Travelers Warranty (ITW) that gives you security and peace of mind when traveling. Our worldwide network of service centers are there to give you a helping hand. An ITW passport comes with your computer. This passport contains all you need to know about the ITW program. A list of available, authorized service centers is in this handy booklet. Read this passport thoroughly. Always have your ITW passport on hand, especially when you travel to receive the benefits from our support centers. Place your proof-of-
purchase in the flap located inside the front cover of the ITW passport. If the country you are traveling in does not have an Acer-authorized ITW service site, you can still get in contact with our offices worldwide. There are two ways to access Acer for technical support and information:
Internet service worldwide (www.acersupport.com) Technical support numbers in various countries You can view a list of technical support numbers by following these steps:
1 Click on Start, Settings, Control Panel. Double-click on System. Click on the Support Information button. 2 3 Before you call Please have the following information available when you call Acer for online service, and please be at your computer when you call. With your support, we can reduce the amount of time a call takes and help solve your problems efficiently. If there are error messages or beeps reported by your computer, write them down as they appear on the screen (or the number and sequence in the case of beeps). 63 E n g l i s h You are required to provide the following information:
Name:________________________________________ Address:______________________________________ ______________________________________________ Telephone number:____________________________ Machine and model type:_______________________ Serial number:_________________________________ Date of purchase:______________________________ 64 3 Troubleshooting my computer h s i l g n E Appendix A Specifications This appendix lists the general specifications of your computer. 67 E n g l i s h Microprocessor
Intel Pentium M Processor with 1024KB L2 cache Memory
Main memory expandable up to 2 GB
Two DDR DIMM slots (Only one slot for user accessible) Support 256M, 512M & 1GB DDR RAM modules 512 KB Flash ROM BIOS Data storage
One high-capacity, Enhanced-IDE hard disk
One 5.25-inch internal removable optical drive (AcerMedia bay) Display and video
Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) liquid crystal display (LCD) displaying 32-
bit true color up to 1024 x 768 eXtended Graphics Array (XGA) resolution for 14.1/15 and 1400 x 1050 Super eXtended Graphics Array + (SXGA+) resolution for 15 models (specification varies depending on the model) Simultaneous LCD and CRT display support Dual independent display S-video for output to a television or display device that supports S-
video input
"Automatic LCD dim" feature that automatically decides the best settings for your display and conserves power
Audio
16-bit AC97 stereo audio Dual speakers and one internal microphone Separate audio ports for headphone-out, line-in and microphone-
in devices Keyboard and pointing device
84-/85-/88-key Windows keyboard Ergonomically-centered touchpad pointing device with 4-way scroll button 68 Appendix A Specifications h s i l g n E I/O ports
One type II CardBus PC Card slot
One RJ-45 jack (Ethernet 10/100)
One RJ-11 phone jack (V.90/92)
One DC-in jack for AC adapter
One parallel port
One VGA port for external monitor
One speaker/headphone-out jack (3.5mm mini jack)
One audio line-in jack (3.5mm mini jack)
One microphone-in jack
One IEEE 1394 port
One S-video TV-out port
One 100-pin port replicator
Four USB 2.0 ports
One FIR port (IrDA)
One Smart Card slot
4-in-1 Card Reader (Manufacture optional) Weight and dimensions
2.76 kg (6.1 lbs) for 14.1 LCD model/ 2.86kg (6.3 lbs) for 15 LCD model 330mm (W) x 272mm (D) x 28.9~31.8mm (H)
Environment
Non-operating: -20C ~ 65C Temperature
Operating: 5C ~ 35C
Humidity (non-condensing)
Operating: 20% ~ 80% RH
Non-operating: 20% ~ 80% RH System
Microsoft Windows operating system ACPI support DMI 2.0-compliant 69 E n g l i s h Power
Battery pack
65Wh Li-ion battery pack 2.0-hour rapid charge/3.5-hour charge-in-use
AC adapter
75-Watt
Auto sensing 90~264Vac, 47~63Hz Options
256MB/512MB/1GB memory upgrade modules Additional Li-Ion battery pack Additional AC adapter DVD/CD-RW combo (including DVD playback software) Acer EasyPort port replicator Second HDD drive USB Floppy drive External battery charger 70 Appendix A Specifications h s i l g n E Appendix B Notices This appendix lists the general notices of your computer. 73 FCC notice This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. E n g l i s h However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this device does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the device and receiver Connect the device into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help
Notice: Shielded cables All connections to other computing devices must be made using shielded cables to maintain compliance with FCC regulations. Notice: Peripheral devices Only peripherals (input/output devices, terminals, printers, etc.) certified to comply with the Class B limits may be attached to this equipment. Operation with non-certified peripherals is likely to result in interference to radio and TV reception. Caution Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority, which is granted by the Federal Communications Commission, to operate this computer. Use conditions This part complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 74 Appendix B Notices h s i l g n E Notice: Canadian users This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. Remarque lintention des utilisateurs canadiens Cet appareil numrique de la classe B respected toutes les exigences du Rglement sur le matriel brouilleur du Canada. Modem notices FCC This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. Located on the bottom side of the modem is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) for this equipment. Upon request, you must provide this information to your telephone company. If your telephone equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. But, if advance notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be informed of your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper functioning of your equipment. If they do, you will be notified in advance to give you an opportunity to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If this equipment should fail to operate properly, disconnect the equipment from the phone line to determine if it is causing the problem. If the problem is with the equipment, discontinue use and contact your dealer or vendor. TBR 21 This equipment has been approved [Council Decision 98/482/EC - TBR 21] for pan-European single terminal connection to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. E n g l i s h Important safety instructions 75 Read these instructions carefully. Save these instructions for future reference. 1 2 Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product. Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning. Do not use this product near water. Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, or table. The product may fall, causing serious damage to the product. Slots and openings in the cabinet and the back or bottom are provided for ventilation; to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating, these openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register, or in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided. This product should be operated from the type of power indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power available, consult your dealer or local power company. Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this product where persons will walk on the cord. If an extension cord is used with this product, make sure that the total ampere rating of the equipment plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the extension cord ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total rating of all products plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the fuse rating. Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the product. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Do not attempt to service this product yourself, as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage points or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. 11 Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:
a When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed b If liquid has been spilled into the product c d If the product does not operate normally when the operating If the product has been exposed to rain or water instructions are followed. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions since improper adjustment of other h s i l g n E 76 Appendix B Notices controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal condition. If the product has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged If the product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service. e f 12 Replace the battery with the same type as the product's battery we recommend. Use of another battery may present a risk of fire or explosion. 13 Warning! Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of them in fire. Keep them away from children and dispose of used batteries promptly. 14 Use only the proper type of power supply cord set (provided in your accessories box) for this unit. It should be a detachable type: UL listed/CSA certified, type SPT-2, rated 7A 125V minimum, VDE approved or its equivalent. Maximum length is 15 feet (4.6 meters). Laser compliance statement The CD or DVD drive used with this computer is a laser product. The CD or DVD drives classification label (shown below) is located on the drive. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT CAUTION: INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM. APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 PRODUIT LASERATTENTION: RADIATION DU FAISCEAU LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS DOUVERTURE. EVITTER TOUTE EXPOSITION AUX RAYONS. LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE LASER KLASSE 1 VORSICHT: UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN ABDECKUNG GEFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHLL AUSSETZEN PRODUCTO LSER DE LA CLASE I ADVERTENCIA: RADIACIN LSER INVISIBLE AL SER ABIERTO. EVITE EXPONERSE A LOS RAYOS. ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING VEDBNING SE IKKE IND I STRLEN. VARO! LAVATTAESSA OLET ALTTINA LASERSTEILYLLE. VARNING: LASERSTRLNING NR DENNA DEL R PPNAD L TUIJOTA STEESEENSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN VARNING: LASERSTRLNING NAR DENNA DEL R PPNADSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING NAR DEKSEL PNESSTIRR IKKE INN I STRLEN Lithium battery statement 77 E n g l i s h The TravelMate 660 series uses the lithium battery, models SQ-
1100 and SQU-202 only. CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Recycle if at all possible. ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Lver det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. ADVARSEL Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. VARNING Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. VAROITUS Pristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti. VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. h s i l g n E 78 Appendix B Notices LCD pixel statement The LCD unit is produced with high-precision manufacturing techniques. Nevertheless, some pixels may occasionally misfire or appear as black or colored dots. This has no effect on the recorded image and does not constitute a malfunction. Macrovision copyright protection notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Apparatus Claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 4,631,603, 4,577,216, 4,819,098, and 4,907,093 licensed for limited viewing uses only. A-Tick notice For safety reasons, only connect headsets with a telecommunications compliance label. This includes customer equipment previously labelled permitted or certified. The unit shall be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line cord which meets the requirements of ACA Technical Standard TS008. Australian approved mains cord set shall be used with the equipment. Note: Below regulatory information is for models with wireless LAN and/or Bluetooth only. Regulatory Information The Wireless module must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions. This device complies with the following radio frequency and safety standards. 79 E n g l i s h Canada - Industry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada. Europe - EU Declaration of Conformity This device complies with the standards listed below, following the provisions of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC:
ETSI EN 301 489-1/17 ETSI EN 300 328-2 EN 300 328 V1.4.1. USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules. Operation of the devices in an Wireless LAN System is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of the Wireless module is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the Wireless module shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. The transmitter and the antenna are permanently installed inside the notebook, and are specific for this model (not for generic computer). The antenna of this device is installed on the top of the LCD display. For compliance with FCC radiation exposure limits. It should be operated with a separation distance of 20cm or more between the antenna and the body of the user, and the antenna should not be operated next to a nearby person. h s i l g n E 80 Appendix B Notices This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution: To assure continued compliance, any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment
(example - use only shielded interface cables when connecting to computer or peripheral devices). This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Index A AC adapter caring for v AcerMedia drive 24 audio 27 adjusting the volume 27 troubleshooting 58 B battery pack caring for v BIOS utility 54 brightness hotkeys 18 C caps lock 14 care on indicator 13 AC adapter v battery pack v computer iv CD-ROM ejecting 25 ejecting manually 58 troubleshooting 58 cleaning computer v computer bringing to meetings 30 caring for iv cleaning v disconnecting 29 features 3, 11 indicators 13 keyboards 14 moving around 29 performance 11 security 34 setting up a home office 31 taking home 30 traveling internationally 32 traveling on local trips 32 troubleshooting 56 81 turning off iv connections network 46 connectivity options port expansion devices 50 D display hotkeys 17 troubleshooting 57, 58 DVD 25 DVD movies playing 25 E error messages 61 Euro 18 F FAQ. See frequently-asked questions frequently-asked questions 57 front view 3 H hard disk 24 help online services 62 Hibernation mode hotkey 17 hotkeys 16 I IEEE 1394 port 48 indicator lights 13 infrared 46 ITW. See warranty K keyboard 14 embedded numeric keypad 15 hotkeys 16 lock keys 14 troubleshooting 59 Windows keys 16 L LEDs 13 M memory 82 installing 51 upgrading 50 messages error 61 modem 45 N network 46 Notebook Manager 53 hotkey 17 notice DVD copyright protection 78 num lock 14 on indicator 13 numeric keypad num lock 15 O online services 62 options memory upgrade 50 P password 40 types 40 PC Card 48 ejecting 49 inserting 49 ports 45 POST (power-on self-test) 54 printer troubleshooting 59 problems 57 CD-ROM 58 display 57, 58 keyboard 59 printer 59 startup 57 troubleshooting 56 Q questions setting location for modem use 59 S safety CD-ROM 76 FCC notice 73 general instructions 75 modem notices 74 scroll lock 14 security keylock 34 passwords 40 smart card 34 service when to call vi SmartCard 34 PlatinumKey 35 PlatinumPAS 34 PlatinumSecure 34 PlatinumSecure options 37 speakers hotkey 18 troubleshooting 58 specifications 66 Standby mode hotkey 17 status indicators 13 storage 24 AcerMedia drive 24 hard disk 24 support information 62 T touchpad 22 hotkey 18 using 22 23 travel international flights 32 local trips 32 troubleshooting 56 tips 60 U universal serial bus 47 V view left 4, 6 rear 8 right 7 volume adjusting 27 W warranty International Travelers Warran-
ty 62 Windows keys 16 83
1 2 3 4 | User Manual for Laptop Part I | Users Manual | 2.53 MiB | October 11 2003 |
TravelMate 660 series Users guide Copyright 2003 Acer Incorporated. All Rights Reserved. TravelMate 660 series Users guide Original Issue: May 2003 Changes may be made periodically to the information in this publication without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes. Such changes will be incorporated in new editions of this manual or supplementary documents and publications. This company makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Record the model number, serial number, purchase date, and place of purchase information in the space provided below. The serial number and model number are recorded on the label affixed to your computer. All correspondence concerning your unit should include the serial number, model number, and purchase information. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopy, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Acer Incorporated. TravelMate 660 series Notebook computer Model number : _________________________________ Serial number: ___________________________________ Purchase date: ___________________________________ Place of purchase: ________________________________ Acer and the Acer logo are registered trademarks of Acer Incorporated. Other company's product names or trademarks are used herein for identification purposes only and belong to their respective companies. iii E n g l i s h First things first We would like to thank you for making the TravelMate series of notebook computers your choice for your mobile computing needs. We hope you will be happy with your TravelMate as much as we enjoyed making it for you. Your guides To help you use your TravelMate, we have designed a set of guides:
First off, the Just for Starters... poster helps you get started with setting up your computer. This Users guide introduces you to the many ways your computer can help you be more productive. This guide provides clear and concise information about the computer, so read it thoroughly. If you ever need to print out a copy, this Users guide is also available in PDF (Portable Document Format). Follow these steps:
1 Click on Start, Programs, TravelMate. 2 Click on TravelMate Users guide. Note: Viewing the file requires Adobe Acrobat Reader installed. For instructions on how to use Adobe Acrobat Reader, access the Help menu. For more information about our products, services, and support information, please visit our Web site (www.acer.com). iv h s i l g n E Basic care and tips for using your computer Turning your computer on and off To turn on the computer, simply press the power button on the left of the launch keys found above your TravelMates standard keyboard. See Front open view on page 3 for the location of the power switch. To turn the power off, do any of the following:
Use the Windows shutdown command For Windows 2000: Click on Start, Shut Down..., and select Shut down; then click on OK.
- or -
For Windows XP: Click on Start, Turn off Computer; then click Turn Off. Use the power switch
Note: You can also use the power switch to perform power management functions. See Windows help for more information.
Use the customized functions for power management You can also shut down the computer by closing the display cover, or by pressing the sleep hot key (Fn-F4). See the online guide for details. Note: If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power switch for more than four seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it.
Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not expose the computer to temperatures below 0C (32F) or above 50C (122F). Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields.
E n g l i s h v
Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock and vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust and dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer to avoid damaging the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. Taking care of your AC adapter Here are some ways to take care of your AC adapter:
Do not connect the adapter to any other device. Do not step on the power cord or place heavy objects on top of it. Carefully route the power cord and any cables away from personal traffic.
When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself
but pull on the plug. The total ampere ratings of the equipment plugged in should not exceed the ampere rating of the cord if you are using an extension cord. Also, the total current rating of all equipment plugged into a single wall outlet should not exceed the fuse rating. Taking care of your battery pack Here are some ways to take care of your battery pack:
Use only batteries of the same kind as replacements. Turn the power off before removing or replacing batteries. Do not tamper with batteries. Keep them away from children. Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Recycle if at all possible.
Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:
1 2 Disconnect the AC adapter. Power off the computer and remove the battery pack. vi h s i l g n E 3 Use a soft cloth moistened with water. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. To clean the display screen, use an LCD cleaning kit. 4 If any of the following occurs:
The computer has been dropped or the body has been damaged. Liquid has been spilled into the product. The computer does not operate normally. Please refer to "Troubleshooting my computer" on page 55. s t n e t n o C First things first Your guides Basic care and tips for using your computer 1 Getting to know your TravelMate A TravelMate tour Front open view Front view Left view Right view Rear view Bottom view Features Indicators Using the keyboard Special keys Launch Keys Touchpad Touchpad basics Storage Hard disk AcerMedia bay Using software Audio Adjusting the volume Power management Moving around with your TravelMate Disconnecting from the desktop Moving around Taking the computer home Traveling with the computer Traveling internationally with the computer Securing your computer Using a computer security lock Using the Smart Card Using passwords 2 Customizing my computer Expanding through options Connectivity options Upgrade options Using system utilities Notebook Manager iii iii iv 1 3 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 13 14 14 20 22 22 24 24 24 25 27 27 28 29 29 29 30 32 32 34 34 34 40 43 45 45 50 53 53 viii Contents Launch Manager BIOS Utility 3 Troubleshooting my computer Frequently-asked questions Troubleshooting tips Error messages Requesting service International Travelers Warranty (ITW) Before you call Appendix A Specifications Appendix B Notices Index 81 54 54 55 57 60 61 62 62 62 65 71 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Your TravelMate computer combines high-
performance, versatility, power management features and multimedia capabilities with a unique style and ergonomic design. Work with unmatched productivity and reliability with your new power computing partner. A TravelMate tour After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Just for Starters... poster, let us show you around your new TravelMate computer. Front open view 3 E n g l i s h
#
1 2 3 4 Item Description Display screen Also called LCD (liquid-crystal display), displays computer output. Power button Turns on the computer. Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device which functions like a computer mouse. Click buttons (left, center and right) The left and right buttons function like the left and right mouse buttons; the center button serves as a 4-way scroll button. h s i l g n E 4
#
5 6 7 8 9 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Item Palmrest Description Comfortable support area for your hands when you use the computer. Keyboard Inputs data into your computer. Status indicators LEDs (light-emitting diode) that turn on and off to show the status of the computer, its functions and components. Microphone Internal microphone for sound recording. Launch keys Special keys for launching internet browser, email program and frequently used programs. See Launch Keys on page 20 for more details. Front view
#
1 2 3 4 Item Speaker Description Outputs sound. 4-in-1 card reader1 Reads cards from Smart Media, Memory Stick, MultiMedia, and Secure Digital cards. 4-in-1 card reader1 indicator Infrared port Displays activity of 4-in-1 card reader. Interfaces with infrared devices (e.g., infrared printer, IR-aware computer). 5 E n g l i s h
#
5 6 7 8 9 Item Description Bluetooth button2 Enables or disables Bluetooth functionality. Bluetooth indicator2 Indicates that (optional) Bluetooth is enabled. InviLink button3 Enables or disables wireless LAN feature. InviLink indicator3 Indicates status of wireless LAN communication. Latch Latch for opening and closing the laptop. Notes:
1.Four-in-one card reader is a manufacturing option, subject to configuration. Only one card can operate at any given time. 2.Bluetooth button and indicator work on models with Bluetooth only. 3.InviLink button and indicator work on models with wireless LAN only. 6 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Left view h s i l g n E
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item Description Four USB 2.0 ports Connect to Universal Serial Bus devices (e.g., USB mouse, USB camera). IEEE 1394 port Connects to IEEE 1394 devices. Smart Card slot Slot for Smart Card interface with pre-boot authentication system. Line-in jack Accepts audio line-in devices (e.g., audio CD player, stereo walkman). Microphone jack Accepts input from external microphones. Headphone/
Speaker/ Line-out jack Connect to headphones or other line-out audio devices (speakers). PC Card eject button Ejects the PC Card from the slot. PC Card slot Accepts one Type II 16-bit PC Card or 32-bit CardBus PC Card. Right view 7 E n g l i s h
#
1 2 3 4 5 Item Description AcerMedia drive Houses a removable media drive module. AcerMedia indicator Lights up when the AcerMedia drive is active. Eject button Ejects the drive tray. Emergency eject slot Ejects the drive tray when the computer is turned off. See page 58 for more details. Power jack Connects to an AC adapter. Note: The positions of the AcerMedia indicator, eject button and emergency eject hole may differ depending on the optical drive module installed. 8 Rear view h s i l g n E 1 Getting to know your TravelMate
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Item Description Modem jack Connects to a phone line. Network jack Connects to an Ethernet 10/100-based network. Expansion port Connects to I/O port replicator or EasyPort expansion devices. Parallel port Connects to a parallel device (e.g., parallel printer). External display port Connects to a display device (e.g., external monitor, LCD projector) and displays up to 16.7 million colors and up to 1400x1050 resolution. S-video Connects to a television or display device with S-video input. Security keylock Connects to a Kensington-compatible computer security lock. Bottom view 9 E n g l i s h
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Item Description AcerMedia bay release latch Unlatches the AcerMedia drive for removing the optical drive. AcerMedia bay Houses an AcerMedia drive module. Battery bay Houses the computer's battery pack. Battery release latch Unlatches the battery to remove the battery pack. Battery lock Locks the battery in place. Mini-PCI slot Slot for adding mini-PCI cards. Hard disk protector Protects the hard disk from accidental bumps and vibration. Hard disk bay Memory compartment Houses the computer's hard disk (secured by a screw). Houses the computers main memory. h s i l g n E 10
#
10 11 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Item Cooling fan Description Helps keep the computer cool. Note: Dont cover or obstruct the opening of the fan. Personal identification slot Insert a business card or similar-sized identification card to personalize your computer. 11 E n g l i s h Features Below is a brief summary of the computers many features:
Performance
Memory upgradeable up to 2 GB with 2 slots (Only one slot for Intel Pentium M Processor at 1.3G~1.6G and higher
user accessible) Internal removable optical drive (AcerMedia bay) High-capacity, Enhanced-IDE hard disk Li-ion main battery pack Power management system with ACPI (Advanced Configuration Power Interface) Smart Card interface with pre-boot authentication system for added security Display
Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) liquid crystal display (LCD) displaying 32-
bit high color up to 1024 x 768 eXtended Graphics Array (XGA) resolution for 14.1/15 and 1400 x 1050 Super eXtended Graphics Array + (SXGA+) resolution for 15 models (specification varies depending on the model) 3D graphics engine Simultaneous LCD and CRT display support S-video for output to a television or display device that supports S-
video input
"Automatic LCD dim" feature that automatically decides the best settings for your display and conserves power Dual indenpendent display
Multimedia
16-bit high-fidelity AC97 stereo audio Built-in dual speakers Built-in microphone High-speed optical drive (AcerMedia bay) 12 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Connectivity
High-speed fax/data modem port Ethernet/Fast Ethernet port Fast infrared wireless communication Four (4) USB 2.0 (Universal Serial Bus) ports IEEE 1394 port InviLink 802.11b or 802.11a/g wireless LAN (manufacturing optional) Bluetooth ready (manufacturing optional) SD/MMC/SM/MS memory slot (manufacturing optional)
Human-centric design and ergonomics
Internet 4-way scroll button Sleek, smooth and stylish design Acer FinTouch full-sized curved keyboard Ergonomically-centered touchpad pointing device Expansion
One type II CardBus PC Card slot
Upgradeable memory Indicators The computer has three easy-to-read status indicators below the display screen, and two on the front of the computer. E n g l i s h 13 The Power and Battery status indicators are visible even when the display is closed. Icon Function Description Caps lock Lights when Caps Lock is activated. Num lock Lights when Num Lock is activated. Media Activity Lights when the disc or AcerMedia is activated. Power Lights green when the power is on and orange when the computer is in standby mode. Battery Lights orange when the battery is charging. 14 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Using the keyboard The full-sized keyboard includes an embedded numeric keypad, separate cursor keys, two Windows keys and twelve function keys. Special keys Lock keys The keyboard has three lock keys which you can toggle on and off. Lock key Description Caps Lock When Caps Lock is on, all alphabetic characters typed are in uppercase. Num Lock
(Fn-F11) When Num Lock is on, the embedded keypad is in numeric mode. The keys function as a calculator (complete with the arithmetic operators +, -, *, and /). Use this mode when you need to do a lot of numeric data entry. A better solution would be to connect an external keypad. Scroll Lock
(Fn-F12) When Scroll Lock is on, the screen moves one line up or down when you press the up or down arrow keys respectively. Scroll Lock does not work with some applications. 15 Embedded numeric keypad The embedded numeric keypad functions like a desktop numeric keypad. It is indicated by small characters located on the upper right corner of the keycaps. To simplify the keyboard legend, cursor-control key symbols are not printed on the keys. E n g l i s h Desired access Num lock on Num lock off Number keys on embedded keypad Type numbers in a normal manner. Cursor-control keys on embedded keypad Main keyboard keys Hold Shift while using cursor-control keys. Hold Fn while using cursor-control keys. Hold Fn while typing letters on embedded keypad. Type the letters in a normal manner. Note: If an external keyboard or keypad is connected to the computer, the Num Lock feature automatically shifts from the internal keyboard to the external keyboard or keypad. 16 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Windows keys The keyboard has two keys that perform Windows-specific functions. h s i l g n E Key Description Windows logo key Start button. Combinations with this key perform shortcut functions. Below are a few examples:
+ Tab (Activates next taskbar button)
+ E (Explores My Computer)
+ F (Finds Document)
+ M (Minimizes All) Shift +
+ M (Undoes Minimize All)
+ R (Displays the Run... dialog box) Application key Opens a context menu (same as a right-click). Hot keys The computer employs hot keys or key combinations to access most of the computers controls like screen brightness, volume output and the BIOS Utility. To activate hot keys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hot key combination. 17 E n g l i s h Hot key Icon Function Description Fn-F1 Fn-F2 Fn-F3 Hot key help Displays help on hot keys. Setup Accesses the computers configuration utility. Power management scheme toggle Fn-F4 Sleep Fn-F5 Display toggle Switches the power management scheme used by the computer (function available if supported by operating system). See Power management on page 28. Puts the computer in Sleep mode. See Power management on page 28. Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both the display screen and external monitor. h s i l g n E 18 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Hot key Icon Function Description Fn-F6 Fn-F7 Fn-F8 Fn-
Fn-
Fn-
Fn-
Screen blank Turns the display screen backlight off to save power. Press any key to return. Touchpad toggle Turns the internal touchpad on and off. Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off. Volume up Increases the speaker volume. Volume down Decreases the speaker volume. Brightness up Increases the screen brightness. Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness. The Euro symbol If your keyboard layout is set to United States-International or United Kingdom or if you have a keyboard with a European layout, you can type the Euro symbol on your keyboard. Note for US keyboard users: The keyboard layout is set when you first set up Windows. For the Euro symbol to work, the keyboard layout has to be set to United States-International. 19 E n g l i s h To verify the keyboard type in Windows Millennium Edition and Windows 2000, follow the steps below:
1 Click on Start, Settings, Control Panel. Double-click on Keyboard. Click on the Language tab. Verify that the keyboard layout used for "En English (United States)" is set to United States-International. If not, select and click on Properties; then select United States-
International and click on OK. Click on OK. 2 3 4 5 To verify the keyboard type in Windows XP, follow the steps below:
1 2 3 4 5 Click on Start, Control Panel. Double-click on Regional and Language Options. Click on the Language tab and click on Details. Verify that the keyboard layout used for "En English (United States)" is set to United States-International. If not, select and click on ADD; then select United States-
International and click on OK. Click on OK. To type the Euro symbol:
1 Locate the Euro symbol on your keyboard. 2 Open a text editor or word processor. 3 Hold Alt Gr and press the Euro symbol. Note: Some fonts and software do not support the Euro symbol. Please refer to www.microsoft.com/typography/faq/faq12.htm for more information. 20 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Launch Keys Located above the keyboard are five buttons. The left-most button is the power button. To the right of the power button are the four launch keys. They are designated as the mail button, the web browser button, and two programmable buttons (P1 and P2). Launch key Default application Mail Email application Web browser Internet browser application P1 P2 User-programmable User-programmable E-Mail Detection Click right button at the Launch Manager icon on the taskbar and click on E-Mail Detection. In this dialog box, you have the option to enable disable mail checking, set the time interval for mail checking, etc. If you already have an email account, you can fill in User Name, Password and POP3 Sever in the dialog box. The POP3 Sever is the mail server where you get your email. 21 E n g l i s h Aside from the email checking function, there is a mail button that is used to launch the email application. It is located above the keyboard right below the LCD. 22 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Touchpad The built-in touchpad is a pointing device that senses movement on its surface. This means the cursor responds as you move your finger on the surface of the touchpad. The central location on the palmrest provides optimum comfort and support. Note: When using an external USB mouse, you can press Fn-F7 to disable the touchpad. Touchpad basics The following items teach you how to use the touchpad:
Move your finger across the touchpad to move the cursor.
Press the left (1) and right (3) buttons located on the edge of the touchpad to do selection and execution functions. These two buttons are similar to the left and right buttons on a mouse. 23
Tapping on the touchpad produces similar results. Use the 4-way scroll (2) button (top/bottom/left and right) to scroll a page up, down, left or right. This button mimics your cursor pressing on the vertical and horizontal scroll bars of Windows applications. E n g l i s h Function Left button Right button Center buttons Tap Tap twice (at the same speed as double-clicking a mouse button) Tap once Tap twice (at the same speed as double-clicking a mouse button) then hold finger to the touchpad on the second tap and drag the cursor Execute Click twice quickly Click once Click and hold, then use finger to drag the cursor on the touchpad Select Drag Access context menu Scroll Click once Click and hold the button in the desired direction
(up/down/
left/right) Note: Keep your fingers dry and clean when using the touchpad. Also keep the touchpad dry and clean. The touchpad is sensitive to finger movements. Hence, the lighter the touch, the better the response. Tapping harder will not increase the touchpads responsiveness. 24 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Storage This computer supplies you with the following media storage:
High-capacity Enhanced-IDE hard disk AcerMedia drive Hard disk The high-capacity hard disk is the answer to your storage needs. This is where your programs and data are stored. AcerMedia bay The AcerMedia bay accepts a wide variety of optional media drive modules for use with your computer. These optional items include:
CD-ROM drive DVD-ROM drive DVD/CD-RW drive Second hard disk drive Second battery Note: To swap AcerMedia drive modules, see Swapping AcerMedia drive modules on page 52 Ejecting the optical (CD or DVD) drive tray To eject the optical drive tray when the computer is turned on, press the drive eject button. E n g l i s h 25 When the power is off, you can eject the drive tray using the emergency eject hole. See page 58. Using software Playing DVD movies When the DVD-ROM drive module is installed in the AcerMedia bay, you can play DVD movies on your computer. 1 Eject the DVD tray and insert a DVD movie disc; then close the DVD tray. Important! When you launch the DVD player for the first time, the program asks you to input the region code. DVD discs are divided into 6 regions. Once your DVD drive is set to a region code, it will play DVD discs of that region only. You can set the region code a maximum of five times (including the first time), after which the last region code set will remain permanent. Recovering your hard disk does not reset the number of times the region code has been set. Refer to the table below for DVD movie region code information. 26 1 Getting to know your TravelMate 2 The DVD movie will automatically play after a few seconds. Region code Country or region h s i l g n E 1 2 3 4 5 6 U.S.A., Canada Europe, Middle East, South Africa, Japan Southeast Asia, Taiwan, Korea (South) Latin America, Australia, New Zealand Former U.S.S.R., parts of Africa, India People's Republic of China Note: To change the region code, insert a DVD movie of a different region into the DVD-ROM drive. Please refer to the online help for more information. Audio The computer comes with 16-bit high-fidelity AC97 stereo audio, and includes a built-in sensitive microphone and dual stereo speakers. E n g l i s h 27 There are audio ports on the left of the computer. See Left view on page 6 for more information on connecting external audio devices. Adjusting the volume Adjusting the volume on the computer is as easy as pressing some buttons. See Hot keys on page 16 for more informations on adjusting the speaker volume. h s i l g n E 28 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Power management This computer has a built-in power management unit that monitors system activity. System activity refers to any activity involving one or more of the following devices: keyboard, mouse, floppy drive, hard disk, peripherals connected to the serial and parallel ports, and video memory. If no activity is detected for a period of time (called an inactivity timeout), the computer stops some or all of these devices in order to conserve energy. This computer employs a power management scheme that supports ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), which allows for maximum power conservation and maximum performance at the same time. Windows handles all power-saving chores for your computer. Moving around with your TravelMate This section gives you tips and hints to consider when moving around or traveling with your computer. E n g l i s h 29 Disconnecting from the desktop Follow these steps to disconnect your computer from external accessories:
1 Save your work in progress. 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remove any media, diskette or compact disc, from the drive(s). Shut down the computer. Close the display cover. Disconnect the cord from the AC adapter. Disconnect the keyboard, pointing device, printer, external monitor, and other external devices. Disconnect the Kensington lock if you are using one to secure the computer. Moving around when you are just moving within short distances, for example, from your office desk to a meeting room Preparing the computer Before moving the computer, close and latch the display cover to place it in Sleep mode. You can now safely take the computer anywhere you go within the building. To bring the computer out of Sleep mode, open the display; then slide and release the power switch. If you are taking the computer to a client's office or a different building, you may choose to shut down the computer:
1 2 Click on Start, Shut Down... or Turn off Computer (Windows XP). Select Shut down and click on OK, or select Turn Off (Windows XP). h s i l g n E 30
- or -
1 Getting to know your TravelMate you can put the computer in Sleep mode by pressing Fn-F4. Then close and latch the display. When you are ready to use the computer again, unlatch and open the display; then slide and release the power switch. Note: If the sleep indicator is off, the computer has entered Hibernation mode and turned off. If the power indicator is off but the sleep indicator is on, the computer has entered Sleep mode. In both cases, slide and release the power switch to turn the computer back on. Note that the computer may enter Hibernation mode after it is in Sleep mode for a period of time. What to bring to short meetings A fully charged battery runs the computer for about 3 hours under most circumstances. If your meeting is shorter than that, you probably do not need to bring anything with you other than the computer. What to bring to long meetings If your meeting will last longer than 3 hours or if your battery is not fully charged, you may want to bring the AC adapter with you to plug in your computer in the meeting room. If the meeting room does not have an electrical outlet, reduce the drain on the battery by putting the computer in Sleep mode. Press Fn-
F4 or close the display cover whenever you are not actively using the computer. To resume, open the display (if closed); then slide and release the power switch. Taking the computer home when you are moving from your office to your home or vice versa Preparing the computer After disconnecting the computer from your desktop, follow these steps to prepare the computer for the trip home:
Check if you have removed all media, diskettes and compact discs, from the drive(s). Failure to remove the media can damage the drive head. Pack the computer in a protective case that can prevent the computer from sliding around and cushion it if it should fall.
E n g l i s h 31 Caution: Avoid packing items next to the top cover of the computer. Pressure against the top cover can damage the screen What to bring with you Unless you already have some items at home, bring the following items with you:
AC adapter and power cord The printed users guide AcerMedia drive module(s) Special considerations Follow these guidelines to protect your computer while traveling to and from work:
Minimize the effect of temperature changes by keeping the
computer with you. If you need to stop for an extended period of time and cannot bring the computer with you, leave the computer in the trunk of the car to avoid exposing the computer to excessive heat. Changes in temperature and humidity can cause condensation. Allow the computer to return to room temperature, and inspect the screen for condensation before turning on the computer. If the temperature change is greater than 18F (10C), allow the computer to come to room temperature slowly. If possible, leave the computer for 30 minutes in an environment with a temperature between outside and room temperature. Setting up a home office If you frequently work on your computer at home, you may want to purchase a second AC adapter for use at home. With a second AC adapter, you can avoid transporting the extra weight to and from home. 32 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E If you use your computer at home for significant periods of time, you might also want to add an external keyboard, monitor, or mouse. Traveling with the computer when you are moving within a larger distance, for instance, from your office building to a clients office building or traveling locally Preparing the computer Prepare the computer as if you were taking it home. Make sure that the battery in the computer is charged. Airport security may require you to turn on your computer when bringing it into the gate area. What to bring with you Bring the following items with you:
AC adapter Spare, fully-charged battery pack(s) AcerMedia drive module(s) Additional printer driver files if you plan to use another printer Special considerations In addition to the guidelines for taking the computer home, follow these guidelines to protect your computer while traveling:
Always take the computer as carry-on luggage. If possible, have the computer inspected by hand. Airport security X-ray machines are safe, but do not put the computer through a metal detector. Avoid exposing floppy disks to hand-held metal detectors.
Traveling internationally with the computer when you are moving from country to country Preparing the computer Prepare the computer as you would normally prepare it for traveling. E n g l i s h What to bring with you 33 Bring the following items with you:
AC adapter Power cords that are appropriate for the country to which you are traveling Spare, fully-charged battery packs AcerMedia drive module(s) Additional printer driver files if you plan to use another printer Proof of purchase, in case you need to show it to customs officials International Travelers Warranty passport
Special considerations Follow the same special considerations as when traveling with the computer. In addition, these tips are useful when traveling internationally:
When traveling in another country, check that the local AC voltage and the AC adapter power cord specifications are compatible. If not, purchase a power cord that is compatible with the local AC voltage. Do not use converter kits sold for appliances to power the computer. If you are using the modem, check if the modem and connector is compatible with the telecommunications system of the country you are traveling in.
34 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Securing your computer Your computer is a valuable investment that you need to take care of. Learn how to protect and take care of your computer. Security features include hardware and software locks a security notch, Smart Card and passwords. Using a computer security lock A security keylock notch located on the left panel of the computer lets you connect a Kensington-compatible computer security lock. Wrap a computer security lock cable around an immovable object such as a table or locked drawer handle. Insert the lock into the notch and turn the key to secure the lock. Some keyless models are also available. Using the Smart Card This software includes the following components: PlatinumPAS, PlatinumSecure and PlatinumKey. Together, they provide you with multiple levels of security.
PlatinumPAS implements the first security measure at the BIOS level and runs during the BIOS routine check when a computer is powered up or rebooting. If no Smart Card or Emergency Card is detected, the computer will stop booting up to prevent any illegal access to the system. PlatinumSecure enhances the secure logon procedure for your Windows at the operating system level. It provides user authentication through its encryption/decryption function using
35
the Smart Card. If your Smart Card is unavailable, you can use the Emergency Card as a temporary replacement card. PlatinumKey auto-authenticate and auto cache with one-click logons to all password-required websites (patent pending), eliminates the overhead costs associated with memorizing and typing user IDs and passwords when surfing the Internet with Microsoft or Netscape web browsers. A slot for your Smart Card is located on the left panel of the computer. This new security feature helps you boot up your computer with all your settings built right into your Smart Card. You dont have to remember your password to access your computer. E n g l i s h To remove the Smart Card first press the Smart Card (a) and remove the Smart Card (b) as shown in the illustration below. For more details consult your Smart Card documentation. h s i l g n E 36 1 Getting to know your TravelMate Registering your Smart Card Important! Your Acer notebook is equipped with a Smart Card security feature that protects the computer from unauthorized access. If you enable this feature, please make sure that your warranty card is completed and sent back to Acer. This information will be used by Acer service centers to confirm ownership in case your Smart Card "key" is lost or damaged. Registering your notebook with Acer's service center is extremely important when replacing your lost Smart Card "key". If you have already bypassed the Smart Card registration, please reinstall the application as follows:
1 2 Insert your System CD and reinstall from it. Follow the onscreen instructions. To enable the Smart Card security feature, please refer to your Smart Card user manual. Running PlatinumSecure PlatinumSecure enhances the secure logon procedure for Windows 2000 or XP at the operating system level. It provides user authentication with an encryption/decryption function using the Smart Card. If your Smart Card is unavailable, the Emergency Card can serve as a temporary replacement for the Smart Card. After installation, the PlatinumSecure icon appears on the Windows desktop. Double-click on it or click the right mouse button, then select Open from the pop-up menu (or launch it from the PlatinumSecret program group). From the menu that appears, you can directly access three operations: PlatinumSecure Options, Smart Card Manager, and Change Password. PlatinumSecure Options Click on the PlatinumSecure Options button to open the Smart Card Options window. It provides great flexibility to meet the various privacy protection needs of many different users. E n g l i s h 37
Disable Smart Card Authentication When Disable PlatinumPAS is selected, the PlatinumPAS Preboot Authentication System will be disabled. When Disable PlatinumSecure is selected, the PlatinumSecure Windows Logon Authentication with the Smart Card will be disabled, which means that the protection of your PC as well as other options under System Lock Option and Password Option will be disabled, too. The Smart Card password is required for this selection. System Lock Option When Lock system when the Smart Card is not in use
(default) is selected, if the Smart Card is removed, the PlatinumSecure screensaver comes up and access to the system is locked. When Never lock the system after bootup is selected, there is no protection for the PC after boot up, and Password Option is disabled. Password Option When Always enter password when the Smart Card is in use
(default) is selected, the password is required whenever you need to regain access to the system while the Smart Card is inserted. When Auto authenticate when Smart Card is in use is selected, no password is required. All you need to do is insert the Smart Card.
1 2 3 4 | User Manual for Laptop Part II | Users Manual | 3.23 MiB | October 11 2003 |
38 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Smart Card Manager The Multiple user support is implemented and managed in Smart Card Manager. Please note that five users can be registered on one PC. If you registered as the Primary User, ONLY you can add/remove other users. If you registered as a regular user, other registered users could add/remove you. All registered users will be able to use the View Smart Card users option. Change Password Click the Change Password button, fill in the three fields in the Change Password dialog box, and then close the dialog box by clicking the OK button to change the Smart Card password. Encrypt/Decrypt PlatinumSecure can also be used to encrypt/decrypt files except for system files or files that are already encrypted with other applications. Double-click on a file to automatically encrypt/decrypt it. However, if the file is associated with an application, it will be opened with that application instead of being encrypted. Note that the encryption is not recursive, i.e., when you encrypt a folder, only the files immediately under that folder are encrypted. Other files under subfolders are not. To find the Encrypt/Decrypt commands:
Right-click on the Start menu, Right-click on a folder or icon on your Windows desktop, or In Windows Explorer, right-click on a selected folder, file, or group of files. E n g l i s h 39 Running PlatinumKey PlatinumKey provides one-click logon to all password-required websites. With its unique Smart Card caching technology, you can greatly extend the limited card memory size to unlimited use by storing your private data in an encrypted file either on the Smart Card, or on the 360 Degree Web secure website server. Information in PlatinumKey like the one in My Info and Credit Cards, can be transferred to other applications using the "drag-and-drop"
method: simply point the cursor to the field containing the information, press and hold the left mouse button, then drag the cursor to the application and drop the information there. PlatinumKey also makes it convenient to change your password. There is always a PWD button available, which is equivalent to the Change Password button in PlatinumSecure. Follow these steps to use PlatinumKey:
1 Open your browser to connect to the Internet. 2 3 4 5 6 7 Double-click on the PlatinumKey icon on your Windows desktop. Enter your Smart Card password and click OK. If PlatinumKey is being used for the very first time, it will ask
"Would you like to link to 360 Degree Web secure website server to backup the information on your Smart Card?" The default answer is Yes, and it will enable you to store your information
(excluding the Credit Cards) on the 360 Degree Web secure website server for backup purposes in case the card is lost/stolen. If you choose No, you will only be able to save My Info, Credit Cards and 5 Websites on your Smart Card. Log in to a website where you are already registered. PlatinumKey automatically stores your login data and asks for your confirmation to automatically log you in the next time you access the site. Click Yes and continue browsing. To close PlatinumKey when you are finished browsing, right-click on the PlatinumKey icon on your Windows taskbar and select Close PlatinumKey. PlatinumKey provides a list of all the logon pages that you have stored. To go directly to any site on the list either double-click it or select it and click the Go button. Also, you can click the View button to view the selected website information including Web Name, User Name, 40 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E Password, and Web URL. Similarly, type the first letter(s) of a site on the list, and the site will be searched and selected. You can Edit and Delete the sites as well as other information, and Save or Cancel the changes you made, by selecting the button corresponding to each command. Using passwords Passwords protect your computer from unauthorized access. Setting these passwords creates several different levels of protection for your computer and data:
Supervisor Password prevents unauthorized entry into the BIOS Utility. Once set, you must key-in this password to gain access to the BIOS Utility. See BIOS Utility on page 54. User Password secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from hibernation for maximum security. Password on Boot secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from hibernation for maximum security. Hard Disk Password protects your data by preventing unauthorized access to your hard disk. Even if the hard disk is removed from the computer and moved to another computer, it cannot be accessed without the Hard Disk Password.
Important! Do not forget your Supervisor and Hard Disk Password! If you forget your password, please get in touch with your dealer or an authorized service center. Entering passwords When a password is set, a password prompt appears in the left-hand corner of the display screen.
When the Supervisor Password is set, a prompt appears when you
press F2 to enter the BIOS Utility at boot-up. Type the Supervisor Password and press Enter to access the BIOS Utility. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter.
When the User Password is set and the Password on boot 41
parameter is enabled, a prompt appears at boot-up. Type the User Password and press Enter to use the computer. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter.
When the Hard Disk Password is set, a prompt appears at boot-up. Type the Hard Disk Password and press Enter to use the computer.
If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. E n g l i s h Important! You have three chances to enter a password. If you fail to enter the password correctly after three tries, the system halts. Slide and hold the power switch for four seconds to shut down the computer. Then turn on the computer again, and try again. If you fail to enter the Hard Disk Password, please contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Setting passwords You can set passwords using the BIOS Utility. 42 1 Getting to know your TravelMate h s i l g n E 2 Customizing my computer After learning the basics of your TravelMate computer, lets get acquainted with the advanced features of your computer. In this chapter, you will learn how to add options, upgrade components for better performance, and customize your computer. Expanding through options Your TravelMate offers you a complete mobile computing experience. E n g l i s h 45 Connectivity options Ports allow you to connect peripheral devices to your computer as you would with a desktop PC. For instructions on how to connect different external devices to the computer, see your online guide for more details. Fax/data modem Your computer has a built-in V.90/92 56Kbps AC97 Link fax/data modem. Warning! This modem port is not compatible with digital phone lines. Plugging this modem into a digital phone line will damage the modem. To use the fax/data modem port, connect a phone cable from the modem port to a telephone jack. Start your communications software program. 46 2 Customizing my computer h s i l g n E Built-in network feature The built-in network feature allows you to connect your computer to an Ethernet-based (10/100 Mbps) network. To use the network feature, connect an Ethernet cable from the network jack on the rear of the computer to a network jack or hub on your network. Fast infrared The computers fast infrared (FIR) port allows you to do wireless data transfer with other IR-aware computers and peripherals such as PDAs
(personal digital assistants), mobile phones, and infrared printers. The infrared port can transfer data at speeds of up to four megabits per second (Mbps) at a distance of up to one meter. 47 Universal Serial Bus The Universal Serial Bus (USB 2.0) port is a high-speed serial bus which allows you to connect and daisy-chain USB peripherals without taking up precious system resources. Your computer has four ports available. E n g l i s h 48 2 Customizing my computer h s i l g n E IEEE 1394 port The computer's IEEE 1394 port allows you to connect to an IEEE 1394 supported devices like a video camera or digital camera. See your video or digital camera's documentation for details. PC Card slot The type II CardBus PC Card slot found on the left side of the computer accepts credit-card-sized cards that enhance the usability and expandability of the computer. These cards should have a PC Card logo on them. PC Cards (formerly PCMCIA) are add-on cards for portable computers, giving you expansion possibilities long afforded by desktop PCs. Popular PC cards include flash, fax/data modem, LAN, wireless LAN and SCSI cards. CardBus improves on the 16-bit PC card technology by expanding the bandwidth to 32 bits. Note: Refer to your cards manual for details on how to install and use the card and its functions. Inserting a PC Card Insert the card into the slot and make the proper connections (e.g., network cable), if necessary. See your card manual for details. 49 E n g l i s h Ejecting a PC Card Before ejecting a PC Card:
1 2 3 Exit the application using the card. Left-click on the PC Card icon on the taskbar and stop the card operation. Press the slot eject button to pop out the eject button (a); then press it again to eject the card (b). h s i l g n E 50 2 Customizing my computer Port expansion devices Two types of expansion devices are available for your computer:
I/O replicator - adds serial port and parallel port connections to your computer. EasyPort - adds a host of ports for your computer, and allows you to connect and disconnect peripherals from your computer in one quick step.
See your dealer for more information. Upgrade options Your computer delivers superior power and performance. However, some users and the applications they use may demand more. This computer allows you to upgrade key components when you need increased performance. Note: Contact your authorized dealer if you decide to perform a key component upgrade. Memory upgrade Memory is expandable to 2 GB (only one slot for user accessible), employing 256/512/1024-MB industry standard soDIMMs (Small Outline Dual Inline Memory Modules). The computer supports DDR (Double Data Rate) RAM. There are two memory slots on your computer, one of which is occupied by standard memory. You can upgrade memory by installing a memory module into the one available slot. 51 Installing memory Follow these steps to install memory:
1 2 Turn off the computer, unplug the AC adapter (if connected) and remove the battery pack. Then turn the computer over to access its base. Remove the screws from the memory cover (a); then lift up and remove the memory cover (b). E n g l i s h 3 Insert the memory module diagonally into the slot (a), then gently press it down (b) until it clicks into place. 4 5 6 Replace the memory cover and secure it with the screw. Reinstall the battery pack, and reconnect the AC adapter. Turn on the computer. The computer automatically detects and reconfigures the total memory size. h s i l g n E 52 2 Customizing my computer Swapping AcerMedia drive modules Note: The hard disk drive module is not hot-swappable. You have to turn off your computer before you can swap the module. You can swap the AcerMedia drive with any optional AcerMedia modules. First slide the AcerMedia release latch as shown in the illustration (a). Then remove the optical drive from the AcerMedia bay
(b). Then insert the optional AcerMedia module into the AcerMedia bay until the it click into place. Using system utilities Notebook Manager 53 E n g l i s h The computer has a built-in system setup program called Notebook Manager. The Windows-based Notebook Manager allows you to set passwords, the startup sequence of the drives, and power management settings. It also shows current hardware configurations. To start the Notebook Manager, press Fn-F2 or follow these steps:
1 2 Click on Start, Programs, then Notebook Manager. Select the Notebook Manager application to run the program. Click on Help for more information. 54 2 Customizing my computer h s i l g n E Launch Manager Launch Manager allows you to set the four launch keys located above the keyboard. See Launch Keys on page 20 for the location of the launch key. You can access the Launch Manager by clicking on Start, Programs, and then Launch Manager to start the application. BIOS Utility The BIOS Utility is a hardware configuration program built into your computers BIOS (basic input/output system). Your computer is already properly configured and optimized, and you do not need to run this utility. However, if you encounter configuration problems, you may need to run it. To activate the BIOS Utility, press F2 during the POST (power-on self-
test) while the TravelMate logo is being displayed. 3 Troubleshooting my computer This chapter instructs you on how to deal with common system problems. Read it before calling a technician if a problem occurs. Solutions to more serious problems require opening up the computer. Do not attempt to open the computer by yourself. Contact your dealer or an authorized service center for assistance. key link: www.acersupport.com 57 Frequently-asked questions The following is a list of possible situations that may arise during the use of your computer. Easy answers and solutions are provided for each one. E n g l i s h I slid the power switch and opened the display, but the computer does not start or boot-up. Look at the Power indicator:
If it is not lit, no power is being applied to the computer. Check the following:
If you are running on battery power, it may be low and unable to power the computer. Connect the AC adapter to recharge the battery pack.
Make sure that the AC adapter is plugged in properly to the computer and to the power outlet. If it is lit, check the following:
Is a non-bootable (non-system) diskette in the floppy drive?
Remove or replace it with a system diskette and press Ctrl-Alt-
Del to restart the system. The operating system files may be damaged or missing. Insert the startup disk you created during Windows setup into the floppy drive and press Ctrl-Alt-Del to restart the system. This will diagnose your system and make necessary fixes. Nothing appears on the screen. The computers power management system automatically blanks the screen to save power. Press any key to turn the display back on. If pressing a key does not turn the display back on, two things might be the cause:
The brightness level might be too low. Press Fn- (increase) and Fn- (decrease) to adjust the brightness level. The display device might be set to an external monitor. Press the display toggle hot key Fn-F5 to toggle the display back to the computer. If the Sleep indicator is lit, the computer is in Sleep mode. Slide and release the power switch to resume.
58 3 Troubleshooting my computer h s i l g n E Image is not full-screen. The computer display has a native resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA) for the 14.1 and 1400 x 1050 (SXGA+) for the 15.0. If you set the resolution lower than this, the screen expands to fill the computer display. Right-click on your Windows desktop and select Properties to bring up the Display Properties dialog box. Then click on the Settings tab to make sure that the resolution is set to the appropriate resolution. Resolutions lower than the specified resolution are not full-
screen on the computer or on an external monitor. No audio is heard from the computer. Check the following:
The volume may be muted. In Windows, look at the volume control (speaker) icon on the taskbar. If it is crossed-out, click on the icon and deselect the Mute option. The speakers may be turned off. Press Fn-F8 to turn the speakers on (this hot key also turns the speakers off). The volume level may be too low. In Windows, look at the volume control icon on the taskbar. You can also use the volume control buttons to adjust the volume. See Hot keys on page 16 for more detail. If headphones, earphones or external speakers are connected to the line-out port on the computers rear panel, the internal speakers automatically turn off.
I want to eject the optical drive tray without turning on the power. I cannot eject the optical drive tray. There is a mechanical eject button on the optical drive. Simply insert the tip of a pen or paperclip and push to eject the tray. E n g l i s h 59 The keyboard does not respond. Try attaching an external keyboard to the USB 2.0 connector on the rear of the computer. If it works, contact your dealer or an authorized service center as the internal keyboard cable may be loose. The infrared port does not work. Check the following:
Make sure that the infrared ports of the two devices are facing each other (+/- 15 degrees) a maximum of 1 meter apart.
Make sure there is a clear path between the two infrared ports. Nothing should be blocking the ports.
Make sure you have the appropriate software running on both devices (for file transfers) or you have the appropriate drivers (for printing to an infrared printer). During the POST, press F2 to access the BIOS Utility and verify that the infrared port is enabled.
Make sure both devices are IrDA-compliant. The printer does not work. Check the following:
Make sure that the printer is connected to a power outlet and that it is turned on.
Make sure that the printer cable is connected securely to the computers parallel port and the corresponding port on the printer. During POST, press F2 to access the BIOS Utility and verify that the parallel port is enabled.
I want to set up my location to use the internal modem. To properly use your communications software (e.g., HyperTerminal), you need to set up your location:
1 Click on Start, Settings, Control Panel. Double-click on Modems. Click on Dialing Properties and begin setting up your location. 2 3 Refer to the Windows manual. 60 3 Troubleshooting my computer h s i l g n E Troubleshooting tips This notebook computer incorporates an advanced design that delivers onscreen error message reports to help you solve problems. If the system reports an error message or an error symptom occurs, see Error messages on page 61. If the problem cannot be resolved, contact your dealer. See Requesting service on page 62. 61 Error messages If you receive an error message, note the message and take the corrective action. The following table lists the error messages in alphabetical order together with the recommended course of action. E n g l i s h Error Messages Corrective Action CMOS Battery Bad Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. CMOS Checksum Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Disk Boot Failure Insert a system (bootable) diskette into the floppy drive (A:), then press Enter to reboot. Equipment Configuration Error Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS Utility;
then press Esc to exit and reconfigure the computer. Hard Disk 0 Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Hard Disk 0 Extended Type Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. I/O Parity Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard Error or No Keyboard Connected Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard Interface Error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Memory Size Mismatch Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS Utility;
then press Esc to exit and reconfigure the computer. If you still encounter problems after going through the corrective measures, please contact your dealer or an authorized service center for assistance. Some problems may be solved using the BIOS Utility. h s i l g n E 62 3 Troubleshooting my computer Requesting service International Travelers Warranty (ITW) Your computer is backed by an International Travelers Warranty (ITW) that gives you security and peace of mind when traveling. Our worldwide network of service centers are there to give you a helping hand. An ITW passport comes with your computer. This passport contains all you need to know about the ITW program. A list of available, authorized service centers is in this handy booklet. Read this passport thoroughly. Always have your ITW passport on hand, especially when you travel to receive the benefits from our support centers. Place your proof-of-
purchase in the flap located inside the front cover of the ITW passport. If the country you are traveling in does not have an Acer-authorized ITW service site, you can still get in contact with our offices worldwide. There are two ways to access Acer for technical support and information:
Internet service worldwide (www.acersupport.com) Technical support numbers in various countries You can view a list of technical support numbers by following these steps:
1 Click on Start, Settings, Control Panel. Double-click on System. Click on the Support Information button. 2 3 Before you call Please have the following information available when you call Acer for online service, and please be at your computer when you call. With your support, we can reduce the amount of time a call takes and help solve your problems efficiently. If there are error messages or beeps reported by your computer, write them down as they appear on the screen (or the number and sequence in the case of beeps). 63 E n g l i s h You are required to provide the following information:
Name:________________________________________ Address:______________________________________ ______________________________________________ Telephone number:____________________________ Machine and model type:_______________________ Serial number:_________________________________ Date of purchase:______________________________ 64 3 Troubleshooting my computer h s i l g n E Appendix A Specifications This appendix lists the general specifications of your computer. 67 E n g l i s h Microprocessor
Intel Pentium M Processor with 1024KB L2 cache Memory
Main memory expandable up to 2 GB
Two DDR DIMM slots (Only one slot for user accessible) Support 256M, 512M & 1GB DDR RAM modules 512 KB Flash ROM BIOS Data storage
One high-capacity, Enhanced-IDE hard disk
One 5.25-inch internal removable optical drive (AcerMedia bay) Display and video
Thin-Film Transistor (TFT) liquid crystal display (LCD) displaying 32-
bit true color up to 1024 x 768 eXtended Graphics Array (XGA) resolution for 14.1/15 and 1400 x 1050 Super eXtended Graphics Array + (SXGA+) resolution for 15 models (specification varies depending on the model) Simultaneous LCD and CRT display support Dual independent display S-video for output to a television or display device that supports S-
video input
"Automatic LCD dim" feature that automatically decides the best settings for your display and conserves power
Audio
16-bit AC97 stereo audio Dual speakers and one internal microphone Separate audio ports for headphone-out, line-in and microphone-
in devices Keyboard and pointing device
84-/85-/88-key Windows keyboard Ergonomically-centered touchpad pointing device with 4-way scroll button 68 Appendix A Specifications h s i l g n E I/O ports
One type II CardBus PC Card slot
One RJ-45 jack (Ethernet 10/100)
One RJ-11 phone jack (V.90/92)
One DC-in jack for AC adapter
One parallel port
One VGA port for external monitor
One speaker/headphone-out jack (3.5mm mini jack)
One audio line-in jack (3.5mm mini jack)
One microphone-in jack
One IEEE 1394 port
One S-video TV-out port
One 100-pin port replicator
Four USB 2.0 ports
One FIR port (IrDA)
One Smart Card slot
4-in-1 Card Reader (Manufacture optional) Weight and dimensions
2.76 kg (6.1 lbs) for 14.1 LCD model/ 2.86kg (6.3 lbs) for 15 LCD model 330mm (W) x 272mm (D) x 28.9~31.8mm (H)
Environment
Non-operating: -20C ~ 65C Temperature
Operating: 5C ~ 35C
Humidity (non-condensing)
Operating: 20% ~ 80% RH
Non-operating: 20% ~ 80% RH System
Microsoft Windows operating system ACPI support DMI 2.0-compliant 69 E n g l i s h Power
Battery pack
65Wh Li-ion battery pack 2.0-hour rapid charge/3.5-hour charge-in-use
AC adapter
75-Watt
Auto sensing 90~264Vac, 47~63Hz Options
256MB/512MB/1GB memory upgrade modules Additional Li-Ion battery pack Additional AC adapter DVD/CD-RW combo (including DVD playback software) Acer EasyPort port replicator Second HDD drive USB Floppy drive External battery charger 70 Appendix A Specifications h s i l g n E Appendix B Notices This appendix lists the general notices of your computer. 73 FCC notice This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. E n g l i s h However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this device does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the device and receiver Connect the device into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help
Notice: Shielded cables All connections to other computing devices must be made using shielded cables to maintain compliance with FCC regulations. Notice: Peripheral devices Only peripherals (input/output devices, terminals, printers, etc.) certified to comply with the Class B limits may be attached to this equipment. Operation with non-certified peripherals is likely to result in interference to radio and TV reception. Caution Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority, which is granted by the Federal Communications Commission, to operate this computer. Use conditions This part complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 74 Appendix B Notices h s i l g n E Notice: Canadian users This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. Remarque lintention des utilisateurs canadiens Cet appareil numrique de la classe B respected toutes les exigences du Rglement sur le matriel brouilleur du Canada. Modem notices FCC This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. Located on the bottom side of the modem is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) for this equipment. Upon request, you must provide this information to your telephone company. If your telephone equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. But, if advance notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be informed of your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper functioning of your equipment. If they do, you will be notified in advance to give you an opportunity to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If this equipment should fail to operate properly, disconnect the equipment from the phone line to determine if it is causing the problem. If the problem is with the equipment, discontinue use and contact your dealer or vendor. TBR 21 This equipment has been approved [Council Decision 98/482/EC - TBR 21] for pan-European single terminal connection to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. E n g l i s h Important safety instructions 75 Read these instructions carefully. Save these instructions for future reference. 1 2 Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product. Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning. Do not use this product near water. Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, or table. The product may fall, causing serious damage to the product. Slots and openings in the cabinet and the back or bottom are provided for ventilation; to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating, these openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register, or in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided. This product should be operated from the type of power indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power available, consult your dealer or local power company. Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this product where persons will walk on the cord. If an extension cord is used with this product, make sure that the total ampere rating of the equipment plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the extension cord ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total rating of all products plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the fuse rating. Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the product. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Do not attempt to service this product yourself, as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage points or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. 11 Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:
a When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed b If liquid has been spilled into the product c d If the product does not operate normally when the operating If the product has been exposed to rain or water instructions are followed. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions since improper adjustment of other h s i l g n E 76 Appendix B Notices controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal condition. If the product has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged If the product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service. e f 12 Replace the battery with the same type as the product's battery we recommend. Use of another battery may present a risk of fire or explosion. 13 Warning! Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of them in fire. Keep them away from children and dispose of used batteries promptly. 14 Use only the proper type of power supply cord set (provided in your accessories box) for this unit. It should be a detachable type: UL listed/CSA certified, type SPT-2, rated 7A 125V minimum, VDE approved or its equivalent. Maximum length is 15 feet (4.6 meters). Laser compliance statement The CD or DVD drive used with this computer is a laser product. The CD or DVD drives classification label (shown below) is located on the drive. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT CAUTION: INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM. APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 PRODUIT LASERATTENTION: RADIATION DU FAISCEAU LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS DOUVERTURE. EVITTER TOUTE EXPOSITION AUX RAYONS. LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE LASER KLASSE 1 VORSICHT: UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN ABDECKUNG GEFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHLL AUSSETZEN PRODUCTO LSER DE LA CLASE I ADVERTENCIA: RADIACIN LSER INVISIBLE AL SER ABIERTO. EVITE EXPONERSE A LOS RAYOS. ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING VEDBNING SE IKKE IND I STRLEN. VARO! LAVATTAESSA OLET ALTTINA LASERSTEILYLLE. VARNING: LASERSTRLNING NR DENNA DEL R PPNAD L TUIJOTA STEESEENSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN VARNING: LASERSTRLNING NAR DENNA DEL R PPNADSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING NAR DEKSEL PNESSTIRR IKKE INN I STRLEN Lithium battery statement 77 E n g l i s h The TravelMate 660 series uses the lithium battery, models SQ-
1100 and SQU-202 only. CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Recycle if at all possible. ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Lver det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. ADVARSEL Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. VARNING Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. VAROITUS Pristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti. VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. h s i l g n E 78 Appendix B Notices LCD pixel statement The LCD unit is produced with high-precision manufacturing techniques. Nevertheless, some pixels may occasionally misfire or appear as black or colored dots. This has no effect on the recorded image and does not constitute a malfunction. Macrovision copyright protection notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Apparatus Claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 4,631,603, 4,577,216, 4,819,098, and 4,907,093 licensed for limited viewing uses only. A-Tick notice For safety reasons, only connect headsets with a telecommunications compliance label. This includes customer equipment previously labelled permitted or certified. The unit shall be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line cord which meets the requirements of ACA Technical Standard TS008. Australian approved mains cord set shall be used with the equipment. Note: Below regulatory information is for models with wireless LAN and/or Bluetooth only. Regulatory Information The Wireless module must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions. This device complies with the following radio frequency and safety standards. 79 E n g l i s h Canada - Industry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada. Europe - EU Declaration of Conformity This device complies with the standards listed below, following the provisions of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC:
ETSI EN 301 489-1/17 ETSI EN 300 328-2 EN 300 328 V1.4.1. USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules. Operation of the devices in an Wireless LAN System is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of the Wireless module is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the Wireless module shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. The transmitter and the antenna are permanently installed inside the notebook, and are specific for this model (not for generic computer). The antenna of this device is installed on the top of the LCD display. For compliance with FCC radiation exposure limits. It should be operated with a separation distance of 20cm or more between the antenna and the body of the user, and the antenna should not be operated next to a nearby person. h s i l g n E 80 Appendix B Notices This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution: To assure continued compliance, any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment
(example - use only shielded interface cables when connecting to computer or peripheral devices). This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Index A AC adapter caring for v AcerMedia drive 24 audio 27 adjusting the volume 27 troubleshooting 58 B battery pack caring for v BIOS utility 54 brightness hotkeys 18 C caps lock 14 care on indicator 13 AC adapter v battery pack v computer iv CD-ROM ejecting 25 ejecting manually 58 troubleshooting 58 cleaning computer v computer bringing to meetings 30 caring for iv cleaning v disconnecting 29 features 3, 11 indicators 13 keyboards 14 moving around 29 performance 11 security 34 setting up a home office 31 taking home 30 traveling internationally 32 traveling on local trips 32 troubleshooting 56 81 turning off iv connections network 46 connectivity options port expansion devices 50 D display hotkeys 17 troubleshooting 57, 58 DVD 25 DVD movies playing 25 E error messages 61 Euro 18 F FAQ. See frequently-asked questions frequently-asked questions 57 front view 3 H hard disk 24 help online services 62 Hibernation mode hotkey 17 hotkeys 16 I IEEE 1394 port 48 indicator lights 13 infrared 46 ITW. See warranty K keyboard 14 embedded numeric keypad 15 hotkeys 16 lock keys 14 troubleshooting 59 Windows keys 16 L LEDs 13 M memory 82 installing 51 upgrading 50 messages error 61 modem 45 N network 46 Notebook Manager 53 hotkey 17 notice DVD copyright protection 78 num lock 14 on indicator 13 numeric keypad num lock 15 O online services 62 options memory upgrade 50 P password 40 types 40 PC Card 48 ejecting 49 inserting 49 ports 45 POST (power-on self-test) 54 printer troubleshooting 59 problems 57 CD-ROM 58 display 57, 58 keyboard 59 printer 59 startup 57 troubleshooting 56 Q questions setting location for modem use 59 S safety CD-ROM 76 FCC notice 73 general instructions 75 modem notices 74 scroll lock 14 security keylock 34 passwords 40 smart card 34 service when to call vi SmartCard 34 PlatinumKey 35 PlatinumPAS 34 PlatinumSecure 34 PlatinumSecure options 37 speakers hotkey 18 troubleshooting 58 specifications 66 Standby mode hotkey 17 status indicators 13 storage 24 AcerMedia drive 24 hard disk 24 support information 62 T touchpad 22 hotkey 18 using 22 23 travel international flights 32 local trips 32 troubleshooting 56 tips 60 U universal serial bus 47 V view left 4, 6 rear 8 right 7 volume adjusting 27 W warranty International Travelers Warran-
ty 62 Windows keys 16 83
1 2 3 4 | Users Manual | Users Manual | 882.12 KiB | September 10 2003 |
COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL T60H677.03 802.11a/b/g MiniPCI Module
(AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g) Users Manual Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
1 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Chapter 1 Chapter 2 About the AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device........................................ 3 1-1 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 3 1-2 Using a Wireless Local Area Network ................................................................. 3 1-3 Features and Requirements................................................................................... 4 Network Configuring and Planning............................................................ 5 2-1 Ad-Hoc Network................................................................................................... 5 2-2 Access Point (Infrastructure) Network ................................................................. 6 Chapter 3 Atheros Client Utility Installation............................................................... 7 3-1 Atheros Client Utility Installation......................................................................... 7 Chapter 4 Atheros Client Utility (ACU) Configuration............................................ 11 4-1 Atheros Client Utility icon.................................................................................. 11 4-2 Current Status Tab .............................................................................................. 12 4-3 Profile Management ........................................................................................... 15 4-3-1 Create or Modify a Profile ........................................................................... 16 4-3-2 Security Settings in Profile Management........................................................ 18 4-3-3 Advanced settings in Profile Management...................................................... 22 4-4 Diagnostic Tab.................................................................................................... 23 4-5 Action Menu ....................................................................................................... 25 4-5-1 Enable/Disable Radio...................................................................................... 25 4-5-2 Enable/Disable Tray Icon................................................................................ 25 Chapter 5 Wireless Configuration using Windows XP..................................................... 26 5-1 Configuring Your Wireless Networking Settings ............................................... 26 5-2 Advanced Wireless Settings................................................................................ 26 5-3 Disabling the Radio ............................................................................................ 27 5-4 Help and Support Information............................................................................ 27 Appendix A Atheros Client Utility Uninstall Process.................................................... 29 Appendix B - Glossary...................................................................................................... 33 Appendix C Wireless Notices......................................................................................... 34 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
2 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Chapter 1 About the AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device 1-1 Introduction The AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device allows you to access Wireless Local Area Networks
(WLANs), share a local printer and files with others in your network, access the Internet, and roam about the officewirelessly. This wireless Local Area Network solution is designed for both large and small businesses, and it is scalable so that you can add users and new network features as your networking needs grow. The AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device is a dual band WLAN device that allows for access to both 2.4Ghz and 5Ghz WLAN technologies. The AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device will operate with at a maximum data rate of 11Mbps with 802.11b (2.4Ghz), 54Mbps with 802.11g
(2.4Ghz) wireless networks and a maximum data rate of 54Mbps with 802.11a (5Ghz) wireless networks. The AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device will automatically detect and seamlessly roam between both 802.11b (2.4Ghz), 802.11g (2.4Ghz) and 802.11a (5Ghz) wireless networks 1-2 Using a Wireless Local Area Network A wireless LAN provides the same functionality of a wired network, but it eliminates the need to install networking cables and other networking equipment. Not only is a wireless LAN easier to deploy, but it also allows for mobility through roaming. For example the AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device can roam from a conference room to an office without being disconnected from the network. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
3 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 1-3 Features and Requirements The AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device includes the following features:
Wireless Features Support for the IEEE 802.11a standard Support for the IEEE 802.11b standard Operates within the 2.4-GHz band Operates within the 5Ghz band Maximum data rate of up to 54 Mbps (802.11a/g) Maximum data rate of up to 11 Mbps (802.11b) Interoperability WiFi certified at 5Ghz to ensure wireless interoperability with other WiFi (802.11a) WiFi certified at 2.4Ghz to ensure wireless interoperability with other WiFi (802.11b) certified devices. certified devices. Security Cisco Client Extension compatibility (including LEAP) Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) encryption, operating with 64bit, 128bit or 152 bit encryption AES-CCM Encryption support Support for Windows 802.1X supplicants Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
4 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Chapter 2 Network Configuring and Planning A wireless LAN can be configured for two different modes of operation. While each method has its advantages, one may be better suited for your needs. Review the following configurations to determine which mode is best for you. Ad-Hoc Network Access Point (Infrastructure) Network 2-1 Ad-Hoc Network An Ad-Hoc network is the simplest to deploy and is ideal for small offices. Ad-Hoc wireless networks can be comprised of two or more wireless client configured to communicate with one another. All Ad-hoc clients communicate directly with each other without using an access point
(AP). As a user on this type of network, you are able to quickly build up a wireless network in order to share files with other employees, print to a shared office printer, and access the Internet through a single shared connection. Ad-hoc networking is cost effective, because no other devices components are needed (access points, hubs or routers) in order to setup a network. However, with peer-to-peer Ad-Hoc networking, your computer is only able to communicate with other nearby wireless clients. Characteristics Networked computers send data directly to each other Advantages Simple setup Cost efficiency Disadvantages Communication is limited to nearby wireless clients Figure 2-1 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
5 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 2-2 Access Point (Infrastructure) Network An Access Point network is also referred to as an Infrastructure network. The key difference between a wireless access point network and an Ad-Hoc network is the addition of one extra elementthe Access Point. The Access Point serves as the focal point for all data traffic on your wireless network, optimally managing all wireless data transactions. Additionally, the wireless Infrastructure can provide access to an existing wired LAN. This link allows computers on the infrastructure wireless LAN to access the other wired LANs resources and tools, including Internet access, email delivery, file transfer, and printer sharing. Characteristics Networked computers communicate with each other through a dedicated Access Point. All data transmitted between the computers on this wireless LAN passes through the access point. Advantages Extended range: The access point extends the range of the wireless LAN. Each wireless client computer can communicate with other computers equipped with wireless devices that are within the range of the access point. Roaming: As you move throughout the building, the AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device will automatically search for an access point to use, ensuring continuous communication with the wireless network. Network connectivity: An access point can provide wireless LAN access to an existing wired network by bridging the two networks together. This gives users of the wireless LAN access to corporate email, Internet, shared printers and files. Disadvantages Because this network mode offers more features, it requires additional components and setup time to deploy. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
6 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 2-2 Chapter 3 Atheros Client Utility Installation Note for Windows XP Users: The Windows XP operating system has a built-in feature known as Wireless Zero Configuration which has the capability to configure and control the AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device (See Chapter 5). Installing the Wireless LAN Client utility will disable this Windows XP feature. For most Windows XP users, it is recommended that they do not install the Atheros Client Utility. Installation of the Atheros Client utility is only needed if your wireless LAN network requires Cisco Client Extension or if you want to use Atheros Client Utility instead of Windows XP Wireless Zero configuration services. 3-1 Atheros Client Utility Installation 1. Begin installation by starting the software setup program according to the step described below Windows 2000 Double click the desktop icon labeled Software Setup. Windows XP - Choose Start\Programs\Software Setup 2. Click Next on the Software Setup Welcome dialog box. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
7 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 3-1 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
8 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 3. Scroll down and check the Box labeled, Atheros Client Utility. 4. Click on the Next button. Figure 3-2 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
9 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 3-3 5. Congratulations! Atheros Client Utility has been installed successfully. Please click Finish to go to the next step. Figure 3-4 6. The Atheros Client Utility will automatically be loaded each time your computer started. To access the utility click on Atheros Client Utility icon in the system tray (Uninstall information can be found in Appendix A) Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
10 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Chapter 4 Atheros Client Utility (ACU) Configuration The following sections describe the Atheros Client Utility (ACU). The ACU provides quick access and friendly interface to configure the Wireless LAN settings. If you are using Windows XP and have not installed the Atheros Client Utility, information on configuring your AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device using Windows XP Zero Configuration feature can be found in Chapter 5. 4-1 Atheros Client Utility icon The Atheros Client Utility icon will appear in the system tray each time your computer is restarted. To utilize the utility, double click on the ACU icon. Figure 4-1 The Atheros Client Utility icon will display the current status of the wireless connection. . The number that appears in the upper left portion of the icon indicates the current frequency (2.4 Ghz or 5 Ghz) that the radio is operating in, when the radio is in a no link state the frequency band will toggle between 2.4 and 5 while it is scanning through those frequencies. The following are the various states that can be displayed by the icon Radio Disabled is indicates that the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device has been disabled through either Hardware or Software Yellow bars, then the signal strength is very small and the wireless connection is at its limit of range Green bars indicate good or excellent signal strength is being received. See Figure 4-1 for the various states of the Atheros Client Utility icon. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
11 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-2 4-2 Current Status Tab The current status tab displays the following information about your wireless connection. Profile Name The current name of the selected configuration profile. Network Type The current type of wireless network that is either Access Point or Ad-hoc. Wireless Mode The current wireless mode is the frequency and data rate that has been selected. Current Channel Specifies the current channel that the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g is connected to or scanning on. Link Status The link can be either connected or disconnected to an Access point or other wireless client. Encryption Type Describes whether or not the wireless traffic is encrypting. IP Address The current IP address of the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
12 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-3 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
13 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL The Advanced button provides more detailed information regarding your wireless connection. Transmit Power Level Provides current setting of Radio output power Network Name (SSID) The wireless network name (SSID) that the device is currently connected with Power Save Mode The type of Power Savings that is configured on the device Frequency The current frequency that the Wireless device is connected or scanning on. Transmit Rate The transmit rate (Mbps) for the current connection for the wireless driver. Receive Rate The receive rate (Mbps) for the current connection for the driver. Figure 4-4 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
14 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 4-3 Profile Management The Profile Management tab allows the user to configure several different user defined profiles. Each profile can be configured to match the appropriate settings of a unique wireless network. The Profile box lists all the configured profiles. The Details dialog describes the basic settings (SSID, Network Type, Security Mode) of the highlighted profile. The active profile will be displayed with the wireless icon next to it. To make a profile active, highlight the profile and click on the Activate button. By setting a Profile active, you configure the wireless device to search for wireless networks that match up to those specific profile wireless settings. Figure 4-5 The Available networks button allows the user to view a list of all available wireless network that are within range of the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g . Each wireless network entry displays the SSID, encryption settings, signal strength level, channel and wireless mode information. You can create a new profile utilizing Available networks button by highlighting the wireless network you want to create a profile for and clicking on the Activate button. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
15 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-6 4-3-1 Create or Modify a Profile 1. From the Profile Management tab Click on the New or Modify button 2. The Network Configuration Settings dialog box will appear 3. In the Profile Name box, type in a unique name that describes the wireless network you are configuring the settings to connect to. 4. In the SSID boxes type in the SSID that matches up with the wireless network you are trying to configure the profile to connect with. There are three SSID selections (SSID1, SSID2, SSID3) available; this feature allows you to configure a single profile to match up to 3 different SSIDs. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
16 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-7 5. Select the Security Tab to manage the security settings associated with this profile Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
17 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-8 6. Choose the security setting that is required on the wireless network. Once the appropriate security mode is chosen the button next to the selection will enable you to include any additional information required by that security mode. 4-3-2 Security Settings in Profile Management The Security Tab allows you to configure the AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device to match the security settings of the Wireless LAN network. Select the appropriate security mode Pre-Shared Keys This mode is commonly referred to as WEP encryption, and allows for setting of all four WEP keys. The pre-shared key selection also allows for setting of a unique key, which is used with higher forms of encryption such as AES. LEAP This is CCX compliant feature that allows for authentication with Cisco access points. This mode should only be used if your Wireless LAN requires LEAP authentication Externally Managed 802.1X Keys This security mode allows for dynamic switching of encryption keys using 802.1X authentication. This mode should only be used if your Wireless LAN requires 802.1X authentication. Disabled Use this mode when there is no security authentication or encryption is currently enabled on your Wireless LAN network. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
18 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-9 Setting Pre-Shared Keys Pre-Shared keys can be defined using the Define Pre-Shared Keys box Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
19 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-10 Key Entry Method Determines the entry method for an encryption key:
Hexadecimal (0-9, A-F) ASCII text (any keyboard characters, A-Z, 0-9). PreUser Key Defines the unique encryption key for network configuration security. The Pre User key is used with many authentication mechanism and encryption Shared Keys Determines a set of shared encryption keys (First, Second, Third, Fourth) used for wireless encryption and security. At least one Shared Key field must be populated to enable security using a shared key. If more then one key is defined then Click on the radio button to select a key as the default encryption key. Key Length The options for Key Length are 64 bit encryption (10 digits) 128 bit encryption (26 digits) 152 bit encryption (32 digits) The number of available characters allowed to be entered in the encryption key field will automatically be determined by the Key length setting. Setting LEAP authentication LEAP authentication is a part of CCX compatibility and allows you to configure the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device to match the work with a Wireless LAN that incorporates LEAP authentication. This mode should only be used if your Wireless LAN requires LEAP authentication. To configure the LEAP settings for a particular profile select LEAP in the security mode and click on the Define LEAP settings button to configure the settings described below. Username The username that is used to log in to the LEAP network Password The password used to log in to the LEAP network. This password is encrypted using the same encryption as the encryption keys. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
20 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure 4-11 Figure 4-12 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
21 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 4-3-3 Advanced settings in Profile Management The advanced tab provide more complex wireless settings and these settings should only be modified if there is a specific requirement on your wireless network. a. Power Save Mode - allows the user to minimize power utilized by the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. Note: Setting Power Save Mode to enabled (Normal or Maximum) may cause the user to experience an extended connection delay of up to one minute. b. Network Type - allows the user to configure the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device as either an Ad-hoc or Access Point type network c. 802.11b Preamble - allows setting the preamble support to match up with the specified wireless network. d. Transmit Power Level - allows the user to modify the power output of the radio. Setting. Note: Setting this to any other value except 100% will decrease range of your AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device. Figure 4-13 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
22 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Wireless Mode Setting The wireless Mode settings allow the user to specify which wireless frequency and data rate the wireless network is operating at. If all selections are chosen, the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device will automatically search all frequencies and data rates for wireless networks that match up to the profile settings. Wireless Mode when starting Ad-Hoc setting The Wireless Mode when starting ad-hoc setting allows the user to determine the type of ad-hoc network to be started. Note: This setting will only take effect if there are no other ad-hoc networks with the same SSID currently operating within range. If existing ad-hoc networks with the same SSID are currently operating, then the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device will connect using the frequency and data rate provided by the exiting ad-hoc network. 4-4 Diagnostic Tab The diagnostic TAB displays the current data statistics for both receive and transmit. Additional statistics and driver information can be displayed using the appropriate labeled buttons. Figure 4-14 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
23 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
24 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 4-5 Action Menu The Action menu allows for enabling and disabling both the wireless radio and/or system tray icon. Figure 4-15 4-5-1 Enable/Disable Radio There may be situations when the user wants to disable the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g devices radio, so that the wireless device cannot send or receive any wireless traffic. If a user is in an environment where there are no wireless networks, the user may turn off the radio in order to minimize power consumption of the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. In the ACTION menu of the ACU there is an Enable Radio/Disable Radio selection. The choice provided in the menu will toggle the current state of the radio. Enable Radio: The Radio is currently OFF (Disabled), and the Enable Radio selection will turn ON the Radio of the wireless device. Disable Radio: The Radio is currently ON (Enabled), and the Disable Radio selection will turn OFF the Radio of the wireless device The AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device radio also may be disabled through an external button located on your platform, please review your platform users guide for additional information about the wireless enable/disable button 4-5-2 Enable/Disable Tray Icon In the ACTION menu of the ACU there is an Enable Tray Icon/Disable tray Icon selection. The choice provided in the menu will toggle the current state of the System tray Icon. Disable Tray Icon: This will remove the tray icon from you system tray. The system tray icon appears in the system tray again after system is restarted or if the Atheros Client utility is opened again through Start\Programs\Atheros\ACU. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
25 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Enable Tray Icon: This will allow for the system tray icon to once again be placed in the system tray. Chapter 5 Wireless Configuration using Windows XP 5-1 Configuring Your Wireless Networking Settings The Windows XP operating system has a built-in feature known as Wireless Zero Configuration which has the capability to configure and control this Wireless LAN device. To configure your device with this feature follow the steps below 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Network and Internet Connections. 3. Click Network Connections. 4. Right-click the network connection associated with your AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device, and select Properties. 5. Click on the Wireless Networks tab. 6. Click on the link Setting Up Wireless Network Configuration. When the Help and Support Center window appears, you can access information regarding wireless Network configuration. To access configuration information of your adapter, follow the on-screen instructions. 5-2 Advanced Wireless Settings The AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device has several advanced settings which may need to be configured depending on your wireless network. It is recommended that these settings remain unchanged unless there is a specific need that requires modifying these settings. 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Network and Internet Connections. 3. Click Network Connections. 4. Right-click the connection for your AMBIT WLAN 802.11a/b/g device, and select Properties. 5. From the General tab, click the Configure button. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
26 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 6. Click on the Advanced TAB 7. Modify the wireless settings as required 5-3 Disabling the Radio There may be situations when the user wants to disable the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device radio, so that the wireless device cannot send or receive any wireless traffic. If a user is in an environment where there are no wireless networks, the user may turn off the radio in order to minimize power consumption of the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. Follow the steps outlined in the Section 5-2 above labeled Advanced Wireless settings and choose the Radio ON/OFF selection. Select OFF To turn OFF radio of the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device Select ON To turn ON the radio of the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device The AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device radio may also be disabled through an external button located on your platform, please review your platform users guide for additional information about the wireless enable/disable button 5-4 Help and Support Information Configuration information and troubleshooting in Windows XP is available in Microsofts Help and Support Center on Windows XP systems. Links to the appropriate Microsoft Web sites are also available here. To access this information:
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Network and Internet Connections. 3. Click Network Connections. 4. Right-click the connection for your AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device, and select Properties. 5. From the General tab, click the Configure button. 6. From the General tab, click the Troubleshoot button. When the Help and Support Center window appears, you can access information regarding the Network adapter. To access configuration information of your adapter, follow the on-screen Instructions. For the network adapter to function in a wireless LAN, you must change the settings at Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
27 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Least once. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
28 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Appendix A Atheros Client Utility Uninstall Process Follow the steps below to remove the Atheros Client Utility:
1. Access the Control Panel from the Start menu 2. Click on the Add/Remove Programs in the Control Panel. 3. Select Atheros Client Utility and click Change/Remove button, the dialog as below displays. Figure A-1 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
29 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure A-2 Select Remove and then click the Next button to perform the un-installation. Click 2. OK button if you really want to remove the Atheros Client Utility. Figure A-3 3. Wait for the un-installation to do its work. Click Finish to complete the un-Installation. Figure A-4 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
30 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure A-5 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
31 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Figure A-6 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
32 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Appendix B - Glossary ACU - Atheros Client Utility (ACU) is the utility that allows for configuration of the AMBIT WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device Access Point - An internetworking device that seamlessly connects wired and wireless networks together. Ad Hoc - A peer- to-peer wireless network without Access Point. A group of wireless clients consistent an independent wireless LAN. Backbone - The core infrastructure of a network, the portion of the network that transports information from one central location to another central location. The information is then off-loaded onto a local system. BSS - Basic Service Set. An Access Point associated with several wireless stations. ESS - Extended Service Set. More than one BSS can be configured as an Extended Service Set. An ESS is basically a roaming domain. ESSID Extended Service Set Identifier. The length of the ESSID information is between 0 and 32 octets. A 0 length identifier indicates the broadcast SSID. Ethernet - A popular local area data communications network, originally developed by Xerox Corp., which accepts transmission from computers and terminals. Ethernet operates on 10/100 Mbps transmission rate over shielded coaxial cable or over shielded twisted pair telephone wire. Infrastructure - An integrated wireless and wired LAN is called an infrastructure configuration. Roaming - A function that allows one to travel with a mobile end system (wireless LAN mobile station, for example) through the territory of a domain (an ESS, for example) while continuously connecting to the infrastructure. SSID Service Set Identifier (SSID) is the network name used by the Wireless LAN . The length of the SSID information is between 0 and 32 octets. WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy. The optional cryptographic confidentiality algorithm specified by IEEE 802.11 used to provide data confidentiality that is subjectively equivalent to the confidentiality of a wired local area network (LAN) medium that does not employ cryptographic techniques to enhance privacy. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
33 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Appendix C Wireless Notices U.S. Regulatory Wireless Notice This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to device that are not expressly approved by the Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This product emits radio frequency energy, but the radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact with the antenna during normal operation is minimized.
!
Warning: Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. In order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna should not be less than 1.5cm
(0.6 inches) during normal operation. Canadian Regulatory Wireless Notice Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. European Union Notice XXXX Products bearing the CE marking comply with the R&TTE Directive (1999/5/EC), EMC Directive
(89/336/EEC) and the Low Voltage Directive (73/23/EEC) issued by the Commission of the European Community. Compliance with these directives implies conformity to the following European Norms (in parentheses are the equivalent international standards and regulations):
EN 55022 (CISPR 22) Electromagnetic Interference EN55024 (IEC61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11) Electromagnetic Immunity Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
34 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL EN61000-3-2 (IEC61000-3-2) Power Line Harmonics EN61000-3-3 (IEC61000-3-3) Power Line Flicker EN 60950 (IEC 60950) Product Safety EN 300 328-2 Technical requirements for radio equipment EN 301 489-1, -17 General EMC requirements for radio equipment This product may be used in the following EU and EFTA countries: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom. Products not marked with Not for use in France may be used in France. Japanese Regulatory Wireless Notice Note: In Japan 5GHz is for indoor use only 2. 4 DS-OF 4 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
35 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Brazilian Regulatory Wireless Notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5 5 1 886-3-5784975886-3-5782924Internethttp:\\www.ambit.com.tw\
36
1 2 3 4 | Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 588.76 KiB |
Right Antenna Mounts on Right Hinge Left Antenna Connector BT Antenna Location Rear Front Left Antenna Next to Left Display Hinge BT Antenna Connectors of Rear Panel View Shown is from Lap or Bottom Side BT Module Left Antenna Left Antenna Connector Display e g n i H y a l p s i D A n t e n n a L o c a t i o n D i s p l a y H i n g e
&
R i g h t
1 2 3 4 | External Photos | External Photos | 192.77 KiB | September 10 2003 |
EXHIBIT C - EUT EXTERNAL PHOTOGRAPHS Notebook Top View Notebook Front View Laptop Rear View Laptop Bottom View Antenna View AC Power Adapter View
1 2 3 4 | FCC ID Label Information | ID Label/Location Info | 80.88 KiB | September 10 2003 |
EXHIBIT A - FCC ID LABEL INFORMATION Proposed FCC ID Label FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 This device complies with Part 15 o the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 2.1875"
Proposed Label Location on Notebook Rear Side of Notebook / Label Location 1.0"
1 2 3 4 | Label | ID Label/Location Info | 69.90 KiB |
EXHIBIT A - FCC ID LABEL INFORMATION Proposed FCC ID Label This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Proposed Label Location on Notebook Rear Side of Notebook / Label Location This device complies with
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 19.26 KiB |
TO: Diane Poole Diane Poole@fcc.gov FCC Application Processing Branch Re: FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Applicant: Ambit Microsystems Corporation Correspondence Reference Number: 26444 731 Confirmation Number: EA554081 Question (1) Please evaluate EMC simultaneous radiated per guidance:
-- Testing for simultaneous transmission is required, if applicable.
-- Submit antenna conducted measurements with both transmitters on, if transmitters share an antenna.
-- If radiated data for simultaneous transmission is no worse (no new intermod, spurs or increased levels) than individual tests, then also submit statement that simultaneous transmission was investigated and no new emissions were found.
-- If new emissions were found during simultaneous tests, provide data and indicate the worst case condition. Answer:
-- The simultaneous radiated test was done on 2003-09-15
(Please see attached report R0309031, page18-23)
-- The two transmitters have separate antennas, i.e. the two transmitters do not share one antenna.
-- Simultaneous transmission was investigated and no new emissions were found. Question (2) Please submit internal photos showing clearly all antenna and card locations and exact positions with respect to closed final product. Answer: Please see attachment for internal photos. Question (3) Please submit external labelling showing how both BT and LAN FCC ID labels will go on laptop. Answer: Please see attachment for external Labelling. Question (4) Please submit updated user manual or manual sections for laptop including BT info. Answer: Please see attachment for new users manual.
1 2 3 4 | Permissive II Change Request | Cover Letter(s) | 38.67 KiB |
2004-01-20 Subject:: Class II Permissive Change (C2PC) Request FCC ID: MCLT60H677 To Whom It May Concern:
This is an application for a C2PC that adds to FCCID: MCLT60H6773 a Bluetooth module FCCID: MCLT60M665 that is colocated and may co-transmit. The maximum conducted output power of the BT module is 2.24 mW. The BT module utilizes a ZG1S antenna and is described in the original grant. The original application FCC ID:MCLT60H6773 already has been granted for DTS transmission by the FCC. The following information is provided in order to process this C2PC application. Since the conducted output power levels of the BT module is less than 5 mW, the time averaged output power is not expected to yield any significant differences in SAR result measurements. Furthermore, the SAR values are not close to the limit. The worst case SAR measurement were 0.53 mW/g. 230 Commercial Street, Sunnyvale, CA 94085 408.732.9162 Fax: 408.732.9164
1 2 3 4 | Request for Confidential Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 125.22 KiB |
AMBIT Microsystems Corporation Taipei Branch: 4-1 Ming-Sheng St., Tu-Cheng Industrial Area, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL:+886-2-2267 6511 FAX:+886-2-2267 6512 Federal Communication Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request regarding application for certification of FCC ID:MCLT60H6773 Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, we hereby request confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outline below:
1. Technical Specification 2. Schematics 3. Block Diagram The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these material may be harmful to the applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The applicant understands that pursuant to Section 0.457 of the Rules, disclosure of this application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely Signature:
Name: Nancy Lin RD Specilist Ambit Microsystems Corp.
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | Test Report | 1.05 MiB |
FCC PART 15.247 & 15.407 TEST REPORT For AMBIT Microsystems Corporation 4-1, Ming Shen Street, Tu Chen Industrial District. Tu Chen, Taipei Hsien 236, Taiwan, R.O.C. FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 This Report Concerns:
Permissive II Change 2003-10-02 Equipment Type:
MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Combo Module with Bluetooth Wireless Card Test Engineer: Ming Jing /
Report No.: R0309031 Test Date: 2003-09-15 Reviewed By: Ling Zhang /
Prepared By: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation (BACL) 230 Commercial Street Sunnyvale, CA 94085 Tel: (408) 732-9162 Fax: (408) 732 9164 Note: This test report is specially limited to the above client company and product model only. It may not be duplicated without prior written consent of Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation. This report must not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the U.S. Government. AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION..................................................................................................................................4 1.1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FOR EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) ..............................................................................4 1.2 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................................................................................4 1.3 RELATED SUBMITTAL(S)/GRANT(S).......................................................................................................................4 1.4 TEST METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................................................................4 1.5 TEST FACILITY.......................................................................................................................................................4 1.6 TEST EQUIPMENT LIST ...........................................................................................................................................5 1.7 LOCAL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST AND DETAILS...................................................................................................5 1.8 EXTERNAL I/O CABLING LIST AND DETAILS .........................................................................................................6 2 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION.....................................................................................................................7 2.1 JUSTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................................................7 2.2 EUT EXERCISE SOFTWARE....................................................................................................................................7 2.3 SPECIAL ACCESSORIES...........................................................................................................................................7 2.4 SCHEMATICS / BLOCK DIAGRAM ...........................................................................................................................7 2.5 EQUIPMENT MODIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................7 2.6 CONFIGURATION OF TEST SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................8 2.7 TEST SETUP BLOCK DIAGRAM...............................................................................................................................8 3 - SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS..........................................................................................................................9 4 - SPURIOUS RADIATED EMISSION...................................................................................................................10 4.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY............................................................................................................................10 4.2 EUT SETUP..........................................................................................................................................................11 4.3 SPECTRUM ANALYZER SETUP ..............................................................................................................................11 4.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................................12 4.5 CORRECTED AMPLITUDE & MARGIN CALCULATION ...........................................................................................12 4.6 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS...............................................................................................................................12 4.6.3 CO-LOCATION 802.11A (T60H677.03 CARD) & BLUETOOTH (T60M665 CARD) ............................................18 4.6.3 CO-LOCATION 802.11A (T60H677.03 CARD) & BLUETOOTH (T60M665 CARD), CONTINUED .......................20 4.6.3 CO-LOCATION 802.11A (T60H677.03 CARD) & BLUETOOTH (T60M665 CARD), CONTINUED .......................22 5 - CONDUCTED EMISSIONS.................................................................................................................................24 5.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY............................................................................................................................24 5.2 EUT SETUP..........................................................................................................................................................24 5.3 SPECTRUM ANALYZER SETUP ..............................................................................................................................24 5.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................................24 5.5 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS...............................................................................................................................25 5.6 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS TEST DATA ...................................................................................................................25 5.7 PLOT OF CONDUCTED EMISSIONS TEST DATA .....................................................................................................25 EXHIBIT A - FCC ID LABEL INFORMATION ....................................................................................................28 PROPOSED FCC ID LABEL.........................................................................................................................................28 PROPOSED LABEL LOCATION ON EUT.......................................................................................................................28 EXHIBIT B - TEST SETUP PHOTOGRAPHS ......................................................................................................29 CONDUCTED EMISSION - FRONT VIEW.......................................................................................................................29 CONDUCTED EMISSION - SIDE VIEW..........................................................................................................................29 RADIATED EMISSION - FRONT VIEW..........................................................................................................................30 RADIATED EMISSION - REAR VIEW............................................................................................................................30 EXHIBIT C - EUT PHOTOGRAPHS.......................................................................................................................31 NOTEBOOK FRONT VIEW ...........................................................................................................................................31 EUT TOP VIEW.......................................................................................................................................................31 EUT COVER REMOVED VIEW.................................................................................................................................32 EUT SOLDER VIEW ................................................................................................................................................32 ANTENNA VIEW.........................................................................................................................................................33 AC POWER ADAPTER VIEW .......................................................................................................................................33 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report Report # R0309031.doc Page 2 of 36 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 APPENDIX A - SCHEMATICS / BLOCK DIAGRAM ..........................................................................................34 APPENDIX B - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................35 APPENDIX C - USERS MANUAL............................................................................................................................36 Report # R0309031.doc Page 3 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION 1.1 Product Description for Equipment Under Test (EUT) The Ambit Microsystems Corporations, model: T60H677.03, or the EUT as referred to in this report is a MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Module with Bluetooth co-located module.
* The test data gathered are from production sample, serial number:1007, provided by the manufacturer. 1.2 Objective This type approval report is prepared on behalf of AMBIT Microsystems Corporation in accordance with Part 2, Subpart J, Part 15, Subparts A , C, and E of the Federal Communication Commissions rules. The objective of the manufacturer is to demonstrate compliance with FCC rules for Conducted and Spurious Radiated Emission, for a Permissive Class II application. The difference between the original application and this PC2 is that an additional transmitter, Ambit Bluetooth wireless card is co-located, capable of co-transmitting with the 802.11a/b/g in the notebook PC. The Bluetooth wireless card certified with FCC ID: MCLT60M665, M/N: T60M665. During the test, the EUT was installed in the ACER notebook PC, M/N: SKU-3. The antenna ZG1S was used. 1.3 Related Submittal(s)/Grant(s) The original FCC ID:MCLT60H6773was granted on 2003-11-13/2003-11-14. Please refer to BACL report R0308076 for the original test. This C2PC co-locates Ambit Bluetooth wireless card is with M/N:
T60M665, FCC ID: MCLT60M665 and was granted on 2003-03-19. Please refer to BACL report R0301173 for the test of this device. 1.4 Test Methodology All measurements contained in this report were conducted with ANSI C63.4-2001, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. All radiated and conducted emissions measurement was performed at Bay Area Compliance Laboratory, Corp. The radiated testing was performed at an antenna-to-EUT distance of 3 meters. 1.5 Test Facility The Open Area Test site used by BACL to collect radiated and conducted emission measurement data is located in the back parking lot of the building at 230 Commercial Street, Sunnyvale, California, USA. Test site at BACL has been fully described in reports submitted to the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) and Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI). The details of these reports has been found to be in compliance with the requirements of Section 2.948 of the FCC Rules on February 11 and December 10, 1997 and Article 8 of the VCCI regulations on December 25, 1997. The facility also complies with the radiated and AC line conducted test site criteria set forth in ANSI C63.4-2001. Report # R0309031.doc Page 4 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 The Federal Communications Commission and Voluntary Control Council for Interference has the reports on file and is listed under FCC file 31040/SIT 1300F2 and VCCI Registration No.: C-1298 and R-1234. The test site has been approved by the FCC and VCCI for public use and is listed in the FCC Public Access Link (PAL) database. Additionally, BACL is a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) accredited laboratory, under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accredited Program (Lab Code 200167-0). The scope of the accreditation covers the FCC Method 47 CFR Part Digital Devices, CISPER 22: 1997:
Electromagnetic Interference Limits and Methods of Measurement of Information Technology Equipment test methods. 1.6 Test Equipment List Manufacturer Description HP HP HP HP Com-Power Rohde &
Schwarz Rohde &
Schwarz The Electro-
Mechanics Co. The Electro-
Mechanics Co. Agilent Agilent Spectrum Analyzer Spectrum Analyzer Amplifier Quasi-Peak Adapter Biconical Antenna Model 8568B 8593A 8447E 85650A AB-100 Serial Number Cal. Due Date 2517A01610 29190A00242 1937A01054 2521A00718 14012 2003-10-30 2004-05-01 2004-05-01 2004-05-01 2004-05-01 Artificial LISN ESH2-Z5 871884/039 2003-03-28 EMI Test Receiver ESCS30 100176 2003-12-03 Log Periodic Antenna Log Periodic Antenna Spectrum Analyzer
(9KHz 40GHz) Spectrum Analyzer
(9KHz 50GHz) AL-100 AB-900 8564E 8565EC 16091 15049 08303 06042 2004-05-01 2004-05-01 2004-08-01 2004-05-03 HP Amplifier (1-26.5GHz) 8449B 3147A00400 2004-03-14 A.H.System Horn Antenna
(700MHz-18GHz) SAS-200/571 261 2003-05-31
* Statement of Traceability: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corp. certifies that all calibration has been performed using suitable standards traceable to the NIST. 1.7 Local Support Equipment List and Details Manufacturer ACER HP Description Notebook PC Printer Model SKU-3 2225C Serial Number N/A N/A FCC ID DoC DOC Report # R0309031.doc Page 5 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1.8 External I/O Cabling List and Details Cable Description Length (M) Port/From Shielded Printer Cable 2.0 Parallel Port/Notebook PC To Printer Report # R0309031.doc Page 6 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION 2.1 Justification The host system was configured for testing according to ANSI C-63.4-2001. The EUT was tested in the normal (native) operating mode to represent worst-case results during the final qualification test. 2.2 EUT Exercise Software The EUT exercise program used during radiated and conducted testing was designed to exercise the system components. The test software, provided by the customer, is started the Windows terminal program under the Windows 98/2000/ME/XP operating system. Once loaded, set the Tx channel to low, mid and high for testing. 2.3 Special Accessories As shown in section 2.7, all interface cables used for compliance testing are shielded. The host PC and the peripherals featured shielded metal connectors. 2.4 Schematics / Block Diagram Please refer to Appendix A. 2.5 Equipment Modifications No modifications were made to the EUT. Report # R0309031.doc Page 7 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2.6 Configuration of Test System 2.7 Test Setup Block Diagram Notebook Printer Notebook Power Cord LISN 1 LISN 2 Printer Notebook 10 cm Non-Conducting Table 80 cm Above Ground Plane 1.5 Meters s r e t e M 1 Report # R0309031.doc Page 8 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 3 - SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS FCC RULES 15.209 (a), 15.247 (c), 15.407 (b)(5) 15.207 (a) DESCRIPTION OF TEST RESULT REFERENCE Radiated Emission Compliant Section 4 Conducted Emission Compliant Section 5 Report # R0309031.doc Page 9 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4 - SPURIOUS RADIATED EMISSION 4.1 Measurement Uncertainty All measurements involve certain levels of uncertainties. The factors contributing to uncertainties are spectrum analyzer, cable loss, antenna factor calibration, antenna directivity, antenna factor variation with height, antenna phase center variation, antenna factor frequency interpolation, measurement distance variation, site imperfections, mismatch (average), and system repeatability. Based on NIS 81, The Treatment of Uncertainty in EMC Measurements, the best estimate of the uncertainty of a radiation emissions measurement at BACL is +4.0 dB. According to 15.205, except as shown in paragraph (d) of this section, only spurious emissions are permitted in any of the frequency bands listed below:
MHz 0.090 0.110 10.495 0.505 2.1735 2.1905 4.125 4.128 4.17725 4.17775 4.20725 4.20775 6.215 6.218 6.26775 6.26825 6.31175 6.31225 8.291 8.294 8.362 8.366 8.37625 8.38675 8.41425 8.41475 12.29 12.293 12.51975 12.57725 13.36 13.41 MHz 16.42 16.423 16.69475 16.69525 16.80425 16.80475 25.5 25.67 37.5 38.25 73 74.6 74.8 75.2 108 121.94 123 138 149.9 150.05 156.52475 156.52525 156.7 156.9 162.0125 167.17 167.72 173.2 240 285 322 335.4 MHz 399.9 410 608 614 960 1240 1300 1427 1435 1626.5 1645.5 1646.5 1660 1710 1718.8 1722.2 2200 2300 2310 2390 2483.5 2500 2655 2900 3260 3267 3332 3339 3345.8 3358 3600 4400 GHz 4.5 5.15 5.35 5.46 7.25 7.75 8.025 8.5 9.0 9.2 9.3 9.5 10.6 12.7 13.25 13.4 14.47 14.5 15.35 16.2 17.7 21.4 22.01 23.12 23.6 24.0 31.2 31.8 36.43 36.5
(2) 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490-0.510MHz 2 Above 38.6 Except as provided in paragraph (d) and (e), the filed strength of emissions appearing within these frequency bands shall not exceed the limits shown in Section 15.209. At frequencies equal to or less than 1000MHz, compliance with the limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated using measurement instrumentation employing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. Above 1000MHz, compliance with the emission limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated based on the average value of the measured emissions. The provisions in Section 15.35 apply to these measurements. According to 15.209, the device shall meet radiated emission general requirements. Report # R0309031.doc FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report Page 10 of 36 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Except for Class A device, the filed strength of radiated emissions from unintentional radiators at a distance of 3 meters shall not exceed the following values:
Frequency of Emission Field Strength
(Microvolts/meter) dB
(dBV/meter)
(MHz) 30 - 88 88 - 216 216 - 960 Above 960 100 150 200 500 40 43.5 46 54 4.2 EUT Setup The radiated emission tests were performed in the open area 3-meter test site, using the setup in accordance with the ANSI C63.4-2001. The specification used was the FCC 15 Subpart C limits. The spacing between the peripherals was 10 centimeters. External I/O cables were draped along the edge of the test table and bundle when necessary. The host PC system was connected with 120Vac/60Hz power source. 4.3 Spectrum Analyzer Setup According to FCC CFR 47, Section 15.31, the EUT was tested to 40GHz. During the radiated emission test, the spectrum analyzer was set with the following configurations:
Start Frequency ........................................................... 30 MHz Stop Frequency ........................................................... 40GHz Sweep Speed ............................................................... Auto IF Bandwidth .............................................................. 1 MHz Video Bandwidth ........................................................ 1 MHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Bandwidth.................................. 120 kHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Mode.......................................... Normal Resolution Bandwidth................................................. 1MHz Report # R0309031.doc Page 11 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.4 Test Procedure For the radiated emissions test, the Host PC system power cord was connected to the AC floor outlet since the power supply used in the EUT did not provide an accessory power outlet. Maximizing procedure was performed on the six (6) highest emissions to ensure EUT compliance is with all installation combinations. All data was recorded in the peak detection mode. Quasi-peak readings was performed only when an emission was found to be marginal (within -4 dBV of specification limits), and are distinguished with a "Qp" in the data table. 4.5 Corrected Amplitude & Margin Calculation The Corrected Amplitude is calculated by adding the Antenna Factor and Cable Factor, and subtracting the Amplifier Gain from the Amplitude reading. The basic equation is as follows:
Corr. Ampl. = Indicated Reading + Antenna Factor + Cable Factor - Amplifier Gain The Margin column of the following data tables indicates the degree of compliance with the applicable limit. For example, a margin of -7dBV means the emission is 7dBV below the maximum limit for Subpart C. The equation for margin calculation is as follows:
Margin = Corr. Ampl. Subpart C Limit 4.6 Summary of Test Results According to the data in section 11.7, the EUT complied with the FCC Title 47, Part 15, Subpart C, section 15.205, 15.207 and 15.247, and had the worst margin of:
Co-Location 802.11g (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M655 Card)
-10.0 dB at 2367.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Low Channel
-10.2 dB at 2344.20 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Middle Channel
-10.1 dB at 2490.54 MHz in the Vertical polarization, High Channel
-8.4 dB at 128.83 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Unwanted Emission Co-Location 802.11b (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M655 Card)
-10.1 dB at 2368.35 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Low Channel
-10.0 dB at 2378.10 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Middle Channel
-10.0 dB at 2490.43 MHz in the Vertical polarization, High Channel
-8.5 dB at 128.83 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Unwanted Emission Report # R0309031.doc Page 12 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Co-Location 802.11a (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M655 Card)
-14.1 dB at 10320.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Low Band, Low Channel
-14.3 dB at 10400.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Low Band, Mid Channel
-14.1 dB at 10460.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Low Band, High Channel
-8.5 dB at 128.83 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Unwanted Emission
-11.7 dB at 10520.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Middle Band, Low Channel
-11.6 dB at 10600.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Middle Band, Mid Channel
-11.7 dB at 10660.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Middle Band, High Channel
-8.7 dB at 128.83 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Unwanted Emission
-11.9 dB at 11490.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, High Band, Low Channel
-12.0 dB at 11550.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, High Band, Mid Channel
-12.1 dB at 4924.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, High Band, High Channel
-8.6 dB at 128.83 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Unwanted Emission Report # R0309031.doc Page 13 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.1 Co-Location 802.11g (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB 111.6 FUND/PEAK 180 102.5 FUND/PEAK 270 180 101.8 FUND/AVG 93.5 FUND/AVG 270 0 47.8 270 45.5 33.7 310 270 30.5 0 57.1 270 54.6 46.1 310 270 42.5 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 0 110.5 FUND/PEAK 101.6 FUND/PEAK 270 101.8 FUND/AVG 0 FUND/AVG 270 93.4 47.6 0 60 45.3 30 33.2 30.4 270 0 56.9 60 54.5 30 45.6 42.4 270 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK Low Channel 28.1 V 28.1 H 28.1 V H 28.1 28.1 V 28.1 H V 32.5 32.5 H 28.1 V 28.1 H V 32.5 32.5 H Middle Channel 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 32.5 32.5 28.1 28.1 32.5 32.5 V H V H V H V H V H V H 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.8 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 107.9 98.8 98.1 89.8 44.1 41.8 38.1 34.9 53.4 50.9 50.5 46.9 106.8 97.9 98.1 89.7 43.9 41.6 37.6 34.8 53.2 50.8 50.0 46.8 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-10.0
-12.3
-15.9
-19.1
-20.7
-23.2
-23.5
-27.1
-10.2
-12.5
-16.4
-19.2
-20.9
-23.3
-24.0
-27.2 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2367.00 2367.00 4824.00 4824.00 2367.00 2367.00 4824.00 4824.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2344.20 2344.20 4884.00 4884.00 2344.20 2344.20 4884.00 4884.00 Report # R0309031.doc Page 14 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.1 Co-Location 802.11g (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card), Continued INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB 110.9 FUND/PEAK 0 100.2 FUND/PEAK 30 0 101.5 FUND/AVG 89.1 FUND/AVG 30 45 47.7 60 45.1 33.5 0 300 30.1 45 56.8 60 54.3 45.8 0 300 42.3 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.8 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.8 1.2 1.2 1.5 High Channel 28.1 V 28.1 H 28.1 V H 28.1 28.1 V 28.1 H V 32.5 32.5 H 28.1 V 28.1 H V 32.5 32.5 H 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 46.4 42.9 41.2 42.5 39.4 Unwanted Emission, 30 1000MHz 310 15 110 60 0 1.2 1.6 1.5 1.8 2.0 H V V H V 11.5 11.8 13.7 11.8 13.7 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.1 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 107.2 96.5 97.8 85.4 44.0 41.4 37.9 34.5 53.1 50.6 50.2 46.7 35.1 31.9 32.0 31.5 30.2 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 43.5 43.5 46 46 46
-10.1
-12.7
-16.1
-19.5
-21.0
-23.5
-23.8
-27.3
-8.4
-11.6
-14.0
-14.5
-15.8 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 2490.54 2490.54 4924.00 4924.00 2490.54 2490.54 4924.00 4924.00 128.83 211.29 415.99 320.45 384.00 Report # R0309031.doc Page 15 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.2 Co-Location 802.11b (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB 105.8 FUND/PEAK 99.8 FUND/PEAK 101.2 FUND/AVG 96.3 FUND/AVG 47.7 44.8 36.3 34.5 56.5 45.5 53.4 42.9 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 90 30 90 30 0 90 180 310 0 180 90 310 105.2 FUND/PEAK 15 0 98.8 FUND/PEAK 15 101.9 FUND/AVG 0 94.8 FUND/AVG 47.8 180 210 36.1 90 43.2 34.2 230 180 56.9 210 45.3 90 52.2 42.7 230 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK Low Channel 28.1 V 28.1 H 28.1 V H 28.1 28.1 V 28.1 H V 32.5 32.5 H 28.1 V 32.5 V H 28.1 32.5 H Middle Channel 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 32.5 28.1 32.5 28.1 32.5 28.1 32.5 V H V H V V H H V V H H 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.8 1.5 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 3.4 4.9 3.4 4.9 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 3.4 4.9 3.4 4.9 3.4 4.9 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 35.2 33.0 35.2 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 35.2 33.0 35.2 33.0 35.2 33.0 102.1 96.1 97.5 92.6 44.0 41.1 40.7 38.9 52.8 49.9 49.7 47.3 101.4 95.1 98.2 91.1 44.1 40.5 39.4 38.6 53.2 49.7 48.5 47.1 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-10.1
-13.0
-13.3
-15.1
-21.3
-24.1
-24.4
-26.7
-10.0
-13.5
-14.6
-15.4
-20.9
-24.3
-25.6
-26.9 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2368.35 2368.35 4824.00 4824.00 2368.35 4824.00 2368.35 4824.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2378.10 4884.00 2378.10 4884.00 2378.10 4884.00 2378.10 4884.00 Report # R0309031.doc Page 16 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.2 Co-Location 802.11b (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card), Continued INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB FUND/AVG 105.9 FUND/PEAK 180 98.8 FUND/PEAK 90 101.8 FUND/AVG 180 94.5 90 0 47.8 270 36.5 34.6 310 30 42.3 0 57.0 270 45.7 43.1 310 45 51.2 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK High Channel 28.1 V 28.1 H 28.1 V H 28.1 28.1 V 32.5 V H 32.5 28.1 H 28.1 V 32.5 V H 32.5 28.1 H 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.8 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.8 1.2 1.5 1.6 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 3.4 3.4 4.9 4.9 3.4 46.3 42.7 40.9 42.5 39.4 Unwanted Emission, 30 1000MHz 310 0 110 60 330 1.2 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.8 H V V H V 11.5 11.8 13.7 11.8 13.7 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.1 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.0 35.2 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 102.2 95.1 98.1 90.8 44.1 40.9 39.0 38.6 53.3 50.1 47.5 47.5 35.0 31.7 31.7 31.5 30.2 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 43.5 43.5 46 46 46
-10.0
-13.1
-15.0
-15.5
-20.8
-23.9
-26.5
-26.6
-8.5
-11.8
-14.3
-14.5
-15.8 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 2490.43 4924.00 4924.00 2490.43 2490.43 4924.00 4924.00 2490.43 128.83 211.29 415.99 320.45 384.00 Report # R0309031.doc Page 17 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.3 Co-Location 802.11a (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a Low Band, Low Channel 5160.00 5160.00 5160.00 5160.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 10320.00 10320.00 4824.00 4824.00 10320.00 10320.00 4824.00 4824.00 99.7 FUND/PEAK 0 95.6 FUND/PEAK 310 0 90.1 FUND/AVG 86.2 310 FUND/AVG 0 89.3 FUND/PEAK 15 85.1 FUND/PEAK 88.4 FUND/AVG 0 15 84.2 FUND/AVG 150 32.7 330 32.6 31.4 310 270 30.7 330 45.9 45.6 150 310 40.1 39.8 270 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H V H V H H V V H 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a Low Band, Middle Channel 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H V H V H H V V H 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 97.1 FUND/PEAK 180 96.9 FUND/PEAK 180 FUND/AVG 180 88.2 88.0 FUND/AVG 180 89.1 FUND/PEAK 90 84.9 FUND/PEAK 110 FUND/AVG 88.2 90 84.1 FUND/AVG 110 60 32.5 150 32.3 31.6 270 230 30.8 150 45.6 60 45.3 40.3 270 230 39.9 5200.00 5200.00 5200.00 5200.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 10400.00 10400.00 4884.00 4884.00 10400.00 10400.00 4884.00 4884.00 Report # R0309031.doc AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 105.8 101.7 96.2 92.3 85.6 81.4 84.7 80.5 39.9 39.8 35.8 35.1 53.1 52.8 44.5 44.2 103.2 103.0 94.3 94.1 85.4 81.2 84.5 80.4 39.7 39.5 36.0 35.2 52.8 52.5 44.7 44.3 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-14.1
-14.2
-18.2
-18.9
-20.9
-21.2
-29.5
-29.8
-14.3
-14.5
-18.0
-18.8
-21.2
-21.5
-29.3
-29.7 Page 18 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.3 Co-Location 802.11a (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card), Continued INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a Low Band, High Channel 97.3 FUND/PEAK 180 97.1 FUND/PEAK 180 88.5 FUND/AVG 180 88.3 FUND/AVG 180 89.2 FUND/PEAK 110 85.1 FUND/PEAK 170 88.3 FUND/AVG 110 FUND/AVG 170 84.2 290 32.7 30 32.5 31.7 30 290 31.2 290 45.8 45.6 30 30 40.5 40.1 290 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H H V V H H V V H 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 46.3 42.7 41.1 42.2 39.5 Unwanted Emission, 30 1000MHz 310 15 110 60 0 1.2 1.6 1.5 1.8 2.0 H V V H V 11.5 11.8 13.7 11.8 13.7 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.1 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 103.4 103.2 94.6 94.4 85.5 81.4 84.6 80.5 39.9 39.7 36.1 35.6 53.0 52.8 44.9 44.5 35.0 31.7 31.9 31.2 30.3 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 43.5 43.5 46 46 46
-14.1
-14.3
-17.9
-18.4
-21.0
-21.2
-29.1
-29.5
-8.5
-11.8
-14.1
-14.8
-15.7 5230.00 5230.00 5230.00 5230.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 10460.00 10460.00 4924.00 4924.00 10460.00 10460.00 4924.00 4924.00 128.83 211.29 415.99 320.45 384.00 Report # R0309031.doc Page 19 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.3 Co-Location 802.11a (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card), Continued INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a Middle Band, Low Channel 5260.00 5260.00 5260.00 5260.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 10520.00 10520.00 4824.00 4824.00 10520.00 10520.00 4824.00 4824.00 98.6 FUND/PEAK 98.4 FUND/PEAK 89.7 FUND/AVG 89.5 FUND/AVG 89.6 FUND/PEAK 85.4 FUND/PEAK 88.7 FUND/AVG 84.5 FUND/AVG 35.1 34.6 31.6 30.9 43.9 43.5 40.3 40.0 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 45 60 45 60 0 15 0 15 180 310 310 270 180 310 310 270 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H V H V H V H V H 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a Middle Band, Middle Channel 1.8 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H V H V H V H V H 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 98.5 FUND/PEAK 120 98.3 FUND/PEAK 180 FUND/AVG 120 89.4 89.2 FUND/AVG 180 89.5 FUND/PEAK 90 85.3 FUND/PEAK 110 FUND/AVG 88.6 90 84.4 FUND/AVG 110 210 35.2 230 34.8 31.6 270 230 30.9 210 44.1 230 43.7 40.3 270 230 40.0 5300.00 5300.00 5300.00 5300.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 10600.00 10600.00 4884.00 4884.00 10600.00 10600.00 4884.00 4884.00 Report # R0309031.doc AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 104.7 104.5 95.8 95.6 85.9 81.7 85.0 80.8 42.3 41.8 36.0 35.3 51.1 50.7 44.7 44.4 104.6 104.4 95.5 95.3 85.8 81.6 84.9 80.7 42.4 42.0 36.0 35.3 51.3 50.9 44.7 44.4 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-11.7
-12.2
-18.0
-18.7
-22.9
-23.3
-29.3
-29.6
-11.6
-12.0
-18.0
-18.7
-22.7
-23.1
-29.3
-29.6 Page 20 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.3 Co-Location 802.11a (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card), Continued INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a Middle Band, High Channel 98.4 FUND/PEAK 180 95.2 FUND/PEAK 90 FUND/AVG 180 89.3 89.1 FUND/AVG 90 89.4 FUND/PEAK 110 85.5 FUND/PEAK 170 88.3 FUND/AVG 110 FUND/AVG 170 84.6 270 35.1 310 34.6 31.7 30 290 30.8 270 43.9 43.5 310 30 40.4 40.1 290 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H V H V H V H V H 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 46.1 42.6 41.3 42.3 39.6 Unwanted Emission, 30 1000MHz 310 0 110 60 330 1.2 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.8 H V V H V 11.5 11.8 13.7 11.8 13.7 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.1 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 104.5 101.3 95.4 95.2 85.7 81.8 84.6 80.9 42.3 41.8 36.1 35.2 51.1 50.7 44.8 44.5 34.8 31.6 32.1 31.3 30.4 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 43.5 43.5 46 46 46
-11.7
-12.2
-17.9
-18.8
-22.9
-23.3
-29.2
-29.5
-8.7
-11.9
-13.9
-14.7
-15.6 5330.00 5330.00 5330.00 5330.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 10660.00 10660.00 4924.00 4924.00 10660.00 10660.00 4924.00 4924.00 128.83 211.29 415.99 320.45 384.00 Report # R0309031.doc Page 21 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.3 Co-Location 802.11a (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card), Continued INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a High Band, Low Channel 5745.00 5745.00 5745.00 5745.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 11490.00 11490.00 4824.00 4824.00 11490.00 11490.00 4824.00 4824.00 97.7 FUND/PEAK 180 30 99.8 FUND/PEAK 180 88.9 FUND/AVG 90.6 FUND/AVG 30 0 89.5 FUND/PEAK 15 85.4 FUND/PEAK 88.6 FUND/AVG 0 15 84.5 FUND/AVG 310 34.9 180 34.7 31.7 310 270 31.1 310 43.8 43.6 180 310 40.4 40.1 270 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H H V V H H V V H 34.1 34.1 34.1 34.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a High Band, Middle Channel 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H H V V H H V V H 34.1 34.1 34.1 34.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 32.5 35.1 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 4.9 5.6 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.0 33.5 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 97.6 FUND/PEAK 180 99.5 FUND/PEAK 210 FUND/AVG 180 88.7 90.4 FUND/AVG 210 89.3 FUND/PEAK 90 85.2 FUND/PEAK 110 FUND/AVG 88.5 90 84.3 FUND/AVG 110 230 34.8 270 37.6 34.6 270 230 30.9 230 43.9 270 43.5 40.3 270 230 40.0 5775.00 5775.00 5775.00 5775.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 11550.00 4884.00 11550.00 4884.00 11550.00 11550.00 4884.00 4884.00 Report # R0309031.doc AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 104.2 106.3 95.4 97.1 85.8 81.7 84.9 80.8 42.1 41.9 36.1 35.5 51.0 50.8 44.8 44.5 104.1 106.0 95.2 96.9 85.6 81.5 84.8 80.6 42.0 42.0 41.8 35.3 51.1 50.7 44.7 44.4 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-11.9
-12.1
-17.9
-18.5
-23.0
-23.2
-29.2
-29.5
-12.0
-12.0
-12.2
-18.7
-22.9
-23.3
-29.3
-29.6 Page 22 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4.6.3 Co-Location 802.11a (T60H677.03 Card) & Bluetooth (T60M665 Card), Continued INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB Bluetooth (2.4GHz) & 802.11a High Band, High Channel 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 103.9 105.8 95.0 96.7 85.7 81.6 84.4 80.5 41.9 41.8 41.6 35.2 50.9 50.5 44.6 44.3 34.9 31.5 32.0 31.1 30.6 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 43.5 43.5 46 46 46
-12.1
-12.2
-12.4
-18.8
-23.1
-23.5
-29.4
-29.7
-8.6
-12.0
-14.0
-14.9
-15.4 5810.00 5810.00 5810.00 5810.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 2462.00 4924.00 11620.00 11620.00 4924.00 11620.00 11620.00 4924.00 4924.00 97.4 FUND/PEAK 180 99.3 FUND/PEAK 90 FUND/AVG 180 88.5 90.2 FUND/AVG 90 89.4 FUND/PEAK 110 85.3 FUND/PEAK 170 88.1 FUND/AVG 110 FUND/AVG 170 84.2 30 37.5 310 34.6 34.4 270 290 30.8 310 43.7 43.3 270 30 40.2 39.9 290 AVG AVG AVG AVG PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 V H V H V H V H V H V H H V V H 34.1 34.1 34.1 34.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 128.83 211.29 415.99 320.45 384.00 46.2 42.5 41.2 42.1 39.8 Unwanted Emission, 30 1000MHz 310 0 110 60 330 1.2 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.8 H V V H V 11.5 11.8 13.7 11.8 13.7 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.2 2.1 Report # R0309031.doc Page 23 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5 - CONDUCTED EMISSIONS 5.1 Measurement Uncertainty All measurements involve certain levels of uncertainties. The factors contributing to uncertainties are spectrum analyzer, cable loss, and LISN. Based on NIS 81, The Treatment of Uncertainty in EMC Measurements, the best estimate of the uncertainty of any conducted emissions measurement at BACL is +2.4 dB. 5.2 EUT Setup The measurement was performed at the shielded room, using the same setup per ANSI C63.4-2001 measurement procedure. The specification used was FCC 15 Subpart B limits. The spacing between the peripherals was 10 centimeters. External I/O cables were draped along the edge of the test table and bundle when necessary. The notebook system was connected with 120Vac/60Hz power source. 5.3 Spectrum Analyzer Setup The spectrum analyzer was set with the following configurations during the conduction test:
Start Frequency............................................................................... 150 kHz Stop Frequency............................................................................... 30 MHz Sweep Speed................................................................................... Auto IF Bandwidth.................................................................................. 10 kHz Video Bandwidth............................................................................ 10 kHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Bandwidth ..................................................... 9 kHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Mode.............................................................. Normal 5.4 Test Procedure During the conducted emission test, the power cord of the host system was connected to the auxiliary outlet of the first LISN. Maximizing procedure was performed on the six (6) highest emissions of each modes tested to ensure EUT is compliant with all installation combination. All data was recorded in the peak detection mode. Quasi-peak readings were only performed when an emission was found to be marginal (within -4 dBV of specification limits). Quasi-peak readings are distinguished with a "Qp". Report # R0309031.doc Page 24 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5.5 Summary of Test Results According to the data in section 5.6, the EUT complies with the FCC Conducted margin for a Class B device, with the worst margin reading of:
-15.2 dBV at 0.560 MHz in the Neutral mode 5.6 Conducted Emissions Test Data Frequency Amplitude LINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS Detector Qp/Ave/Peak MHz 0.560 0.535 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.535 0.560 17.600 17.600 0.150 17.600 17.600 dBV 30.8 30.4 46.2 35.7 44.9 32.2 32.1 25.3 24.7 29.8 28.9 28.5 AVE AVE QP AVE QP QP QP AVE AVE AVE QP QP Phase Line/Neutral Neutral Line Neutral Neutral Line Line Neutral Neutral Line Line Neutral Line FCC PART 15 CLASS B Limit Margin dBV 46 46 66 56 66 56 56 50 50 56 60 60 dB
-15.2
-15.6
-19.8
-20.3
-21.1
-23.8
-23.9
-24.7
-25.3
-26.2
-31.1
-31.5 5.7 Plot of Conducted Emissions Test Data Plot(s) of Conducted Emissions Test Data is presented hereinafter as reference. Report # R0309031.doc Page 25 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0309031.doc Page 26 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0309031.doc Page 27 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT A - FCC ID LABEL INFORMATION Proposed FCC ID Label FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 This device complies with Part15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interface, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Proposed Label Location on EUT Rear Side of Notebook / Label Location Report # R0309031.doc Page 28 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT B - TEST SETUP PHOTOGRAPHS Conducted Emission - Front View Conducted Emission - Side View Report # R0309031.doc Page 29 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Radiated Emission - Front View Radiated Emission - Rear View Report # R0309031.doc Page 30 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT C - EUT PHOTOGRAPHS Notebook Front View EUT Top View Report # R0309031.doc Page 31 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EUT Cover Removed View EUT Solder View Report # R0309031.doc Page 32 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Antenna View AC Power Adapter View Report # R0309031.doc Page 33 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 APPENDIX A - SCHEMATICS / BLOCK DIAGRAM Report # R0309031.doc Page 34 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 APPENDIX B - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Report # R0309031.doc Page 35 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 APPENDIX C - USERS MANUAL Report # R0309031.doc Page 36 of 36 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report
1 2 3 4 | 5GHz SAR Report | RF Exposure Info | 3.20 MiB | September 10 2003 |
SAR COMPLIANCE TESTING OF AMBIT MODEL T60H 677.03 802.11a MINI PCI BUILT INTO ACER TRAVELMATE 660 NOTEBOOK COMPUTER FCC ID# MCLT60H6773 Host Computer: Acer TravelMate 660, S/N: QCHCQS31400011 September 9, 2003 Prepared for: Ambit Microsystems Corporation 4-1 Ming-Sheng Street Tu-Cheng City, Taiwan, R.O.C. Prepared by:
Om P. Gandhi Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering University of Utah 50 S Central Campus Dr., Rm. 3280 Salt Lake City, UT 84112-9206 TABLE OF CONTENTS 6 3 4 3 1 8 2 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... The Flat Phantom ............................................................................................................ I. II. The SAR Measurement System ...................................................................................... III. Calibration of the E-Field Probe ..................................................................................... IV. SAR System Verification ................................................................................................ V. Tissue Simulant Fluid for the Frequency Band 5.2 to 5.8 GHz ...................................... VI. The Measured SAR Distributions ................................................................................... VII. Comparison of the Data with FCC 96-326 Guidelines ................................................... 10 REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................ 11 TABLES .................................................................................................................................. 13 FIGURES ................................................................................................................................. 18 APPENDIX A .......................................................................................................................... 36 APPENDIX B .......................................................................................................................... 40 APPENDIX C .......................................................................................................................... 44 APPENDIX D .......................................................................................................................... 49 APPENDIX E .......................................................................................................................... 65 APPENDIX F ........................................................................................................................... 78 APPENDIX G........................................................................................................................... 80 APPENDIX H........................................................................................................................... 98 ii SAR COMPLIANCE TESTING OF AMBIT MODEL T60H 677.03 802.11a MINI PCI BUILT INTO ACER TRAVELMATE 660 NOTEBOOK COMPUTER FCC ID# MCLT60H6773 Host Computer: Acer TravelMate 660, S/N: QCHCQS31400011 I. Introduction We have used the measurement procedures outlined in FCC Supplement C (Edition 97-
01) to OET Bulletin 65 [1] and an updated version of the same [2] for evaluating compliance of the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 Mini PCI (FCC ID#MCLT60H6773) built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer. Two photographs of the Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer with Ambit Model T60H 677.03 Mini PCI built in it are given in Figs. 1a, b, respectively. Given in Figs. 2 and 3 are the photographs of the Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer illustrating the locations of the right and left side antennas A and B, respectively. From Figs. 2 and 3, it can be seen that both of the antennas are very different from each other. Furthermore, whereas the right-side antenna A is built into the space occupied by joint between the base and the screen, the left-side antenna B is built at the bottom of the display screen. Also to be noted is that both of these antennas are several centimeters away from the two edges of the PC. The Ambit Model T60H 677.03 PCI 802.11a antennas operate over the frequency band 5.15-5.81 GHz in the normal mode with conducted powers that are given in Table 1. For SAR measurements, three configurations of the wireless PC relative to the experimental phantom have been used. These are as follows:
a. Configuration 1 is for the wireless PC placed on a user's lap. For this configuration, a planar phantom model with inside dimensions 12" 16.5" (30.5 41.9 cm) and a base thickness of 2.0 0.2 mm (recommended in [2]) was used for SAR measurements and the bottom side of each of the laptop computer shown in Fig. 1b was pressed against it
(see Fig. 4a). For this configuration, since the left-side antenna B located at the bottom of the display scan is considerably further from the phantom (see Fig. 3), the SARs were 1 extremely low close to the noise level of the measuring system (estimated to be on the order of 0.02 W/kg). b. Configuration 2 Edge-on position. This corresponds to a bystander standing next to right or left edges of the PC. For this configuration, the PC is placed at 90 with the right or the left edge of the PC pressed against the bottom of the planar phantom (see Fig. 4b for the left edge placement). Here too, since both of the antennas A and B are several centimeters away from the proximal edges, the SARs were too low to measure and within the noise level of the measuring system ( 0.02 W/kg). c. Configuration 3 Edge-on position. This corresponds to the case of a bystander behind the PC screen with separation of 0 cm from the PC edge. This configuration was selected since antennas A and B are built close to the back edge of the PC. For SAR measurement for this configuration, the PC was placed with the broader back edge of the host computer at 90 pressed against the bottom of the planar phantom with separation of 0 cm (see Fig. 5). II. The SAR Measurement System The University of Utah SAR Measurement System has been described in peer-reviewed literature [3]. A photograph of the SAR Measurement System is given in Fig. 6. This SAR Measurement System uses a computer-controlled 3-D stepper motor system (Arrick Robotics MD-2A). A triaxial Narda Model 8021 E-field probe is used to determine the internal electric fields. The positioning repeatability of the stepper motor system moving the E-field probe is within 0.1 mm. Outputs from the three channels of the E-field probe are dc voltages, the sum of which is proportional to the square of the internal electric fields (
iE
)2 from which the SAR can be obtained from the equation SAR =
, where and are the conductivity and
(
iE
)2 mass density of the tissue-simulant materials, respectively [4]. The dc voltages for the three channels of the E-field probe are read by three HP 34401A multimeters and sent to the computer via an HPIB interface. The setup is carefully grounded and shielded to reduce the noise due to 2 the electromagnetic interference (EMI). A cutout in a wooden table allows placement of a plastic holder (shown in Fig. 7) on which the laptop computer with the 802.11a wireless antennas (see Fig. 1) is supported. The plastic holder (see Fig. 7) can be moved up or down so that the base of the PC (for Configuration 1) is pressed against the base of the flat phantom for determination of SAR for Above-lap position (see Fig. 4a). Similarly, for "Edge-On" SAR determination, Configuration 2, the laptop computer is mounted sideways (at 90) on the plastic holder and moved up so that the right or left edge is pressed against the bottom of the flat phantom (see Fig. 4b). A second bystander (Configuration 3) where an individual may be behind the PC screen at a distance of 0 cm from the broader back edge of the PC (see Fig. 5) was also used for SAR measurements. The Flat Phantom As recommended in Supplement C Edition 01-01 to OET Bulletin 65 [2], a planar phantom model with inside dimensions 12" 16.5" (30.5 41.9 cm) and base thickness 2.0 0.2 mm was used for SAR measurements (see Figs. 4 and 5). III. Calibration of the E-Field Probe The IEEE Standard P1528 [5] suggests a recommended procedure for probe calibration
(see Section 4.4.1 of [5]) for frequencies above 800 MHz where waveguide size is manageable. Calibration using an appropriate rectangular waveguide is recommended. As in some previously reported SAR measurements at 6 GHz [4], we have calibrated the Narda Model 8021 Miniature Broadband Electric Field Probe of tip diameter 4 mm (internal dipole dimensions on the order of 2.5 mm) using a rectangular waveguide WR 159 (of internal dimensions 1.59 0.795 inches) that was filled with the tissue-simulant fluid of composition given in Section V (see Figs. 6a, b). The triaxial (3 dipole) E-field probe shown in Fig. 9 was originally developed by Howard Bassen and colleagues of FDA and has been manufactured under license by Narda Microwave Corporation, Hauppage, New York. The probe is described in detail in references 6 and 7. It uses three orthogonal pick up dipoles each of length about 2.5 mm offset from the tip by 3 mm, 3 each with its own leadless zero voltage Schottky barrier diode operating in the square law region. The sum of the three diode outputs read by three microvoltmeters [3] gives an output proportional to E2. By rotating the probe around its axis, the isotropy of the probe was measured to be less than 0.23 dB and the deviation of the probe from the square law behavior was less than 3%. As suggested in the IEEE Standard P1528, the waveguide (WR 159) filled with the tissue-simulant fluid was maintained vertically. From microwave field theory [see e.g. ref. 8], the transverse field distribution in the liquid corresponds to the fundamental mode (TE10) with an exponential decay in the vertical direction (z-axis). The liquid level was 15 cm deep which is deep enough to guarantee that reflections from the top liquid surface do not affect the calibration. By comparing the square of the decaying electric fields expected in the tissue from the analytical expressions for the TE10 mode of the rectangular waveguide, we obtained a calibration factor of 2.98 (mW/kg)/V with a variability of less than 2% for measurement frequencies of 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. This is no doubt due to a fairly limited frequency band of only 0.55 GHz out of a recommended bandwidth of 2.2 GHz for the TE10 mode for the WR159 waveguide
(recommended band of 4.9-7.1 GHz -- see e.g. ref. 8) and the fact that the bandwidth of 550 MHz for the entire set of measurements is on the order of 5% of the midband frequencies. The date for the calibration of the E-field probe closest to the SAR tests given here was September 3, 2003. To verify that the probe calibration conducted for the 802.11a band with CW signals is also valid for modulated signals used for the Mini PCI, two procedures have been used. These are described in Appendix A. IV. SAR System Verification It is very difficult to develop half wave dipole antennas for use in the 5.2 to 5.8 GHz band both because of fairly small dimensions and the resulting dimensional tolerances, and relatively narrow bandwidths of the required baluns balanced-to-unbalanced transformers. On 4 the other hand, waveguides are broadband with simultaneous bandwidths larger than 1-2 GHz and fairly easy to use for frequencies in excess of 3 GHz. As shown in Fig. 10, we have, therefore, developed a system verification system by using an open-ended, air-filled waveguide as an irradiation system placed at a distance of 8 mm below the base of the planar phantom (10 mm from the lossy fluid in the phantom). For this application, we have set up a WR 187 rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions 1.872" 0.872" that is fed with microwave power from a Hewlett Packard Model 83620A Synthesized Sweeper (10 MHz-20 GHz). The operating
(TE10 mode) band of this waveguide is from 3.95 to 5.85 GHz. The microwave circuit arrangement used for system verification is sketched in Fig. 11. When placed at a distance of 8 mm from the base of the planar phantom, the reflection coefficient is about 10-20%. As seen in Fig. 10, even this relatively small amount of reflection has been reduced to less than 0.5% by using a movable slide-screw waveguide tuner (Narda Model 22CI). The measured SAR distributions for peak 1-g SAR region using this system at 5.25 and 5.80 GHz for the day of SAR measurements September 3, 2003, are given in Appendix B. Also given in Appendix B are the waveguide SAR plots for this date of SAR measurements. The peak 1-g SARs measured for 100 mW of radiated power for 5.25 and 5.80 GHz are 3.610 and 4.020 W/kg, respectively. The measured 1-g SARs are in excellent agreement with the FDTD-calculated 1-g SARs for this waveguide of 3.580 and 3.946 W/kg at 5.25 and 5.80 GHz, respectively. Also as expected, the measured SAR plots in Appendix B are quite symmetric at both of the irradiation frequencies. For FDTD-calculations of the SAR distributions for the WR187 rectangular waveguide irradiation system, we have used the dielectric properties for the phantom given in Table 2 that have been taken from [2]. Using a resolution of 0.5 mm for the FDTD cells, the calculated variations of the SAR distributions are given in Figs. 12a, b as a function of height above the bottom surface of the phantom. From Figs. 12a, b, it is obvious that the penetration of electromagnetic fields in the 5.2-5.8 GHz range is extremely shallow. The calculated depths of penetration corresponding to 1/e2-reduction of SAR (13.5% of the SAR at the surface) are only 6.85 and 5.95 mm at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. Both of these depths of penetration for this 5 near-field exposure system are very similar to those obtained for plane wave irradiation at these frequencies (7.15 mm for 5.25 GHz and 6.25 mm for 5.8 GHz). Also shown in Figs. 12a, b are the SAR variations measured for this waveguide exposure system at depths of 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, and 14 mm in the tissue-simulant fluid. We tried second-, third-, fourth-, and fifth-order polynomial least-square fits to extrapolate the measured SARs to depths of 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9 mm. As seen in Figs. 12a, b, the fourth-order polynomial provides an excellent agreement with the FDTD-calculated in-depth variation of SAR both at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. Also as aforementioned, the peak 1-g SARs thus obtained for 100 mW of radiated power for 5.25 and 5.80 GHz of 3.610 and 4.020 W/kg are extremely close to the FDTD-calculated 1-g SARs for this waveguide of 3.580 and 3.946 W/kg at the two frequencies, respectively. V. Tissue Simulant Fluid for the Frequency Band 5.2 to 5.8 GHz In OET 65 Supplement C [2], the dielectric parameters suggested for body phantom are given only for 3000 and 5800 MHz. These are listed in Table 2 here. Using linear interpolation, we can obtain the dielectric parameters to use for the frequency band between 5.25 to 5.8 GHz. The desired dielectric properties thus obtained are also given in Table 2. From Table 2, it can be noticed that the desired dielectric constant r varies from 48.2 to 49.0 which is a variation of less than 1% from the average value of 48.6 for this band. Also the conductivity varies linearly with frequency from 5.3 to 6.00 S/m. No tissue-simulant fluids have been suggested in any of the existing standards or draft standards [2, 5, 9, 10]. Because of this limitation, some of the standards are only written for frequencies up to 3 GHz [e.g. refs. 5, 9]. During the last several months, we have looked at over 40 liquid mixtures of the following broad categories to decide on a fluid that would give the peak 1-g SAR for 802.11a antennas operating at frequencies 5.15 to 5.35 and 5.745 to 5.845 GHz that are comparable to those obtained for the FCC-recommended dielectric properties [2]. The categories of fluids studied for determination of dielectric properties (
,
) using Hewlett 6 Packard Model 85070B Dielectric Probe and the latest software 85070d provided by the company are:
a. Deionized water. b. Deionized water and HEC mixtures (with HEC being 1-4%). c. Deionized water, polyethylene powder (PEP) and HEC mixtures. d. Mannitol, deionized water, HEC mixtures. e. Sugar, deionized water, HEC mixtures. The screen-dumps for some of the representative fluids studied are given in Appendix C, Figs. C.1-C.5, respectively. For each of the cases, the conductivity for the fluid may be
= and o is the permittivity of free space,
, thus determined for frequencies of 5.25 and 5.8 GHz obtained by multiplying 8.854 10-12 F/m. The measured typical of 802.11a band are given in Table 3. Looking at Table 3, it is clear that the dielectric o where by 2 f properties for pure deionized water are undesirable (the dielectric constant is too high even though the conductivities are no more than 10% larger than the desired values); the deionized water/PEP/HEC mixture and mannitol/water/HEC combinations are quite acceptable with dielectric constants within 1-3% and conductivities within 6-12% of the desired values. However, these two fluids have an undesirable feature that they are not transparent. The sugar/water/HEC mixture, on the other hand, is transparent. While giving the dielectric constants that are within 1-3% of the desired values, the conductivity of this otherwise desirable fluid is about 27-30% higher than the desired values. It was decided to determine SAR distributions and peak 1-g SARs for the three somewhat desirable fluids marked 3, 4, and 5 using an open-ended waveguide (WR187) as an irradiator that has been proposed for SAR system validation [11, attached as Appendix D]. Given in Table 4 are the peak 1-g SARs determined for fluids 3, 4, and 5 (of Table 3). Also given for comparison is the FDTD-calculated values both at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz using an FDTD-grid size of 0.5 mm for the dielectric properties recommended by FCC ( = 48.9, = 5.36 S/m for 5.25 GHz;
= 48.2,
= 6.00 S/m at 5.8 GHz). It is most interesting to note that in spite of up to 30% higher conductivity for the sugar/water/HEC fluid 5 (of Table 3), the peak 1-g SAR is within 1.5% of 7 that for the FCC-recommended dielectric properties [2] both at 5.25 and 5.86 Hz. This result was most surprising and led us to a detailed study of the effect of dielectric properties on the peak 1- and 10-g SAR for the 802.11a frequencies described as a part of the paper that has been accepted for publication in IEEE Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility [12, attached as Appendix E]. In this study, we have taken conductivities that are up to 150% of the values recommended by FCC [2] at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz to show that the peak 1-g SARs vary by no more than 2% for typical near-field sources such as a waveguide and a microstrip antenna of dimensions typical of 802.11a antennas (see Tables 1, 2 of Appendix E). As explained in [12], this is due to higher surface SAR but shallower depth of penetration of EM fields for the higher conductivity media resulting in nearly identical SARs for cubical volumes associated with 1- or 10-g of tissue, respectively. This point is illustrated in Figs. 13 and 14 for 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. VI. The Measured SAR Distributions The RF power outputs measured for the Acer TravelMate Model 660 PC for the normal mode used with this PC are given in Table 1. For SAR measurements, we selected frequencies of 5.20, 5.33, and 5.81 GHz. The various frequencies were selected both for their highest power outputs as well as to cover the three different frequency bands planned for this PC. As recommended in Supplement C, Edition 01-01 [2], the stability of the conducted power was determined by repeated SAR measurements at the same location for each of the selected channels. The variability of the SAR thus determined for three repeated measurements over a 60-minute time period was within 0.1 dB ( 2.5%). The highest SAR region for each of the measurement frequencies was identified in the first instance by using a coarser sampling with a step size of 8.0 mm over three overlapping areas for a total scan area of 11.2 19.2 cm. The data thus obtained was resolved into a 4 4 times larger grid i.e. a grid involving 56 96 points by linear interpolation using a 2 mm step size. After thus identifying the region of the highest SAR, the SAR distribution was then measured 8 with a resolution of 2 mm in order to obtain the peak 1 cm3 or 1-g SAR. The SAR measurements were performed at 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm height from the bottom surface of the body-
simulant fluid. The SARs thus measured were extrapolated using a fourth-order least-square fit to the measured data to obtain the SAR variation correctly for the 802.11a frequencies of 5.2 to 5.8 GHz [11, attached as Appendix D]. This allowed us to obtain SAR values at 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9 mm height that were used to obtain 1-g SARs. The uncertainty analysis of the University of Utah SAR measurement system is given in Appendix F. The combined standard uncertainty is 8.3%. As determined by the coarse scans, the highest SAR region was invariably found for the 5.6 8.0 cm area in close proximity to the radiating antenna A or B, respectively. Because of the larger separation of the left-side antenna B on the order of several centimeters for the Above-lap Configuration 1 and of both of the antennas for the Edge-On Configuration 2, the SARs were very low and within the noise limit of the SAR measurement system ( 0.02 W/kg). For other configurations, the coarse scans for the highest SAR regions are given in Appendix G, Figs. G.1 to G.9. In these figures, the two axes are marked in units of step size of 8 mm. Also shown in these figures are the respective antenna outlines overlaid on the SAR contours. Also given in Appendix G as Tables G.1 to G.9 are the SAR distributions for the peak SAR region of volume 10 10 10 mm for which the coarse scans are given in Figs. G.1 to G.9, respectively. The SARs are given for xy planes at heights Z of 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9 mm from the bottom of the flat phantom. The individual SAR values for this grid of 5 5 5 or 125 points are averaged to obtain peak 1-g SAR values (for a volume of 1 cm3). The temperature variation of the tissue-
simulant fluid measured with a Bailey Instruments Model BAT 8 Temperature Probe for measurements at the various frequencies was 23.3 0.2C . The z-axis scan plots taken at the highest SAR locations for each set of tests are given in Appendix H. As discussed in Section IV, the SARs drop off fairly rapidly with depth in the phantom. 9 The SAR measurement results for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 802.11a Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer are summarized in Table 5. All of the measured 1-g SARs are less than the FCC 96-326 guideline of 1.6 W/kg. VII. Comparison of the Data with FCC 96-326 Guidelines According to the FCC 96-326 Guideline, the peak SAR for any 1-g of tissue should not exceed 1.6 W/kg. For the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 802.11a Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer (FCC ID# MCLT60H6773), the measured peak 1-g SARs vary from 0 to 0.530 W/kg which are smaller than 1.6 W/kg. 10 REFERENCES 1. K. Chan, R. F. Cleveland, Jr., and D. L. Means, "Evaluating Compliance With FCC Guidelines for Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields," Supplement C
(Edition 97-01) to OET Bulletin 65, December, 1997. Available from Office of Engineering and Technology, Federal Communications Commission, Washington D.C., 20554. Federal Communications Commission "Supplement C Edition 01-01 to OET Bulletin 65 Edition 97-01" June 2001. 3. Q. Yu, O. P. Gandhi, M. Aronsson, and D. Wu, "An Automated SAR Measurement System for Compliance Testing of Personal Wireless Devices," IEEE Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility, Vol. 41(3), pp. 234-245, August 1999. 4. O. P. Gandhi and J-Y. Chen, "Electromagnetic Absorption in the Human Head from Experimental 6-GHz Handheld Transceivers," IEEE Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility, Vol. 39(4), pp. 547-558, 1995. IEEE Standard P1528, "Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communication Devices: Experimental Techniques," 2003. 6. H. Bassen. M. Swicord, and J. Abita, "A Miniature Broadband Electric Field Probe," Ann. New York Academy of Sciences, Vol. 247, pp. 481-493, 1974. 7. H. Bassen and T. Babij, "Experimental Techniques and Instrumentation," Chapter 7 in Biological Effects and Medical Applications of Electromagnetic Energy, O. P. Gandhi, Editor, Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1990. 8. O. P. Gandhi, Microwave Engineering and Applications, Pergamon Press, New York, 1981. 9. European Standard EN50361, "Basic Standard for the Measurement of Specific Absorption Rate Related to Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields from Mobile Phones (300 MHz-3 GHz)," CENELEC, Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 35, B-1050, Brussels. 10. Draft IEC PT62209 Part 2, "Procedure to Measure the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) for Two-Way Radios, Palmtop Terminals, Laptop Terminals, Desktop Terminals, and Body-
Mounted Devices Including Accessories and Multiple Transmitters (30 MHz to 6 GHz),"
Draft version 0.6. 11. Q. Li, O. P. Gandhi, and G. Kang, "An Open-Ended Waveguide System for SAR System Validation and/or Probe Calibration for Frequencies above 3 GHz," submitted for publication to IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, June 2003
(attached here as Appendix D). 2. 5. 11 12. G. Kang and O. P. Gandhi, "Effect of Dielectric Properties on the Peak 1- and 10-g SAR for 802.11 a/b/g Frequencies 2.45 and 5.15 to 5.85 GHz," accepted for publication in IEEE Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility (attached here as Appendix E). 12 Table 1. Peak conducted RF power outputs measured at various frequencies for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer for the normal mode used for this PC. Band Low Mid High Channel
(MHz) Conducted RF Power
(dBm) 16.53 16.7 16.2 16.2 16.03 16.53 16.03 16.37 16.53 Low CH: 5150 Mid CH: 5200 High CH: 5250 Low CH: 5250 Mid CH: 5300 High CH: 5330 Low CH: 5745 Mid CH: 5775 High CH: 5810 13 Table 2. Dielectric parameters for body phantom for the frequency band 5.2 to 5.8 GHz [2]. Frequency
(GHz) 3.0 5.8 5.25 5.3 5.4 5.6 5.7 r 52.0 48.2 49.0 48.9 48.7 48.5 48.3
(S/m) 2.73 6.00 5.30 5.42 5.53 5.77 5.88 Reference Ref. 2 Ref. 2 Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated 14 Table 3. The measured dielectric constants and conductivities for some fluids for frequencies 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. Fluid 1. Deionized water 2. Deionized water (96%), HEC (4%) 3. Deionized water (82%), polyethylene powder (16%), HEC (2%) 4. Mannitol (31.5%), deionized water
(67.5%), HEC (1%) 5. Sugar (31%), deionized water (68.0%), HEC (1%) 5.25 GHz 5.8 GHz S/m 5.54 5.81 4.77 5.80 6.82 71.82 67.78 47.99 47.30 46.86 S/m 6.61 6.90 5.64 6.74 7.83 72.97 68.89 49.31 47.59 48.79 15 Table 4. Comparison of the measured and calculated peak 1-g SAR at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. 5.25 GHz 5.8 GHz 1-g SAR W/kg 3.57 3.55 3.59 3.62 48.2 48.0 47.3 46.9 S/m 6.00 5.64 6.74 7.83 1-g SAR W/kg 3.95 3.91 3.93 3.94 FCC body [2]; calculated Fluid 3 of Table 3, water/PEP/HEC;
measured Fluid 4 of Table 3, Mannitol/water/HEC;
measured Fluid 5 of Table 3, sugar/water/HEC;
measured S/m 5.36 4.77 5.80 6.82 48.9 49.3 47.6 48.8 16 Configu-
ration 1 2 3 Table 5. The SAR measurement results for the normal mode for Ambit Model T60H 677.03 802.11a Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer (FCC ID#
MCLT60H6773). Liquid temperature = 23.3 0.2C Measurement date: September 3, 2003 Frequency
(GHz) Antenna Conducted RF Output Power
(dBm) 1-g SAR
(W/kg) See Appendix G Table See Appendix G Figure Separation from Phantom
(cm) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5.20 5.33 5.81 5.20 5.33 5.81 5.20 5.33 5.81 Before After 16.75 16.70 0.033 16.74 < 0.02*
16.70 16.47 16.53 0.030 16.54 16.51 < 0.02*
16.49 16.53 0.035 16.55 < 0.02*
16.53 16.70 16.73 < 0.02*
16.68 < 0.02*
16.70 16.47 < 0.02*
16.53 16.53 16.49 < 0.02*
16.51 < 0.02*
16.53 16.59 < 0.02*
16.53 16.70 16.69 0.399 0.100 16.66 16.70 0.530 16.57 16.53 16.53 16.58 0.064 0.233 16.49 16.53 16.53 16.54 0.064 A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B G.1
--
G.2
--
G.3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
G.4 G.7 G.5 G.8 G.6 G.9 G.1
--
G.2
--
G.3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
G.4 G.7 G.5 G.8 G.6 G.9
* Too low to measure, within the noise level of the SAR measurement system. 17 a. Top cover with screen open. Fig. 1. Photograph of the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer. 18 19 b. View from the bottom side of the laptop computer. Fig. 1. Photograph of the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer. Fig. 2. Photograph of the Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer illustrating the location of the right-side antenna A of the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 Mini PCI. 20 Fig. 3. Photograph of the Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer illustrating the location of the left-side antenna B of the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 Mini PCI. 21 22 Fig. 4a. Photograph of the bottom of the Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer pressed against the base of the planar phantom. This is Configuration 1 Laptop position for SAR testing. 23 Fig. 4b. Photograph of the Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer with left edge of the PC at 90 pressed against the base of the planar phantom. This is Configuration 2 for SAR testing and represents the case of a bystander in contact (at a distance of 0 cm) with the left edge of the PC. Fig. 5. Photograph of the Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer with the broader back edge of the PC at 90 pressed against the bottom of the planar phantom with separation of 0 cm. This is Configuration 3 for SAR testing and represents the case of a bystander behind the PC screen with a separation of 0 cm. 24 Fig. 6. Photograph of the three-dimensional stepper-motor-controlled SAR measurement system using a planar phantom. 25 Fig. 7. The plastic holder used to support the portable PC for SAR measurements. 26 Fig. 8a. A photograph of the waveguide setup used for calibration of the Narda Model 8021 E-field probe in the frequency band 5.2-5.8 GHz. 27 Fig. 8b. Photograph of the waveguide setup showing also the coax to waveguide coupler at the bottom used to feed power to the vertical waveguide containing the tissue-simulant fluid. 28 29 Fig. 9. Photograph of the Narda Model 8021 Broadband Electric Field Probe used for SAR measurements. 30 Fig. 10. Photograph of the rectangular waveguide radiator used for system verification for the 802.11a band. Also seen is the Narda Model 22CI movable slide screw tuner used to match the input power at 5.25 or 5.8 GHz to the planar phantom. 4 9 8 3 1 2 7 6 4 5
(10 MHz-20 GHz). 1. Hewlett Packard (HP) Model 83620A Synthesized Sweeper 2. Coaxial line. 3. Coaxial to waveguide adapter. 4. 20 dB crossguide coupler (may be reversed to measure incident power). 5. HP Model G281A coaxial to waveguide adapter 6. HP Model 8482A power sensor. 7. HP Model 436A power meter. 8. Narda Microline Slide Screw Tuner Model 22CI. 9. Radiating open end of the waveguide. Fig. 11. The microwave circuit arrangement used for SAR system verification for the 802.11a band. 31 Numerical Experimental 4th order polynomial fit
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 Distance from the bottom surface of the phantom (mm) 12 14 a. 5.25 GHz. Fig. 12. Experimentally measured, extrapolated and FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth in the body-simulant planar phantom. Radiated power = 100 mW. 32 Numerical Experimental 4th order polynomial fit
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 Distance from the bottom surface of the phantom (mm) 12 14 b. 5.80 GHz. Fig. 12. Experimentally measured, extrapolated and FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth in the body-simulant planar phantom. Radiated power = 100 mW. 33 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 2 4
= 48.9, = 5.36 r
= 48.8, = 6.82 r 6 14 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) 10 12 8 16 18 20 Fig. 13. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variations of the SAR with depth for the FCC-
recommended dielectric properties ( = 48.9, = 5.36 S/m) and the sugar/water/HEC fluid 5 ( = 48.8, = 6.82 S/m) at 5.25 GHz. Assumed for calculations is the WR187 rectangular waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottom surface of the tissue-
simulant fluid in a flat phantom of base thickness 2 mm with ( r
). Radiated power = 100 mW. 2.56
=
34 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 2 4
= 48.2, = 6.00 r
= 46.9, = 7.83 r 16 18 20 14 6 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) 10 12 8 Fig. 14. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variations of the SAR with depth for the FCC-
recommended dielectric properties ( = 48.2, = 6.00 S/m) and the sugar/water/HEC fluid 5 ( = 46.9, = 7.83 S/m) at 5.8 GHz. Assumed for calculations is the WR187 rectangular waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottom surface of the tissue-
simulant fluid in a flat phantom of base thickness 2 mm with ( r
). Radiated power = 100 mW. 2.56
=
35 APPENDIX A Procedures to Demonstrate that E-Field Probe Calibration for CW Signals is Also Valid for Modulated Signals Procedure 1 For the microvoltmeters in our SAR system (HP34401 multimeters), we use an AC signal filter with a passband of 20 Hz to 300 kHz (1 reading/second). This allows faithful readings of the rectified values of voltage outputs from the three pickup antennas (proportional to E2) of the E-field probe used for SAR measurements. For a variety of modulated signals used for the 802.11a band, the multimeter passband of 20 Hz to 300 kHz is more than sufficient to read all of the frequency components. We have tested the validity of using this AC signal filter by applying signals from a Hewlett Packard Model 83620A Synthesized Sweeper operating at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz in the CW mode as well as the pulse mode with pulse repetition rates for the latter variable from 50 to 500 Hz and pulse duration variable from 0.5 to 1 msec. For a fixed location of the E-
field probe, the SAR readings were proportional to the time-averaged radiated power (from 2.5 to 100 mW) from the WR187 rectangular waveguide at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. Thus the probe calibration factors are no different for CW signals or for pulsed signals. Procedure 2 As explained above, the passband of our SAR measurement system extends from 20 Hz to 300 kHz. This passband is more than sufficient to read all of the frequency components associated with OFDM or any of the other modulations that may be used for the 802.11a band. Additional experiments have, however, been done to compare the SAR measured at one of the points in the planar phantom for OFDM modulated signals from the 802.11a Mini PCI and comparing the same with the CW signal of similar time-averaged power levels obtained from the Hewlett-Packard (HP) Model 83620A Synthesized Sweeper (10 MHz-20 GHz). For each of the two RF sources, the power output was measured using a microwave circuit arrangement similar to that of Fig. 11 of the SAR Report. As shown in this figure, the irradiation system uses a 36 WR187 rectangular waveguide (see Fig. 10 of the SAR Report) which is placed at a distance of 8 mm below the base of the planar phantom (10 mm from the lossy fluid in the phantom) used for SAR measurements. Shown in Figs. A.1 and A.2 is a comparison of the SARs measured for a given location in the planar phantom for CW and 802.11a band modulated signals for the base mode at 5.32 GHz and 5.765 GHz, respectively. An excellent agreement in the SAR reading is observed whether CW or modulated signals are used. This is due to the broad bandwidth (20 Hz to 300 kHz) of the system used for measuring rectified signals from the E-field probe. 5.32 GHZ Base Mode 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
) g k
/
W
(
R A S l a c o L 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 power output (mW) CW Signal Modulated Signal Fig. A.1. Comparison of the SAR for CW or OFDM modulated signals for the base mode at 5.32 GHz. 37 Fig. A.2. Comparison of the SAR for CW or OFDM modulated signals for the normal mode at 5.765 GHz. 38 This page left intentionally blank. 39 APPENDIX B SAR System Validation for the 802.11a Band The measured SAR distribution for the peak 1-g SAR region using WR187 rectangular waveguide radiation system. For September 3, 2003 The SAR plot at 5.25 GHz Fig. B.1. Coarse scans of the measured SAR distribution for the WR187 rectangular waveguide irradiation system for system verification at 5.25 GHz. Also shown is the outline of the rectangular waveguide overlaid on the SAR contours. Radiated power = 100 mW. 40 1-g SAR = 3.610 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 8.846 9.430 9.680 9.168 8.524 9.523 9.985 10.274 9.892 9.095 9.696 10.321 10.431 10.110 9.489 9.070 10.078 10.289 9.746 9.273 b. At depth of 3 mm 4.328 4.598 4.666 4.478 4.147 4.674 4.928 5.006 4.849 4.481 c. At depth of 5 mm 2.038 2.149 2.154 2.088 1.917 2.205 2.321 2.326 2.275 2.106 d. At depth of 7 mm 1.015 1.059 1.052 1.017 0.920 1.098 1.132 1.126 1.115 1.024 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.581 0.604 0.593 0.569 0.508 0.630 0.626 0.622 0.625 0.564 4.544 4.926 5.014 4.796 4.498 2.185 2.308 2.335 2.255 2.086 1.087 1.132 1.136 1.103 1.020 0.601 0.629 0.630 0.614 0.579 4.772 5.077 5.136 4.992 4.629 2.262 2.388 2.413 2.353 2.158 1.130 1.169 1.175 1.148 1.054 0.643 0.649 0.649 0.632 0.591 41 8.565 9.309 9.409 9.161 8.479 4.284 4.593 4.648 4.499 4.180 2.061 2.165 2.194 2.106 1.970 1.028 1.056 1.074 1.022 0.969 0.567 0.578 0.593 0.566 0.547 For September 3, 2003 The SAR plot at 5.8 GHz Fig. B.2. Coarse scans of the measured SAR distribution for the WR187 rectangular waveguide irradiation system for system verification at 5.8 GHz. Also shown is the outline of the rectangular waveguide overlaid on the SAR contours. Radiated power = 100 mW. 42 1-g SAR = 4.020 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 10.843 11.563 11.813 11.889 11.471 11.380 11.883 12.158 12.183 11.632 11.270 11.997 12.160 12.001 11.860 11.247 11.897 12.083 11.909 11.529 10.737 11.127 11.289 11.506 11.162 b. At depth of 3 mm 4.750 5.007 5.107 5.130 4.954 4.919 5.165 5.271 5.261 5.053 c. At depth of 5 mm 1.924 1.987 2.015 2.024 1.954 1.947 2.051 2.081 2.077 2.013 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.869 0.872 0.877 0.888 0.852 0.857 0.894 0.898 0.901 0.884 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.545 0.535 0.539 0.557 0.524 0.536 0.550 0.545 0.540 0.540 4.884 5.123 5.219 5.168 5.006 1.949 2.016 2.063 2.046 1.994 0.863 0.878 0.898 0.884 0.879 0.534 0.537 0.540 0.532 0.544 4.722 4.871 4.982 4.992 4.832 1.910 1.967 2.013 1.983 1.923 0.845 0.876 0.880 0.868 0.854 0.513 0.534 0.529 0.532 0.533 4.909 5.223 5.303 5.261 5.117 1.966 2.085 2.105 2.107 2.022 0.874 0.913 0.904 0.913 0.885 0.546 0.548 0.540 0.543 0.541 43 SCREEN DUMPS FOR SOME OF THE FLUIDS STUDIED FOR DEVELOPMENT OF TISSUE-SIMULANT FLUID FOR THE FREQUENCY BAND 5.2 TO 5.8 GHz APPENDIX C Fig. C.1. The output of the measured GHz.
, for deionized water for the frequency band 5 to 6 44 Fig. C.2. The measured
, for a composition of 96% deionized water and 4% HEC for the frequency band 5 to 6 GHz. 45 Fig. C.3. The measured
, for a composition of 82% deionized water, 16% polyethylene powder and 2% HEC for the frequency band 5 to 6 GHz. 46 Fig. C.4. The measured
, for a composition of 31.5% mannitol, 67.5% deionized water, and 1% HEC for the frequency band 5 to 6 GHz. 47 Fig. C.5. The measured
, for a composition of 31% sugar, 68% deionized water, and 1%
HEC for the frequency band 5 to 6 GHz. 48 APPENDIX D AN OPEN-ENDED WAVEGUIDE SYSTEM FOR SAR SYSTEM VALIDATION AND/OR PROBE CALIBRATION FOR FREQUENCIES ABOVE 3 GHz Qingxiang Li, Student Member, IEEE Om P. Gandhi, Life Fellow, IEEE, and Gang Kang, Senior Member, IEEE Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering University of Utah Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, U.S.A. Abstract Compliance with safety guidelines prescribed in terms of maximum electromagnetic power absorption (specific absorption rate or SAR) for any 1- or 10-g of tissue is required for all newly-introduced personal wireless devices such as Wi-Fi PCs. The prescribed SAR measuring system is a planar phantom with a relatively thin base of thickness 2.0 mm filled with a lossy fluid to simulate dielectric properties of the tissues. A well-characterized, broadband irradiator is required for SAR system validation and/or submerged E-field probe calibration for the new 802.11a frequencies in the 5-6 GHz band. We describe an open-ended waveguide system that may be used for this purpose. Using a fourth-order polynomial least-square fit to the experimental data gives SAR variations close to the bottom surface of the phantom that are in excellent agreement with The experimentally-determined peak 1-g SARs are within 1 to 2 percent of those obtained using the FDTD both at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. the FDTD numerical method. those obtained using Index Terms Broadband, electromagnetic exposure system, probe calibration, safety assessment, comparison with numerical calculations Submitted to IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, June 10, 2003. 49 AN OPEN-ENDED WAVEGUIDE SYSTEM FOR SAR SYSTEM VALIDATION AND/OR PROBE CALIBRATION FOR FREQUENCIES ABOVE 3 GHz Qingxiang Li, Student Member, IEEE Om P. Gandhi, Life Fellow, IEEE, and Gang Kang, Senior Member, IEEE I. Introduction Compliance with the safety guidelines such as those proposed by IEEE [1] ICNIRP [2], etc. is required by regulatory agencies in the United States and elsewhere for all newly-
introduced personal wireless devices such as Wi-Fi PCs, cellular telephones, etc. These safety guidelines are set in terms of maximum 1- or 10-g mass-normalized rates of electromagnetic energy deposition (specific absorption rates or SARs) for any 1- or 10-g of tissue. The two most commonly-used SAR limits today are those of IEEE [1] 1.6 W/kg for any 1 g of tissue, and ICNIRP [2] 2 W/kg for any 10 g of tissue, excluding extremities such as hands, wrists, feet, and ankles where higher SARs up to 4 W/kg for any 10 g of tissue are permitted in both of these standards. Experimental and numerical techniques using planar or head-shaped phantoms have been proposed for determining compliance with the SAR limits [3-5]. For frequencies above 800 MHz, the size of a rectangular waveguide is quite manageable and use of an appropriate waveguide filled with a tissue-simulant medium is recommended for calibration of an E-field probe in FCC Supplement C, Edition 01-01 to OET Bulletin 65 [6]. Even though no recommendation is made on choice of an irradiation system for frequencies above 3 GHz, balanced half-wave dipoles have been suggested for system validation for frequencies less than or equal to 3 GHz [6]. It is very difficult to develop half-wave dipole antennas for use in the 5.1 to 5.8 GHz band both because of fairly small dimensions and the resulting dimensional tolerances, and relatively narrow bandwidths of the required baluns balanced to unbalanced transformers (typically less than 10-12% for VSWR < 2.0 and less than 5-6% for VSWR < 1.5). On the other hand, rectangular waveguides are broadband with simultaneous bandwidths larger than 1-2 GHz and are fairly easy to use for frequencies in excess of 3 GHz. We have, therefore, developed an open-ended waveguide system for SAR system validation and/or probe calibration in the frequency band 5 to 6 GHz. This is a band that is presently being used for 802.11a antennas of Wi-Fi PCs. II. The Waveguide Irradiation System For the 5-6 GHz band, we have used a WR187 rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions 4.75 2.21 cm. The operating (TE10 mode) band of this waveguide is from 3.95 to 5.85 GHz. This is considerably larger than the required overall bandwidth of 675 MHz for the IEEE 802.11a frequency bands of 5.15-5.35 and 5.745 to 5.825 GHz. The waveguide irradiation system used for SAR system validation is shown in Fig. 1. As recommended in [6], the open-
ended waveguide irradiator is placed at a distance of 8 mm below the base of planar phantom with inside dimensions of 30.5 41.9 cm and a base thickness of 2.0 0.2 mm. This results in the open end of the waveguide at a distance of 10 mm below the lossy tissue-simulant fluid in the phantom. The microwave circuit arrangement used for the waveguide irradiation system is shown in Fig. 2. As shown in Fig. 2, the WR187 waveguide is fed with microwave power from a 50 Hewlett Packard Model 83620A Synthesized Sweeper (10 MHz-20 GHz). When placed at a distance of 8 mm below the base of the planar phantom, the reflection coefficient is about 10-
20%. Even this relatively small amount of reflection has been greatly reduced to less than 0.5%
by using a movable slide-screw waveguide tuner (Narda Model 22CI). The planar phantom is filled to a depth of 15 cm with a fluid to simulate dielectric properties recommended for the body r and conductivities at the experimental frequencies phantom in [6]. The dielectric constants of 5.25 and 5.8 GHz are similar to those recommended in the SAR Compliance Standards used in the U.S. and in Europe [3, 4]. For our experiments and calculations, S/m at 5.25 GHz; and S/m at 5.8 GHz.
=
r
=
r 48.8 46.9 6.82 7.83
=
=
,
, Fig. 1. Photograph of the rectangular waveguide radiator used for system validation. Also seen is the Narda Model 22CI movable slide screw tuner used to match the input power at 5.25 or 5.8 GHz to the planar tissue-simulant phantom. 51 7 6 4 5 9 8 3 4 1 2
(10 MHz-20 GHz). 1. Hewlett Packard (HP) Model 83620A Synthesized Sweeper 2. Coaxial line. 3. Coaxial to waveguide adapter. 4. 20 dB crossguide coupler (may be reversed to measure incident power). 5. HP Model G281A coaxial to waveguide adapter 6. HP Model 8482A power sensor. 7. HP Model 436A power meter. 8. Narda Microline Slide Screw Tuner Model 22CI. 9. Radiating open end of the waveguide. Fig. 2. The microwave circuit arrangement used for SAR system validation. III. Calculation of the SAR Distributions We have used the well-established finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) numerical electromagnetic method to calculate the electric fields and SAR distributions for the planar phantom of base thickness 2.0 mm of dielectric constant r = 2.56 and dielectric properties of the tissue-simulant lossy fluid as given in Section II. The FDTD method described in several texts [7, 8] has been successfully used by various researchers [9-12] and, therefore, would not be described here. For the FDTD calculations, we have used a cell size = 0.5 mm in order to meet the requirement in the lossy fluid. The calculated variations of the SAR distribution at the experimental frequencies of 5.25 and 5.80 GHz are given in Figs. 3 a-c and 4
/10 52 a-c, respectively. Also shown in the same figures are the experimental values of the SARs
(shown by circles). From Figs. 3 and 4, it is obvious that the penetration of electromagnetic fields in the 5.1 to 5.8 GHz band is extremely shallow. The calculated depths of penetration 21/ e -reduction of SAR (13.5% of the SAR at the surface) are only 6.85 and corresponding to 5.985 mm at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. Both of these depths of penetration are very similar to those obtained for plane-wave irradiation at these frequencies (7.15 mm for 5.25 GHz and 6.25 mm for 5.8 GHz). IV. Experimental Setup and Measurements A. Experimental Setup As recommended in FCC Bulletin 65 [14], a planar phantom of fairly thin base thickness in our case) is used for the determination 2.0 mm of relatively low dielectric constant ( r of SAR distributions of wireless PCs and for the SAR system validation. The lateral dimensions of the planar phantom (in our case 30.5 41.9 cm) are large enough to ignore scattering from the edges of the rectangular box or the tissue-simulant lossy fluid used to fill this box to a depth of 10-15 cm (several times the depth of penetration of fields in the fluid so as to present a nearly infinitely deep medium to neglect reflections). A photograph of the phantom model together with a computer-controlled 3-D stepper motor system (Arrick Robotics MD-2A) is shown in Fig. 5. 2.56
=
a. Variation of SAR along the z-axis. Fig. 3. Comparison of the measured and calculated SAR variations for a planar phantom of base thickness 2.0 mm and internal dimensions 30.5 41.9 20 cm for a WR 187 open-ended waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottommost surface of the lossy tissue-simulant phantom. Frequency = 5.25 GHz. 53 b. Variation of SAR along the x-axis parallel to the broader dimension of the waveguide at height z = 4 mm. c. Variation of SAR along the y-axis parallel to the narrower dimension of the waveguide at height z = 4 mm. Fig. 3. Comparison of the measured and calculated SAR variations for a planar phantom of base thickness 2.0 mm and internal dimensions 30.5 41.9 20 cm for a WR 187 open-ended waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottommost surface of the lossy tissue-
simulant phantom. Frequency = 5.25 GHz. 54 a. Variation of SAR along the z-axis. b. Variation of SAR along the x-axis parallel to the broader dimension of the waveguide at height z = 4 mm. Fig. 4. Comparison of the measured and calculated SAR variations for a planar phantom of base thickness 2.0 mm and internal dimensions 30.5 41.9 20 cm for a WR 187 open-ended waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottommost surface of the lossy tissue-simulant phantom. Frequency = 5.8 GHz. 55 c. Variation of SAR along the y-axis parallel to the narrower dimension of the waveguide at height z = 4 mm. Fig. 4. Comparison of the measured and calculated SAR variations for a planar phantom of base thickness 2.0 mm and internal dimensions 30.5 41.9 20 cm for a WR 187 open-ended waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottommost surface of the lossy tissue-simulant phantom. Frequency = 5.8 GHz. 56 Fig. 5. Photograph of the planar model with the 3-D stepper motor system used for measurement of SAR variation for comparison with FDTD calculations. i i 2 2
( E )/
A triaxial Narda Model 8021 E-field probe is used to determine the internal electric fields. The positioning repeatability of the stepper motor system moving the E-field probe is within 0.1 mm. Outputs from the three channels of the E-field probe are dc voltages, the sum of which is
( E ) from which the SAR can be proportional to the square of the internal electric fields obtained from the equation: SAR =
, where and are the conductivity and mass density of the tissue-simulant material, respectively [13]. The dc voltages for the three channels of the E-field probe are read by three HP 34401A multimeters and sent to the computer via an HPIB interface. The setup is carefully grounded and shielded to reduce the noise due to the electromagnetic interference (EMI). B. E-Field Probe The nonperturbing implantable E-field probe used in the setup was originally developed by Bassen et al. [14] and is manufactured by L3/Narda Microwave Corporation, Hauppauge, NY as Model 8021 E-field probe. In the probe, three orthogonal miniature dipoles each of length approximately 2.5 mm are placed on a triangular-beam substrate. Each dipole is loaded with a small Schottky diode and connected to the external circuitry by high resistance ( 2 M 40%
) leads to reduce secondary pickups. The entire structure is then encapsulated with a low dielectric constant insulating material. The probe thus constructed has a very small diameter (4 mm), which results in a relatively small perturbation of the internal electric field. The probe is rated for frequencies up to 3 GHz for tissue-simulant media, but is presently used for system validation at frequencies in the 5 to 6 GHz range. Consequently, the probe had to be checked for square-law performance, and isotropy for use at these higher frequencies. 1. Test for Square-Law Region: It is necessary to operate the E-field probe in the square-
law region for each of the diodes so that the sum of the dc voltage outputs from the three dipoles is proportional to the square of the internal electric field
( E ) . Fortunately, the personal wireless devices such as the PCs induce SARs that are generally less than 5-6 W/kg even for closest locations to the body. For SAR measurements, it is, therefore, necessary that the E-field probe be checked for square-law behavior for SARs up to such values that are likely to be encountered. Such a test may be conducted using a canonical lossy body such as a rectangular box used here. By varying the radiated power of the waveguide, the output of the probe should increase linearly with the applied power for each of the test locations. 2 i Shown in Fig. 6a and b are the results of the tests performed to check the square-
law behavior of the E-field probe used in our setup at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. Used as the radiator is the WR 187 waveguide placed at a distance of 8 mm below the base of the planar phantom (10 mm below the bottom surface of the tissue-simulant fluid as recommended in [6]). 57 a. Test for square-law behavior at 5.25 GHz. b. Test for square-law behavior at 5.8 GHz. Fig. 6. Variation of the output voltage (proportional to normalized to 100 mW (20 dBm). 2 iE ) for different radiated powers 58 Since the dc voltage outputs of the probe are fairly similar when normalized to a radiated power of 100 mW, the square-law behavior is demonstrated and an output voltage that is proportional to iE is obtained within 2.2% both at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. 2 2. Test for Isotropy of the Probe: Another important characteristic of the probe that affects the measurement accuracy is its isotropy. Since the orientation of the induced electric field is generally unknown, the E-field probe should be relatively isotropic in its response to the orientation of the E-field. Shown in Fig. 7a and b are the test results of the E-field probe used in our setup at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. The E-field probe was rotated around its axis from 0-180 in incremental steps of 15. Because of the alternating nature of the fields, angles of and 180 + are identical, hence 0-165 rotation of the E-field probe was considered to be adequate to cover the entire 360 rotation of the probe. As seen in Fig. 7a and b, an isotropy of less than 0.18 dB
( 4.3%) was observed for this E-field probe both at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. 3. Calibration of the E-Field Probe: Since the voltage output of the E-field probe is proportional to the square of the internal electric field
( E ) , the SAR is, therefore, proportional to the voltage output of the E-field probe by a proportionality constant C. The constant C is defined as the calibration factor and is frequency and material dependent. It is measured to calibrate the probe at the various frequencies of interest using the appropriate tissue-simulating materials for the respective frequencies. 2 i 2.56 Canonical geometries such as waveguides, rectangular slabs, and layered or homogeneous spheres have, in the past, been used for the calibration of the implantable E-field probe [15-17] albeit at lower frequencies. Since the FDTD method has been carefully validated to solve electromagnetic problems for a variety of near-field exposure geometries [18], we were able to calibrate the Narda E-field probe by comparing the measured variations of the probe voltage (proportional to iE ) against the FDTD-
calculated variations of the SARs for the planar phantom of base thickness 2.0 mm
( r
) and internal dimensions 30.5 41.9 20 cm irradiated by the WR 187
=
waveguide placed below this phantom as previously described in Section. II. Shown in Figs. 6a, b and 7a, b are the comparisons between the experimentally measured and FDTD-calculated variations of the SAR distributions in the tissue-simulant fluid. Since there are excellent agreements between the calculated SARs and the measured variations of the voltage outputs of the E-field probe, it is possible to calculate the calibration factors at the respective frequencies by fitting the measured data to the FDTD-calculated results by means of the least mean-square error (LMSE) method. For the Narda Model 8021 E-field probe used in our setup, the calibration factor is determined to be 2.98
(mW/kg)/V 5% both at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. 2 59 a. 5.25 GHz. b. 5.8 GHz. Fig. 7. Test for isotropy. 60 V. Need for Extrapolation Because of the physical separation of the three orthogonal pickup dipoles from the tip of the E-field probe, the SAR measurements cannot be taken any closer than about 3 mm from the bottom surface of the phantom fluid. As given in Figs. 8 and 9, we have measured the SARs with 2 mm resolution at heights of 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 14 mm above the bottom surface of the phantom fluid. We have tried second-, third-, fourth-, and fifth-order polynomial least-square fits to extrapolate the measured data to obtain SARs closer to the bottom of the lossy fluid. As seen in Figs. 8 and 9, the second- and third-order polynomials underestimate the SARs while the fifth-order polynomial overestimates the SAR distribution. An excellent least-square fit to the numerically-calculated SAR variations is obtained by using a fourth-order polynomial to extrapolate the measured data both at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. After identifying the region of the highest SAR, the SAR distributions were measured with a finer resolution of 2 mm in order to obtain the peak 1cm or 1-g SAR. Here too, the SAR measurements were performed for the xy planes at heights z of 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, and 14 mm from the bottom surface of the body-simulant fluid. The SARs thus measured were extrapolated using a fourth-order least-square fit to the measured data to obtain values at 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9 mm height and used to obtain peak 1-g SARs. For a radiated power of 100 mW, the SARs thus obtained with 2 mm resolution for xy planes at heights z of 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9 mm for the peak SAR region of volume 10 10 10 mm were used to obtain peak 1-g SAR at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz, respectively. The experimentally-determined peak 1-g SARs for 100 mW of radiated power of 3.678 and 3.947 W/kg are extremely close to the FDTD-calculated 1-g SARs for this waveguide irradiator of 3.580 and 3.946 W/kg at 5.25 and 5.80 GHz, respectively. V. Conclusions We have developed an open-ended waveguide irradiation system for validation of the SAR measurement system and/or for E-field probe calibration in the 802.11a frequency band 5.15 to 5.825 GHz. A fourth-order polynomial least-square fit to the experimental data gives SAR variations close to the bottom surface of the phantom that are in excellent agreement with those obtained using the FDTD method. The experimentally-determined peak 1-g SARs are within 1 to 2 percent of those obtained using the FDTD numerical calculations. 3 61 Fig. 8. Comparison of the experimentally measured and FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth in the body-simulant planar phantom at 5.25 GHz. Also shown are the SARs extrapolated from experimental values to heights of 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9 mm above the bottom of the phantom using second-, third-, fourth-, and fifth-order least-square fit polynomials. Fig. 9. Comparison of the experimentally measured and FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth in the body-simulant planar phantom at 5.8 GHz. Also shown are the SARs extrapolated from experimental values to heights of 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9 mm above the bottom of the phantom using second-, third-, fourth-, and fifth-order least-square fit polynomials. 62 1. 2. 3. 5. 9. REFERENCES IEEE Std. C95.1, "IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz," Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Piscataway, NJ, 1999. ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection), "Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 GHz)", Health Physics, Vol. 74, pp. 494-522, 1998. IEEE Standards Coordinating Committee 34 Draft Standard, "Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques," Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2002. 4. CENELEC EN50361, "Basic Standard for Measurement of Specific Absorption Rate Related to Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields from Mobile Telephones (300-
MHz-3 GHz), CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, rue de Stassart 35, B-1050, Brussels, Belgium. IEC TC 106/PT62209, "Evaluation of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Fields from Handheld and Body-Mounted Wireless Communications Devices in the Frequency Range of 30 MHz to 6 GHz: Human Models, Instrumentation Procedures," Draft Standard in preparation, 2003. 6. U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC), "Additional Information for Evaluating Compliance of Mobile and Portable Devices with FCC Limits for Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Emissions," Supplement C Edition 01-01 to OET Bulletin 65 Edition 97-
01, June 2001. 7. A. Taflove (Ed.), Advances in Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite-Difference Time-Domain Method, Artech House, Boston, MA, 1998. 8. A. Taflove and S. C. Hagness, Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite-Difference Time-Domain Method, Artech House, Boston, MA, 2000. P. J. Dimbylow and S. M. Mann, "SAR Calculations in an Anatomically-Based Realistic Model of the Head for Mobile Communication Transceivers at 900 MHz and 1.8 GHz,"
Physics in Med. and Biol., Vol. 39, pp. 1537-1553, 1994. 10. O. P. Gandhi and J. Y. Chen, "Electromagnetic Absorption in the Human Head from Experimental 6 GHz Handheld Transceivers," IEEE Trans. on Electromag. Compat., Vol. 37, pp. 547-558, 1995. 11. M. A. Jensen and Y. Rahmat-Samii, "EM Interaction in Handset Antennas and a Human in Personal Communications," Proc. IEEE, Vol. 83, pp. 7-17, 1995. 63 12. M. Okoniewski and M. A. Stuchly, "A Study of Handset Antenna and Human Body Interaction, IEEE Trans. on Microwave Theory and Tech, Vol.. 44, pp. 1855-1864, 1996. 13. M. A. Stuchly and S. S. Stuchly, "Experimental Radio and Microwave Dosimetry, " in Handbook of Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Fields,, 2nd ed., C. Polk and E. Postow, Eds. Boca Raton, FL: CRC, pp. 295-336, 1996. 14. H. I. Bassen and G. S. Smith, "Electric Field Probes -- a Review," IEEE Trans. Antennas Propagat., Vol. AP-31, pp. 710-718, September 1983. 15. D. Hill, "Waveguide Techniques for the Calibration of Miniature Electric Field Probes for Use in Microwave Bioeffects Studies," IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., Vol. MTT-
30, pp. 92-94, 1982. 16. N. Kuster and Q. Balzano, "Energy Absorption Mechanism by Biological Bodies in the Near Field of Dipole Antennas Above 300 MHz," IEEE Trans. Veh. Technol., Vol. 41, pp. 17-23, February 1992. 17. M. A. Stuchly, S. S. Stuchly, and A. Kraszewski, "Implantable Electric Field Probes Some Performance Characteristics," IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., Vol. BME-31, pp. 526-
531, July 1984. 18. C. M. Furse, Q. S. Yu, and O. P. Gandhi, "Validation of the Finite-Difference Time-
Domain Method for Near-Field Bioelectromagnetic Simulations," Microwave and Optical Technology Letters, Vol. 16, pp. 341-345, 1997. 64 EFFECT OF DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES ON THE PEAK 1- AND 10-G SAR FOR 802.11 a/b/g FREQUENCIES 2.45 AND 5.15 TO 5.85 GHz Gang Kang, Senior Member, IEEE and Om P. Gandhi, Life Fellow, IEEE Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering University of Utah Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, U.S.A. APPENDIX E Abstract Compliance with 1- or 10-g SAR safety guidelines is required in various countries for all newly-introduced personal wireless devices such as Wi-Fi PCs. Even though the dielectric properties of the human tissues are known to be nonuniform and highly variable, relatively rigid adherence to prescribed dielectric properties ( r , ) is required for compliance testing of such devices. Using some typical near-field irradiators, we have examined the effect of dielectric properties for SAR measurement fluids with conductivities varying by 2:1 to show that both 1-
and 10-g SARs vary by less than 2-4% for the 802.11a band 5.15 to 5.825 GHz and only slightly more at the lower 802.11 b/g frequency of 2.45 GHz. This is due to higher surface SAR but shallower depth of penetration of EM fields for the higher conductivity media resulting in nearly identical SARs for cubical volumes associated with 1- or 10-g of tissue, respectively. Also studied is the effect of lower r fluids recommended in some standards which results in slightly higher and thus a conservative assessment of SAR. ________________________________ Accepted for publication in IEEE Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility. 65 EFFECT OF DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES ON THE PEAK 1- AND 10-G SAR FOR 802.11 a/b/g FREQUENCIES 2.45 AND 5.15 TO 5.85 GHz Gang Kang, Senior Member, IEEE and Om P. Gandhi, Life Fellow, IEEE I. Introduction Compliance with the safety guidelines such as those proposed by IEEE [1] ICNIRP [2], etc. is required by regulatory agencies in the United States and elsewhere for all newly-
introduced personal wireless devices such as Wi-Fi PCs, cellular telephones, etc. These safety guidelines are set in terms of maximum 1- or 10-g mass-normalized rates of electromagnetic energy deposition (specific absorption rates or SARs) for any 1- or 10-g of tissue. The two most commonly-used SAR limits today are those of IEEE [1] 1.6 W/kg for any 1 g of tissue, and ICNIRP [2] 2 W/kg for any 10 g of tissue, excluding extremities such as hands, wrists, feet, and ankles where higher SARs up to 4 W/kg for any 10 g of tissue are permitted in both of these standards. Experimental and numerical techniques using planar or head-shaped phantoms have been proposed for determining compliance with the SAR limits [3-5]. Dielectric properties
(dielectric constant r and conductivity ) for the tissue-simulant fluids have been prescribed in three standards based on the properties measured for the various tissues for humans and other mammals [6] and equivalency with the properties needed for a homogeneous planar model to properly represent absorption of incident plane waves to that for a skin-fat-muscle-skull-sclera-
CSF-brain layered planar model of a human [7]. In reality, the dielectric properties of the human tissues are highly nonuniform and likely variable with age as well [8]. Thus, dielectric constants and conductivities reported for the various tissues are highly variable and may vary by factors of 2:1 or more for some of the tissues
[9]. This paper focuses on the effect of the dielectric properties of the SAR measurement fluids on the peak 1- and 10-g SARs for a planar phantom typically used for compliance testing of wireless PCs and other body- or torso-mounted devices that typically operate at frequencies of 2.4-2.484 GHz (802.11 b/g systems) and in the 5 GHz band for frequencies of 5.15 to 5.35 and 5.745 to 5.825 GHz (802.11a systems). For a 2:1 or 100% variability in conductivity of the tissue-simulant fluid, the variation in peak 1- and 10-g SAR is less than 2-4% for the higher frequency band 5.15 to 5.825 GHz and only slightly higher for the lower 802.11 b/g wireless systems band of 2.45 GHz. The reason for this is the higher surface SAR but shallower depth of penetration of electromagnetic fields for the higher conductivity media which has the net effect of providing nearly identical SAR for volumes in the shape of a cube, of dimensions 1 or 2.154 cm associated with 1- or 10-g of tissue, respectively. Though relatively negligible at 2.45 GHz, it is shown that the effect of the changing dielectric constant r (instead of conductivity) is somewhat larger on both 1- and 10-g SARs for the 5-6 GHz band with the lower r phantom materials resulting in 10-12 percent higher SARs. Thus the lower r media recommended by IEC PT62209 [5] for the 5-6 GHz band may be used if a conservative determination of SAR is of interest. II. Assumed EM Sources The sources of microwave radiation typically used in wireless PCs are one or two dual band microstrip antennas either fabricated on an insertable wireless card or built into the base or at times behind the display screen of the PC. A wide variety of antenna dimensions and 66 locations are typically used. For the purpose of calculations of peak 1- or 10-g SARs, we have assumed a typical microstrip antenna (see Fig. 1) and a couple of additional sources of EM radiation that are recommended in the compliance standards [3-5] for SAR measurement system validation. The three EM sources thus selected are: a square microstrip antenna of dimensions 30 30 mm placed with a spacing of 4 mm above a ground plane of dimensions 40 40 mm, a nominal half wave dipole of length 51.5 mm and diameter 3.6 mm recommended for 2.45 GHz in [3, 4] and a WR187 open-ended rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions 4.75 2.21 cm that may be used in the frequency band 5.1 to 5.8 GHz for SAR system validation. As recommended in the compliance standards [3-5], these sources are assumed to be placed under a planar phantom of a relatively thin base of thickness 2.0 mm made of a lossless dielectric and of sufficiently large lateral dimensions to be able to ignore scattering from the edges of the planar box or the tissue-simulant lossy fluid used to fill this box to a depth of 15 cm (several times the depth of penetration of fields in the fluid so as to present a nearly infinitely deep medium to neglect reflections). For the present calculations using the finite-difference time-domain
(FDTD) numerical technique, we have used a planar phantom box of inside dimensions 30.5 41.9 20 cm made of acrylic ( r
) of base thickness 2.0 mm that is assumed to be filled with a tissue-simulant fluid of different dielectric properties ( r, ) up to a depth of 15 cm. As recommended in the compliance standards [3-5], each of the three aforementioned sources of EM fields; namely, the microstrip antenna, the half-wave dipole or the open-ended rectangular waveguide, are assumed to be placed at a distance of 8.0 mm below the base of the planar phantom, resulting in a separation of 10 mm to the bottom level of the tissue-simulant fluid. A microstrip antenna is generally mounted in the base of a wireless portable computer (PC) which is tested for above-lap placement for one of the configurations. Thus, the ground plate of dimensions 40 40 mm for the assumed microstrip antenna is placed at a distance of 8 mm below the base of the planar phantom. The microstrip of dimensions 30 30 mm is assumed to be printed on a substrate of dielectric constant and thickness 4 mm. 2.56
=
2.56
=
r 30 x 30 Patch 40 x 40 Ground plane 1 Substrate r 4 0.5 Fig. 1. A square patch microstrip antenna typical of wireless PCs. All dimensions are in mm. 67
/10 III. The Finite-Difference Time-Domain Method The method used for SAR distributions is the well-established finite-difference time-
domain (FDTD) method. This method described in several texts [10, 11] has been used successfully by various researchers [12-15] and, therefore, would not be described here in any detail. For the FDTD calculations, we used a cell size 0.5 0.5 0.5 mm both at 2.45 GHz and for the two representative frequencies of 5.25 and 5.80 GHz in the 5-6 GHz band. This was done to meet the requirement in the lossy tissue-simulant fluid as well as in recognition of the fact that the depth of penetration s in the fluid is fairly small being on the order of 13-26 mm at 2450 MHz and less than 5-9 mm for the 5 GHz band. The dielectric properties ( r, ) assumed for the "tissue-simulant" fluids for the two calculation bands are those given in the various compliance standards and conductivities that are 75% or 150% of those suggested in the various standards [3-5]. r , taken for various frequencies are given in Table 1. The dielectric properties are those suggested by the FCC OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C [16] and IEC TC 106/PT62209 [5] and SAR measurement fluids that may have conductivities that are 0.75 or 1.5 times those suggested for the flat body-simulant phantom in [5, 16]. Thus a 2:1 variation of conductivities is assumed for the SAR measuring fluid of the flat phantom. IV. Calculated 1- and 10-g SARs As recommended in the IEEE [1] and CENELEC [4] Standards, the peak 1- and 10-g SARs are calculated using cubes of dimensions 10 or 21.5 mm, respectively. Given in Tables 1 and 2 also are the peak 1- or 10-g SARs thus calculated for the various tissue-simulant fluids and several near-field irradiation systems at a number of frequencies typical of Wi-Fi PCs. Important points to note from the results of Tables 1 and 2 are as follows:
The values of 1. For a 2:1 variation in conductivity of the tissue-simulant fluids, the variation in peak 1-
and 10-g SARs is within 2-4% for frequencies in the 802.11a 5 GHz band e.g. 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. The variation in peak 1- or 10-g SAR is higher at the lower frequency of 2.45 GHz. However, there is a move to harmonize the various compliance standards in terms of the peak 10- rather than 1-g SARs. For a 2:1 variation in the conductivity, the variation in peak 10-g SAR at 2.45 GHz is within 10%. 2. The effect of lower dielectric constant r recommended by IEC PT62209 [5] is relatively small at 2.45 GHz ( 4 %) but is somewhat higher for the 5-6 GHz band. Both the 1- and 10-g SARs are higher by up to 10-12 percent for the 5 GHz band for the lower dielectric constant tissue-simulant fluids recommended by IEC PT62209 [5] as compared to those suggested in FCC OET Bulletin 65 [14]. The result of a relatively negligible variation of peak 1- and 10-g SAR in spite of a 2:1 change in conductivity is very surprising, since as expected, there is a highly variable penetration of EM energy into the different conductivity tissue-simulant fluids as seen in Tables 1, 2 and Figs. 2-5, respectively. As expected, somewhat deeper penetration is observed for lower 68 conductivity fluids and increasingly shallower penetration is observed as the conductivity is increased both at 2.45 GHz and at frequencies in the 5-6 GHz band (see Tables 1, 2). Also to be noticed in Figs. 2-5 are the higher surface SARs for the higher conductivity fluids which tend to compensate for the shallower penetration of fields in such fluids. This is the reason for relatively constant 1- and 10-g SARs in spite of the wide variation of the conductivity of the media. Table 1. Assumed dielectric properties (r , ) taken for frequencies 2.45, 5.25, and 5.80 GHz and the FDTD-calculated peak 1- and 10-g SARs for some typical near-field radiators. The irradiators are assumed to be placed 10 mm below the bottom surface of the tissue-simulant fluid in a flat phantom of base thickness 2 mm with (r =
2.56). Radiated Power = 100 mW. Frequenc y GHz Near Field Radiator r 52.7 39.2 48.9 35.9 48.2 35.3 2.45 Dipole 5.25 Waveguide Waveguide 5.80 Assumed Dielectric Properties Reference FCC, body [16]
FCC, body [16]
IEC/FCC, head [5]
(S/m) 1.46 Lower @ 75% of FCC 1.95 2.93 Higher @ 150% of FCC 1.35 Lower @ 75% of IEC 1.80 2.70 Higher @ 150% of IEC 4.02 Lower @ 75% of FCC 5.36 8.04 Higher @ 150% of FCC 3.53 Lower @ 75% of IEC 4.71 7.07 Higher @ 150% of IEC 4.50 Lower @ 75% of FCC 6.00 9.00 Higher @ 150% of FCC 3.95 Lower @ 75% of IEC 5.27 7.91 Higher @ 150% of IEC IEC/FCC, head [5]
IEC/FCC, head [5]
FCC, body [16]
1/e2 Depth of Power Penetration
(mm) 18.1 14.6 10.7 16.9 13.7 10.1 8.9 6.8 4.6 8.7 6.7 4.6 7.9 6.0 4.1 7.7 5.9 4.1 1-g SAR
(W/kg) 4.34 5.13 6.13 4.41 5.18 6.14 3.37 3.57 3.63 3.79 3.99 4.02 3.79 3.95 3.94 4.26 4.42 4.36 10-g SAR
(W/kg) 2.12 2.32 2.48 2.16 2.35 2.49 1.44 1.44 1.42 1.61 1.61 1.57 1.59 1.58 1.54 1.77 1.76 1.70 69 Table 2. Assumed dielectric properties (r, ) taken for frequencies 2.45, 5.25, and 5.80 GHz and the FDTD-calculated peak 1- and 10-g SARs for a typical microstrip antenna of dimensions 30 30 mm placed 4 mm above a ground plane of dimensions 40 40 mm (see Fig. 1). As required by the compliance standards [5, 16], the ground plane of the microstrip antenna is assumed to be 10 mm below the bottom surface of the tissue-simulant fluid (microstrip at 14.5 mm below the fluid). Radiated Power = 100 mW. 1/e2 Depth of Power Penetration
(mm) 25.2 19.0 13.2 23.4 18.3 11.6 9.2 7.0 4.7 9.0 6.8 4.6 8.0 6.0 4.1 7.7 5.9 4.1 1-g SAR
(W/kg) 2.26 2.71 3.37 2.36 2.82 3.60 1.52 1.60 1.62 1.57 1.64 1.66 1.96 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.10 2.09 10-g SAR
(W/kg) 1.43 1.57 1.72 1.47 1.61 1.77 0.52 0.51 0.50 0.53 0.53 0.51 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.60 0.59 0.56 Frequency GHz Assumed Dielectric Properties r
(S/m) 52.7 39.2 48.9 35.9 48.2 35.3 2.45 5.25 5.80 1.46 1.95 2.93 1.35 1.80 2.70 4.02 5.36 8.04 3.53 4.71 7.07 4.50 6.00 9.00 3.95 5.27 7.91 70 10 15 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) Fig. 2. The dipole antenna. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth for the various tissue-simulant media at 2.45 GHz.
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 5
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 71
= 52.7, = 2.93 r
= 52.7, = 1.95 r
= 52.7, = 1.46 r 20 25
= 48.2, = 9.00 r
= 48.2, = 6.00 r
= 48.2, = 4.50 r 16 18 20 14 6 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) 10 12 8 Fig. 3. The rectangular waveguide radiator. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth for the various tissue-simulant media at 5.8 GHz. 10 15 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) Fig. 4. The microstrip antenna. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth for the various tissue-simulant media at 2.45 GHz. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 0 0 5 12 10 8 6 4 2
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 0 0 2 4
= 52.7, = 2.93 r
= 52.7, = 1.95 r
= 52.7, = 1.46 r 20 25
= 48.2, = 9.00 r
= 48.2, = 6.00 r
= 48.2, = 4.50 r 16 18 20 Fig. 5. The microstrip antenna. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variation of the SAR with depth for the various tissue-simulant media at 5.8 GHz. 14 6 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) 10 12 8 72 V. Comparison with Plane Wave Exposures The above results are easy to understand when one looks at the peak 1- and 10-g SARs for plane waves incident normally at a semi-infinite slab of tissue-simulant fluid of variable dielectric properties. Given in Table 3 are some of the salient parameters and the peak 1- and 10-g SARs calculated for plane waves that are incident normal to a semi-infinite slab of dielectric properties similar to those of tissue-simulant media. Unlike the case of near-field exposure systems in Tables 1 and 2, closed-form analytical expressions given in the following may be used for this case of plane waves. Table 3. Calculated skin depths, power transmission coefficients, and peak 1- and 10-g SARs for plane waves of power density 1 mW/cm2 for normal incidence on a semi-
infinite slab of tissue-simulant media of different assumed dielectric properties at 2.45, 5.25 and 5.80 GHz. Assumed Dielectric Properties r
(S/m) Frequency GHz 2.45 5.25 5.80 52.7 39.2 48.9 35.9 48.2 35.3 Skin Depth
(mm) 26.5 19.9 13.4 24.8 18.7 12.7 9.3 7.0 4.8 9.1 6.9 4.7 8.3 6.3 4.3 8.1 6.1 4.2 Power Transmission Coefficient TT*
0.42 0.42 0.41 0.47 0.46 0.45 0.43 0.42 0.41 0.48 0.47 0.44 0.43 0.42 0.41 0.48 0.47 0.44 1-g SAR
(W/kg) 0.22 0.26 0.32 0.26 0.30 0.35 0.38 0.40 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.44 0.39 0.41 0.40 0.44 0.45 0.44 10-g SAR
(W/kg) 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.22 0.22 0.21 1.46 1.95 2.93 1.35 1.80 2.70 4.02 5.36 8.04 3.53 4.71 7.07 4.50 6.00 9.00 3.95 5.27 7.91 73 constant at radian frequency can be written as:
For a lossy slab of dielectric constant r and conductivity , the complex dielectric
=
r j o j
=
r
(1) The propagation constant in the lossy medium can be written as j attenuation constant and propagation constant can be written as follows [17]:
= + where the
=
o r 2
=
o r 2 2 1
+
r 1/ 2 1 2
+
1
+
r 1/ 2 1
(2)
(3) The skin depth interface is given by s is given by 1/ and the complex reflection coefficient at the air-slab
=
(4) 1 1
+
incS mW / cm , the peak 1- and 10-g SARs in mW/g or 2
(1
)
= . For an incident power density The power transmission coefficient is given by TT W/kg are given by the following equations:
with an advantage that a physical insight into the results is now possible. 4.64 1 e 10 Peak 10-g SAR =
Peak 1-g SAR =
) TT S
) TT S W/kg 1 e 4.309 /
2 /
s inc inc
(
(
s W/kg As for the case of the assumed near-field irradiators, here too, the results are very similar 1. For a 2:1 increase in conductivity of the SAR measurement fluid, the variation in peak 10-g SAR is relatively small and generally within 2.5% for all of the frequencies in the band 5.25 to 5.8 GHz (see Table 3). However, for the lower frequency of 2.45 GHz, there is a somewhat higher variation in peak 1-g SAR ( 23%) and a considerably lower variation on the order of 5-6% for the peak 10-g SAR. The reason for such a small variation is that the power transmission coefficient varies very little with conductivity of the fluid particularly for the higher dielectric constant media. All of the power thus coupled into the tissue-simulant medium is absorbed by the 10-g averaging volume, particularly for the 5-6 GHz band, since the depth of penetration is only on the order of 4-
9 mm as seen in Table 3. In fact, the peak 10-g SAR given in the last column of Table 3
(5)
(6) 74 at the higher frequencies of 5.25 and 5.8 GHz is nothing but the power coupled into a surface area of 2.154 cm 2.154 cm or 4.64 cm2 divided by 10 g. 2. Similar to the cases of the near-field irradiators of Tables 1 and 2, the peak 1- and 10-g SARs for plane waves for the lower dielectric constant ( r ) media recommended by IEC r media recommended in TC 106/PT62209 are slightly higher than those for the higher FCC OET Bulletin 65 [16]. As seen in Table 3, this is due to somewhat higher power transmission coefficients for the media with lower dielectric constants. VI. Conclusions We have examined the effect of dielectric properties ( r , ) of SAR measuring tissue-
simulant media on the peak 1- and 10-g SARs both for near-field sources and for plane waves since the dielectric properties reported for the various tissues are highly variable. For a 2:1 variability in the conductivity of tissue-simulant fluid, the variation in peak 1- and 10-g SAR is negligible within 2-4% for the 5 to 6 GHz band and only slightly larger on the order of 10%
for the 2.45 GHz band, particularly for the all-important 10-g SAR. Thus, an exact match to the conductivities or the dielectric constant recommended in the various compliance standards is not really necessary as far as determination of 1- or 10-g SARs is concerned. This is important since tissue dielectric properties are known to be highly nonuniform and considerably variable between individuals [9]. Both the 1- and 10-g SARs are, however, higher by about 10-12% for the lower r media recommended by IEC TC 106/PT62209 [5], which may, therefore, be used if a conservative determination of SAR is of interest. 75 1. 2. 3. 5. REFERENCES IEEE Std. C95.1, "IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz," Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Piscataway, NJ, 1999. ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection), "Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 GHz)", Health Physics, Vol. 74, pp. 494-522, 1998. IEEE Standards Coordinating Committee 34, "Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques," Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Draft Standard, 2003. 4. CENELEC EN50361, "Basic Standard for Measurement of Specific Absorption Rate Related to Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields from Mobile Telephones (300-
MHz-3 GHz), CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, rue de Stassart 35, B-1050, Brussels, Belgium, 2001. IEC TC 106/PT62209, "Evaluation of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Fields from Handheld and Body-Mounted Wireless Communications Devices in the Frequency Range of 30 MHz to 6 GHz: Human Models, Instrumentation Procedures," Draft Standard in preparation, 2003. 6. C. Gabriel, "Compilation of the Dielectric Properties of Body Tissues at RF and Microwave Frequencies," Report AL/OE-TR-1996-0037, Armstrong Laboratory (AFMC), Radiofrequency Radiation Division, Brooks AFB, TX (www.brooks.af.mil/AFRL/HED/
hedr/reports/dielectric/home.html). 7. A. Drossos, V. Santomaa, and N. Kuster, "The Dependence of Electromagnetic Energy Absorption Upon Human Head Tissue Composition in the Frequency Range of 300-3000 MHz," IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Vol. 48(11), pp. 1988-
1995, November 2000. 8. A Peyman, A. A. Rezazadeh, and C. Gabriel, "Changes in the Dielectric Properties of Rat Tissue as a Function of Age at Microwave Frequencies," Physics in Medicine and Biology, Vol. 46, pp. 1617-1629, 2001. 9. M. A. Stuchly and S. S. Stuchly, "Dielectric Properties of Biological Substances Tabulated," Jour. Microwave Power, Vol. 15, pp. 19-26, 1980. 10. A. Taflove (Ed.), Advances in Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite-Difference Time-Domain Method, Artech House, Boston, MA, 1998. 11. A. Taflove and S. C. Hagness, Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite-Difference Time-Domain Method, Artech House, Boston, MA, 2000. 76 12. P. J. Dimbylow and S. M. Mann, "SAR Calculations in an Anatomically-Based Realistic Model of the Head for Mobile Communication Transceivers at 900 MHz and 1.8 GHz,"
Physics in Med. and Biol., Vol. 39, pp. 1537-1553, 1994. 13. O. P. Gandhi and J. Y. Chen, "Electromagnetic Absorption in the Human Head from Experimental 6 GHz Handheld Transceivers," IEEE Trans. on Electromag. Compat., Vol. 37, pp. 547-558, 1995. 14. M. A. Jensen and Y. Rahmat-Samii, "EM Interaction in Handset Antennas and a Human in Personal Communications," Proc. IEEE, Vol. 83, pp. 7-17, 1995. 15. M. Okoniewski and M. A. Stuchly, "A Study of Handset Antenna and Human Body Interaction, IEEE Trans. on Microwave Theory and Tech, Vol.. 44, pp. 1855-1864, 1996. 16. U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC), Supplement C (Edition 01-01) to OET Bulletin 65 (Edition 97-01), "Additional Information for Evaluating Compliance of Mobile and Portable Devices with FCC Limits for Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Radiation,"
June 2001 (www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#65) 17. C. A. Balanis, Advanced Engineering Electromagnetics, John Wiley & Sons, 1989. 77 APPENDIX F Uncertainty Analysis The uncertainty analysis of the University of Utah SAR Measurement System is given in Table F.1. Several of the numbers on tolerances are obtained by following procedures similar to those detailed in [3], while others have been obtained using methods suggested in [5]. 78 Table F.1. Uncertainty analysis of the University of Utah SAR Measurement System. i 11 7 Standard Unc. iu
%
2.0 1.6 0.0 0.5 1.7 0.6 1.0 0.0 0.3 0 0.3 1.2 2.9 1.7 1.7 2.9 5.8 0.2 0.6 0.3 1.2 8.3 16.6 Uncertainty Component Uncertainty Value
%
Probability Distribution Divisor iC 1-g
(1-cp)1/2 1 cp 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 Measurement System Probe calibration Axial isotropy of the probe Hemispherical isotropy of the probe Boundary effect Probe linearity System detection limits Readout electronics Response time Integration time RF ambient conditions Probe positioner mechanical tolerance Probe positioning with respect to phantom shell Extrapolation, interpolation, & integration algorithms for maximum SAR evaluation Test Sample Related Device positioning Device holder uncertainty Output power variation SAR drift measurement Phantom and Tissue Parameters Phantom uncertainty base thickness tolerance Liquid conductivity deviation from target values Liquid conductivity measurement uncertainty Liquid permittivity deviation from target values Liquid permittivity measurement uncertainty Combined Standard Uncertainty Expanded Uncertainty
(95% Confidence Level) N R R R R R N R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RSS 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2.0 4.0 5.5 0.8 3.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.5 0 0.5 2.0 5.0 3 3 5 10.0 0.4 1.5 0.8 3.5 79 APPENDIX G COARSE SCANS FOR THE HIGHEST SAR REGION FOR THE AMBIT MODEL T60H 677.03 802.11a MINI PCI BUILT INTO ACER TRAVELMATE 660 NOTEBOOK COMPUTER (FCC ID# MCLT60H6773) Fig. G.1. Above-lap position (Configuration 1). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. Frequency = 5.20 GHz, normal mode. 80 Table G.1. Above-lap position (Configuration 1). Normal mode at 5.20 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. 1-g SAR = 0.033 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.042 0.046 0.045 0.042 0.047 0.047 0.051 0.052 0.053 0.051 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.038 0.039 0.038 0.040 0.041 0.038 0.039 0.041 0.041 0.041 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.033 0.032 0.030 0.034 0.034 0.032 0.033 0.033 0.032 0.032 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.027 0.026 0.023 0.028 0.027 0.027 0.028 0.026 0.025 0.027 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.023 0.023 0.020 0.023 0.023 0.024 0.024 0.023 0.021 0.023 0.041 0.042 0.059 0.050 0.040 0.035 0.035 0.041 0.039 0.038 0.029 0.029 0.032 0.030 0.032 0.024 0.024 0.028 0.025 0.026 0.022 0.022 0.024 0.021 0.022 0.041 0.047 0.040 0.047 0.039 0.035 0.039 0.037 0.039 0.036 0.029 0.030 0.031 0.031 0.031 0.024 0.024 0.025 0.026 0.027 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.022 0.024 0.043 0.042 0.054 0.056 0.049 0.036 0.040 0.042 0.043 0.041 0.032 0.033 0.032 0.034 0.033 0.028 0.027 0.025 0.027 0.027 0.025 0.022 0.021 0.023 0.023 81 82 Fig. G.2. Above-lap position (Configuration 1). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. Frequency = 5.33 GHz, normal mode. Table G.2. Above-lap position (Configuration 1). Normal mode at 5.33 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. 1-g SAR = 0.030 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.055 0.030 0.062 0.059 0.037 0.046 0.049 0.048 0.039 0.043 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.035 0.030 0.035 0.034 0.029 0.031 0.030 0.033 0.030 0.027 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.027 0.026 0.025 0.025 0.022 0.024 0.021 0.026 0.026 0.020 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.024 0.022 0.023 0.022 0.017 0.020 0.017 0.022 0.023 0.018 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.022 0.020 0.022 0.022 0.015 0.019 0.016 0.020 0.022 0.018 0.041 0.075 0.051 0.066 0.048 0.032 0.042 0.035 0.036 0.034 0.025 0.028 0.026 0.024 0.027 0.020 0.023 0.021 0.021 0.024 0.017 0.021 0.018 0.020 0.022 0.059 0.070 0.058 0.042 0.032 0.039 0.040 0.035 0.034 0.029 0.028 0.027 0.024 0.027 0.024 0.024 0.023 0.020 0.022 0.021 0.022 0.022 0.018 0.019 0.018 0.051 0.038 0.043 0.066 0.032 0.035 0.033 0.032 0.035 0.028 0.024 0.028 0.024 0.024 0.025 0.018 0.023 0.020 0.022 0.023 0.017 0.021 0.018 0.023 0.021 83 84 Fig. G.3. Above-lap position (Configuration 1). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. Frequency = 5.81 GHz, normal mode. Table G.3. Above-lap position (Configuration 1). Normal mode at 5.81 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. 1-g SAR = 0.035 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.053 0.053 0.042 0.055 0.049 0.047 0.043 0.035 0.046 0.052 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.041 0.041 0.037 0.039 0.040 0.045 0.037 0.035 0.037 0.036 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.036 0.034 0.033 0.033 0.035 0.040 0.033 0.031 0.032 0.029 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.034 0.032 0.031 0.031 0.033 0.036 0.031 0.028 0.030 0.026 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.032 0.030 0.030 0.031 0.032 0.035 0.030 0.025 0.028 0.026 0.044 0.036 0.034 0.040 0.044 0.041 0.033 0.034 0.035 0.032 0.036 0.030 0.033 0.033 0.028 0.033 0.028 0.032 0.032 0.027 0.032 0.027 0.031 0.031 0.026 0.056 0.048 0.043 0.056 0.044 0.041 0.038 0.034 0.038 0.034 0.034 0.033 0.030 0.029 0.031 0.031 0.030 0.029 0.026 0.029 0.031 0.029 0.029 0.024 0.028 0.069 0.041 0.037 0.057 0.033 0.049 0.035 0.032 0.039 0.031 0.039 0.031 0.029 0.033 0.030 0.035 0.029 0.028 0.033 0.029 0.034 0.028 0.027 0.032 0.027 85 86 Fig. G.4. End-on position (Configuration 3). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. Frequency = 5.20 GHz, normal mode. Table G.4. End-on position (Configuration 3). Normal mode at 5.20 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. 1-g SAR = 0.399 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.915 0.980 0.934 0.835 0.680 1.100 1.178 1.058 0.918 0.722 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.498 0.532 0.510 0.444 0.366 0.554 0.610 0.583 0.493 0.380 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.262 0.281 0.279 0.235 0.199 0.273 0.314 0.310 0.260 0.203 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.140 0.154 0.161 0.133 0.120 0.147 0.177 0.168 0.146 0.120 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.082 0.096 0.102 0.087 0.083 0.094 0.115 0.103 0.096 0.079 0.993 1.152 1.279 1.099 0.805 0.510 0.607 0.641 0.554 0.418 0.257 0.311 0.311 0.270 0.213 0.140 0.166 0.159 0.140 0.116 0.090 0.100 0.094 0.086 0.075 0.775 1.093 1.081 1.006 0.762 0.424 0.536 0.557 0.496 0.375 0.229 0.258 0.271 0.242 0.183 0.131 0.136 0.136 0.130 0.100 0.085 0.087 0.081 0.082 0.064 1.022 1.220 1.130 1.050 0.763 0.543 0.635 0.618 0.550 0.412 0.282 0.324 0.323 0.280 0.218 0.153 0.175 0.170 0.150 0.122 0.094 0.110 0.099 0.094 0.081 87 88 Fig. G.5. End-on position (Configuration 3). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. Frequency = 5.33 GHz, normal mode. Table G.5. End-on position (Configuration 3). Normal mode at 5.33 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. 1-g SAR = 0.530 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.923 1.175 1.063 1.009 1.033 1.062 1.414 1.554 1.607 1.302 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.491 0.594 0.583 0.548 0.535 0.561 0.742 0.809 0.802 0.689 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.255 0.287 0.296 0.277 0.270 0.285 0.373 0.400 0.385 0.350 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.137 0.144 0.144 0.134 0.143 0.149 0.190 0.199 0.191 0.177 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.082 0.083 0.079 0.070 0.086 0.087 0.108 0.109 0.105 0.095 1.203 1.720 1.833 1.739 1.400 0.614 0.862 0.894 0.837 0.715 0.298 0.404 0.408 0.374 0.344 0.149 0.190 0.189 0.169 0.166 0.087 0.102 0.100 0.091 0.093 0.950 1.192 1.153 0.997 1.063 0.491 0.598 0.598 0.538 0.536 0.247 0.284 0.289 0.271 0.264 0.131 0.138 0.138 0.131 0.138 0.078 0.078 0.076 0.068 0.084 1.289 1.810 2.026 1.930 1.695 0.659 0.904 0.973 0.940 0.823 0.324 0.427 0.437 0.432 0.376 0.165 0.205 0.201 0.202 0.176 0.094 0.111 0.109 0.108 0.097 89 90 Fig. G.6. End-on position (Configuration 3). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. Frequency = 5.81 GHz, normal mode. Table G.6. End-on position (Configuration 3). Normal mode at 5.81 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 right-side antenna A. 1-g SAR = 0.233 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.239 0.257 0.277 0.326 0.260 0.348 0.438 0.425 0.357 0.304 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.202 0.219 0.216 0.212 0.205 0.258 0.288 0.292 0.270 0.242 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.177 0.186 0.179 0.166 0.175 0.204 0.209 0.213 0.205 0.200 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.161 0.162 0.157 0.151 0.161 0.173 0.171 0.170 0.163 0.173 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.154 0.146 0.143 0.144 0.156 0.155 0.153 0.149 0.144 0.156 0.435 0.470 0.605 0.473 0.299 0.281 0.310 0.353 0.340 0.233 0.209 0.215 0.221 0.240 0.192 0.177 0.166 0.161 0.177 0.169 0.160 0.145 0.139 0.148 0.158 0.328 0.419 0.437 0.358 0.305 0.235 0.264 0.288 0.288 0.205 0.187 0.183 0.204 0.223 0.165 0.165 0.148 0.162 0.174 0.155 0.154 0.136 0.145 0.144 0.155 0.375 0.501 0.495 0.460 0.359 0.279 0.321 0.334 0.308 0.244 0.217 0.222 0.232 0.217 0.190 0.179 0.172 0.173 0.168 0.169 0.158 0.150 0.144 0.146 0.162 91 92 Fig. G.7. End-on position (Configuration 3). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 left-side antenna B. Frequency = 5.20 GHz, normal mode. Table G.7. End-on position (Configuration 3). Normal mode at 5.20 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 left-side antenna B. 1-g SAR = 0.100 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.206 0.261 0.249 0.198 0.132 0.222 0.232 0.227 0.254 0.173 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.108 0.123 0.121 0.106 0.094 0.115 0.124 0.124 0.136 0.107 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.068 0.065 0.067 0.064 0.064 0.067 0.069 0.074 0.076 0.067 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.054 0.046 0.048 0.048 0.045 0.049 0.048 0.051 0.049 0.046 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.049 0.040 0.039 0.042 0.037 0.043 0.043 0.041 0.038 0.036 0.222 0.246 0.242 0.184 0.264 0.115 0.126 0.133 0.121 0.129 0.063 0.072 0.077 0.079 0.071 0.043 0.052 0.051 0.052 0.053 0.037 0.044 0.041 0.039 0.047 0.262 0.250 0.198 0.248 0.122 0.120 0.130 0.122 0.137 0.102 0.063 0.076 0.075 0.079 0.068 0.048 0.054 0.049 0.052 0.043 0.045 0.043 0.036 0.041 0.035s 0.190 0.244 0.314 0.235 0.130 0.103 0.141 0.145 0.130 0.095 0.059 0.085 0.073 0.076 0.067 0.040 0.058 0.048 0.051 0.049 0.034 0.048 0.039 0.042 0.040 93 94 Fig. G.8. End-on position (Configuration 3). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 left-side antenna B. Frequency = 5.33 GHz, normal mode. Table G.8. End-on position (Configuration 3). Normal mode at 5.33 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 left-side antenna B. 1-g SAR = 0.064 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.119 0.104 0.116 0.125 0.101 0.110 0.161 0.126 0.127 0.093 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.087 0.071 0.076 0.079 0.074 0.082 0.084 0.080 0.075 0.059 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.066 0.053 0.054 0.058 0.059 0.066 0.054 0.059 0.052 0.046 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.053 0.043 0.043 0.049 0.050 0.058 0.045 0.051 0.042 0.043 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.045 0.038 0.040 0.045 0.044 0.052 0.042 0.047 0.037 0.042 0.119 0.100 0.115 0.085 0.079 0.076 0.070 0.070 0.061 0.066 0.055 0.053 0.045 0.047 0.055 0.045 0.044 0.033 0.040 0.046 0.042 0.040 0.027 0.037 0.040 0.089 0.125 0.105 0.116 0.087 0.073 0.074 0.059 0.075 0.061 0.058 0.049 0.044 0.056 0.045 0.046 0.039 0.042 0.048 0.035 0.038 0.037 0.042 0.044 0.031 0.119 0.112 0.124 0.092 0.087 0.080 0.076 0.073 0.060 0.063 0.056 0.055 0.048 0.047 0.049 0.043 0.045 0.037 0.042 0.042 0.037 0.040 0.034 0.039 0.038 95 96 Fig. G.9. End-on position (Configuration 3). Coarse scan for the highest SAR region for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 left-side antenna B. Frequency = 5.81 GHz, normal mode. Table G.9. End-on position (Configuration 3). Normal mode at 5.81 GHz. The SARs measured for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 left-side antenna B. 1-g SAR = 0.064 W/kg a. At depth of 1 mm 0.104 0.118 0.089 0.107 0.125 0.122 0.147 0.176 0.089 0.102 b. At depth of 3 mm 0.077 0.076 0.072 0.065 0.067 0.081 0.084 0.089 0.064 0.062 c. At depth of 5 mm 0.056 0.053 0.054 0.044 0.042 0.052 0.052 0.052 0.046 0.042 d. At depth of 7 mm 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.034 0.035 0.036 0.039 0.039 0.036 0.035 e. At depth of 9 mm 0.034 0.036 0.034 0.031 0.034 0.031 0.034 0.036 0.031 0.033 0.137 0.174 0.149 0.103 0.121 0.083 0.090 0.079 0.069 0.065 0.055 0.055 0.048 0.050 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.037 0.041 0.036 0.039 0.038 0.033 0.038 0.032 0.128 0.126 0.129 0.145 0.045 0.083 0.081 0.069 0.074 0.054 0.059 0.053 0.040 0.047 0.044 0.046 0.039 0.028 0.038 0.031 0.040 0.033 0.024 0.035 0.026 0.096 0.126 0.193 0.125 0.113 0.073 0.084 0.092 0.063 0.068 0.053 0.056 0.051 0.038 0.048 0.040 0.041 0.039 0.031 0.039 0.034 0.035 0.035 0.028 0.034 97 APPENDIX H VARIATION OF SAR AS A FUNCTION OF DEPTH Z IN THE LIQUID FOR LOCATIONS OF THE HIGHEST SAR (FROM TABLES F.1 TO F.9) 0.1 0.09 0.08 0.07
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0 0 1 2 3 98 4 5 6 Depth Z in the liquid (mm) Fig. H.1. Right-side Antenna A. Above-lap, Configuration 1. Plot of the SAR variation as a function of depth Z in the liquid for locations of the highest SAR for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 802.11a Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer (from Tables G.1 to G.3). 5.20 GHz Normal Mode 5.33 GHz Normal Mode 5.81 GHz Normal Mode 7 8 9 10 2.5 2
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 1.5 1 0.5 0 0 1 2 3 5.20 GHz Normal Mode 5.33 GHz Normal Mode 5.81 GHz Normal Mode 7 8 9 10 4 5 6 Depth Z in the liquid (mm) Fig. H.2. Right-side Antenna A. End-on, Configuration 3. Plot of the SAR variation as a function of depth Z in the liquid for locations of the highest SAR for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 802.11a Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer (from Tables G.4 to G.6). 99 5.20 GHz Normal Mode 5.33 GHz Normal Mode 5.81 GHz Normal Mode 7 8 9 10
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 0 1 2 3 100 4 5 6 Depth Z in the liquid (mm) Fig. H.3. Left-side Antenna B. End-on, Configuration 3. Plot of the SAR variation as a function of depth Z in the liquid for locations of the highest SAR for the Ambit Model T60H 677.03 802.11a Mini PCI built into Acer TravelMate 660 Notebook Computer (from Tables G.7 to G.9).
1 2 3 4 | Confidential Request Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 124.95 KiB | September 10 2003 |
AMBIT Microsystems Corporation Taipei Branch: 4-1 Ming-Sheng St., Tu-Cheng Industrial Area, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL:+886-2-2267 6511 FAX:+886-2-2267 6512 Federal Communication Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request regarding application for certification of FCC ID:MCLT60H6773 Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, we hereby request confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outline below:
1. Technical Specification 2. Schematics 3. Block Diagram The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these material may be harmful to the applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The applicant understands that pursuant to Section 0.457 of the Rules, disclosure of this application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely Signature:
Name: Nancy Lin RD Specilist Ambit Microsystems Corp.
1 2 3 4 | Operational Description | Operational Description | 211.76 KiB |
COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5F-1, 5 Hsin-An Rd. Hsinchu Science-Based Ind. Park Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL: +886-3-578-4975 Fax: +886-3-577-5100 802.11a/b/g MiniPCI Module Project Number: T60H677.03 Theory of Operations Reviewed by Prepared by Michael Robinson Atheros Communications, Inc. For Ambit Microsystems Corporation Approved by COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 0. REVISION HISTORY..................................................................................................................................................3 1. INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................................................................4 2 FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................................................4 3 FUNCTIONAL HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................................4 4 HARDWARE ARCHITECTURE ................................................................................................................................5 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 0. Revision History Date Feb 7, 2003 Change Note REV Note 1st Rev. 0 COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 1. Introduction Project Name: 802.11a/b/g MiniPCI Module Project Number: T60H677.03 This documentation describes the Theory of Operations of the 802.11a/b/g MiniPCI Module. It is a confidential document of AMBIT. 2 Function Wireless LAN Function o 802.11a circuit of MiniPCI Module compatible with IEEE 802.11a standard o 802.11g circuit of MiniPCI Module compatible with IEEE 802.11g high rate draft standard to provide wireless Ethernet speeds of 54Mbps data rate o Dynamic data rate switching with 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6Mbps o Support wireless data encryption with 64/128/152-bit WEP standard for security o Allows auto fallback data rate for optimized reliability, throughput and transmission o Supports Ad-hoc mode (peer-peer) and Infrastructure mode (client-server) o Dual diversity antenna connectors supported for the multi-path environment. Drivers communications. range. supports Windows 98SE, ME, 2000, XP 3 Functional Hardware Specifications 802.11a Wireless LAN Compliance Operating Frequency Modulation Schemes WLAN Data Rate IEEE 802.11a 5.15~5.25GHz (lower band) for US/Canada/Japan 5.25~5.35GHz (middle band) for US/Canada 5.725~5.825GHz (high band) for US OFDM, QPSK, BPSK,16-QAM and 64-QAM 54Mbps with fall back rates of 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6Mbps Media Access Protocol CSMA/CA with ACK COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL 802.11b/g Radio Technology Operating Frequency Modulation Schemes Channel Numbers Data Rate Media Access Protocol 4 Hardware Architecture IEEE 802.11g draft standard compliant 2412 ~ 2484MHz ISM band OFDM, DQPSK, DBPSK, CCK, 64QAM, 16QAM, QPSK, BPSK 11 channels for United States 13 channels for Europe Countries 14 channels for Japan 54Mbps with fall back rates of 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6Mbps CSMA/CA with ACK The WLAN module design is based on the Atheros AR5001 802.11a/b/g chip set. The Atheros WLAN chips include the AR5111 Radio-On-a-Chip(ROC), the AR2111 Radio Front End, and the AR5212 MAC/BBP. When combined with external LNAs, PAs, RF filters, and diversity switches, these chips produce an IEEE 802.11a/b/g-compliant WLAN platform. 5GHz Single-Chip Radio Transceiver (AR5111) The AR5111 is an integrated 5GHz CMOS radio transceiver that operates in (1) the 5.15~5.35GHz and 5.725~5.825GHz U-NII frequency bands; and (2) the 5.15 to 5.35GHz and the 5.47 to 5.725GHz European bands. It offers a fully integrated transceiver with a Power Amplifier, and eliminates the need for an external VCO & SAW Filters. The chip also supports connection to output power boosters and external LNAs for higher performance. The transceiver core, digital logic, and VCO are powered by 2.5V. The I/Os are powered by 3.3V. 2.4GHz Single-Chip Radio Transceiver (AR2111) The AR2111 is an integrated up/down-converter that operates in (1) the 2.412 to 2.472GHz U.S. frequency bands (2) the 2.484 Japanese band. The AR2111 transmitter takes the output of the AR5111 chip, down converts it to the 2.4GHz frequency band and drives the signal off-
chip. The receiver up converts the 2.4GHz incoming signal to the 5GHz frequency band for the AR5111 input. The AR2111 core is powered by 2.5V, and the I/Os by 3.3V. The chip produces two LO frequencies 3.168 and 3.136GHz for its up and down conversion functions. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL MAC/Baseband Processor (AR5212) The AR5212 chip is an IEEE 802.11a/b/g compatible, highly integrated ASIC containing a PCI interface, DMA engine, baseband processor, PLL, ADC, and DAC. The AR5212 runs on a 2.5V (digital and analog) core, and 3.3V I/O. The functional block diagram is shown in Figure 1. LEDs EEPROM MiniPCI Type III I/F Loop Filter XLNA BPF AR2111 BPF OPB PDET 32MHz Control 32MHz AR5212 Controls AR5111 F Regulators 32MHz Loop Filter Figure 1 Functional Block Diagram ANTA ANTB Bridge Switch 2GHz LPF Bridge Switch 5GHz Diplexer/
2GHz LPF Diplexer/
5GHz LPF LPF Rx SPDT Tx SPDT BPF XLNA BPF OPB PDET Diplexer The diplexer is a three-port circuit designed to separate the 5GHz transceiver signals from the 2.4GHz transceiver signals. The separation is accomplished by creating a high pass filter for the 5GHz path (which effectively eliminates 2.4GHz signals), and a low pass filter for the 2.4GHz path (which effectively eliminates the 5GHz signals). There are two diplexers used in the design, one for each antenna port. The low pass section of each diplexer provides harmonic attenuation for 2.4GHz transmit operation. Bridge Switches The bridge switches are used to provide transmit and receive diversity operation. The 5GHz bridge switch is an off-the-shelf MMIC device. The 2.4GHz bridge switch is comprised of four pin diode switches arranged in a closed ring configuration. Four control signals from the AR5212 chip (two for each switch) are used to configure the switches for appropriate operation. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Receive Filtering 5GHz BPF: The purpose of this filter is to reject spurious and image frequency signals before they enter the 5GHz receive chain. 2GHz BPF: The purpose of this filter is to reject spurious and image frequency signals before they enter the 2.4GHz receive chain. Low Noise Amplifiers 5GHz LNA / 2.4GHz LNA: The LNAs provide additional gain to the 5GHz and 2.4GHz receiver chains and reduce the overall system noise figure. They are powered off and on via individual control signals from the AR5212 chip. Receive Switch (Rx SPDT) The purpose of this switch, a standard pin diode SPDT configuration, is to choose the signal path routing for the incoming receive signal. For 5GHz receive mode, the switch is configured to route the signal from the external 5GHz LNA output to the AR5111 receive input. For 2.4GHz receive mode, the switch is configured to route the signal from the up-
converted AR2111 output to the AR5111 receive input. The switch configuration is controlled via two control signals from the AR5212 chip. Transmit Filtering 5GHz BPF: The purpose of this filter is to attenuate harmonics and LO leakage from the AR5111 chip. 5GHz LPF: The purpose of this filter (one in each diversity path) is to reject harmonics and other spurious emissions from the output power booster. 2.4GHz BPF: The purpose of this filter is to attenuate harmonics and LO leakage from the AR2111 chip. Output Booster 5GHz OPB / 2.4GHz OPB: The output power boosters provide additional amplification for their respective transmit chains. These devices permit the output power levels of the integrated AR5111 and AR2111 power amplifiers to be reduced, thereby improving the overall linear output power capability of the system. Each booster is powered off and on via individual control signals from the AR5212 chip. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL Coupler Detector The 5GHz Tx path and the 2.4GHz Tx path each have their own printed power coupler and discrete-component detector circuits. During normal transmit operation, the couplers sample a small amount of the transmit energy (approximately -20dBc). These sampled signals are then envelope detected by a schottky diode and filtered to create a dc feedback voltage that is proportional to the system output power. The dc signals from the 2.4GHz and 5GHz detectors are summed together and fed to the AR5111 chip where they are used for power leveling and control. Transmit Switch (Tx SPDT) The purpose of this switch, an off-the-shelf MMIC device, is to choose the signal path routing for the AR5111 transmit signal. For 5GHz transmit mode, the switch is configured to route the AR5111 output to the external 5GHz transmit path. For 2.4GHz transmit mode, the switch is configured to route the AR5111 output to the AR2111 chip, where it is down-
converted to 2.4GHz, and directed to the 2.4GHz transmit path. The switch configuration is controlled via two control signals from the AR5212 chip. Loop Filter The AR5111 and AR2111 each have external loop filters for their respective LO synthesizers. The loop filter components set the PLL bandwidths for optimum reference spur rejection, phase noise, and switching speed. 32MHz Crystal The 32MHz crystal provides the core clock for the AR5111, AR2111, and AR5212. The crystal is attached to the AR5111, which has an on-chip oscillator. The AR5111 provides the oscillator output to its internal frequency synthesizer, and also provides a buffered version to the AR2111 chip. The AR2111 uses this 32MHz signal for its internal timing requirements and synthesizer reference, buffers the signal again, and directs it to the AR5212 where it serves as the system reference clock. EEPROM The EEPROM stores the AR5001 configuration information, PC Card tuples, and any OEM-
specific data. Voltage Regulators Two voltage regulators are used to provide 2.5Vdc for the core voltages of the AR5111, AR2111, and AR5212. COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL DAC Filter (F) External reconstruction filters are used between the AR5212 DAC outputs and the AR5111 inputs. The filters are a low-pass topology with a 20MHz cutoff frequency.
1 2 3 4 | Response to FCC Questions on the SAR Report | Cover Letter(s) | 125.20 KiB | October 11 2003 |
RESPONSE TO FCC QUESTIONS ON THE SAR REPORT FOR AMBIT ACER TRAVELMATE 660 November 7, 2003 FCC ID# MCLT60H6773 SAR Report originally submitted: September 9, 2003 3. SAR report Fig. 5 Was laptop display open for test?
Response:
the future. 4. In this and future reports, please clarify whether Figs. 12-14 are system verification data or if these are background supporting information. All data plots pertaining to this report need to show test date, setup information, etc. Please mark all background information e.g. Table 3 using "FOR INFO ONLY". Yes. Perhaps we should have clarified this important point in the report and will do so in Response:
Figure 12 pertains to system verification since it allows us to show that a fourth-order polynomial fit is needed both at 5.25 GHz and at 5.8 GHz to get measured SAR distributions for the system verification setup (shown in Figs. 10, 11) to agree with (numerical) FDTD-calculated variation of SAR with depth in the body-simulant planar phantom. Figures 13 and 14 are background supporting information. The date for all of the data pertaining to this report is given in Table 5 of the report. 5. Please submit text and/or revised plots to describe/show not just antenna position but also Resubmitted here are new Figs. 13, 14 and Tables 3 and 4 marked "FOR INFO ONLY". laptop-case position for SAR plots in Annex G. Response:
As given in the last paragraph on p. 8 in the text of the SAR report, the SAR was relatively low and generally too little to measure except for the highest SAR region in proximity to the radiating antenna. The highest SAR region was, therefore, sampled with a coarser step size of 8.0 mm over three overlapping areas for a total scan area of 11.2 19.2 cm surrounding the antenna for each of the measurement frequencies. The SAR data thus measured is given in Figs. G.1 to G.9 for this region of dimensions 11.2 19.2 cm covered by 14 24 measurements points using a step size of 8.0 mm. Table 3. The measured dielectric constants and conductivities for some fluids for FOR INFO ONLY frequencies 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. Fluid 1. Deionized water 2. Deionized water (96%), HEC (4%) 3. Deionized water (82%), polyethylene powder (16%), HEC (2%) 4. Mannitol (31.5%), deionized water
(67.5%), HEC (1%) 5. Sugar (31%), deionized water (68.0%), HEC (1%) 5.25 GHz 5.8 GHz S/m 5.54 5.81 4.77 5.80 6.82 71.82 67.78 47.99 47.30 46.86 S/m 6.61 6.90 5.64 6.74 7.83 72.97 68.89 49.31 47.59 48.79 2 2 FOR INFO ONLY Table 4. Comparison of the measured and calculated peak 1-g SAR at 5.25 and 5.8 GHz. 5.25 GHz 5.8 GHz 1-g SAR W/kg 3.57 3.55 3.59 3.62 48.2 48.0 47.3 46.9 S/m 6.00 5.64 6.74 7.83 1-g SAR W/kg 3.95 3.91 3.93 3.94 FCC body [2]; calculated Fluid 3 of Table 3, water/PEP/HEC;
measured Fluid 4 of Table 3, Mannitol/water/HEC;
measured Fluid 5 of Table 3, sugar/water/HEC;
measured S/m 5.36 4.77 5.80 6.82 48.9 49.3 47.6 48.8 3 3 FOR INFO ONLY 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 2 4
= 48.9, = 5.36 r
= 48.8, = 6.82 r 16 18 20 6 14 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) 10 12 8 Fig. 13. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variations of the SAR with depth for the FCC-
recommended dielectric properties ( = 48.9, = 5.36 S/m) and the sugar/water/HEC fluid 5 ( = 48.8, = 6.82 S/m) at 5.25 GHz. Assumed for calculations is the WR187 rectangular waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottom surface of the tissue-
simulant fluid in a flat phantom of base thickness 2 mm with ( r
). Radiated power = 100 mW. 2.56
=
4 4 FOR INFO ONLY 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0
) g k
/
W
(
R A S 2 4
= 48.2, = 6.00 r
= 46.9, = 7.83 r 16 18 20 6 14 Distance from the fluid surface(mm) 10 12 8 Fig. 14. Comparison of the FDTD-calculated variations of the SAR with depth for the FCC-
recommended dielectric properties ( = 48.2, = 6.00 S/m) and the sugar/water/HEC fluid 5 ( = 46.9, = 7.83 S/m) at 5.8 GHz. Assumed for calculations is the WR187 rectangular waveguide radiator placed 10 mm below the bottom surface of the tissue-
simulant fluid in a flat phantom of base thickness 2 mm with ( r
). Radiated power = 100 mW. 2.56
=
5 5
1 2 3 4 | Test Report Part I | Test Report | 3.12 MiB | September 10 2003 |
FCC PART 15 EMI Measurement and TEST REPORT For AMBIT Microsystems Corporation 4-1, Ming Shen Street, Tu Chen Industrial District. Tu Chen, Taipei Hsien 236, Taiwan, R.O.C. FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 This Report Concerns:
Original Report 2003-09-08 Equipment Type:
MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Combo Module Test Engineer: Ming Jing /
Report No.: R0308076 Test Date: 2003-05-13 / 2003-08-13 / 2003-08-15 Reviewed By: Ling Zhang /
Prepared By: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation (BACL) 230 Commercial Street Sunnyvale, CA 94085 Tel: (408) 732-9162 Fax: (408) 732 9164 Note: This test report is specially limited to the above client company and product model only. It may not be duplicated without prior written consent of Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation. This report must not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the U.S. Government. AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION..................................................................................................................................4 1.1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FOR EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) ..............................................................................4 1.2 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................................................................................4 1.3 RELATED SUBMITTAL(S)/GRANT(S).......................................................................................................................4 1.4 TEST METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................................................................4 1.5 TEST FACILITY.......................................................................................................................................................4 1.6 TEST EQUIPMENT LIST...........................................................................................................................................5 1.7 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST AND DETAILS ..............................................................................................................5 1.8 EXTERNAL I/O CABLING LIST AND DETAILS .........................................................................................................5 1.9 POWER SUPPLY INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................6 2 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION.....................................................................................................................7 2.1 JUSTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................................................7 2.2 EUT EXERCISE SOFTWARE....................................................................................................................................7 2.3 SPECIAL ACCESSORIES...........................................................................................................................................7 2.4 SCHEMATICS / BLOCK DIAGRAM ...........................................................................................................................7 2.5 EQUIPMENT MODIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................7 2.6 CONFIGURATION OF TEST SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................8 2.7 TEST SETUP BLOCK DIAGRAM...............................................................................................................................8 3 - SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS..........................................................................................................................9 4 - PEAK OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT ....................................................................................................10 4.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................10 4.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................10 4.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................10 4.4 MEASUREMENT RESULT ......................................................................................................................................10 5 6 DB BANDWIDTH AND 26 DB BANDWIDTH...............................................................................................20 5.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................20 5.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................20 5.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................20 5.4 MEASUREMENT RESULT ......................................................................................................................................20 6 - POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY..........................................................................................................................30 6.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................30 6.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................30 6.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................30 6.4 MEASUREMENT RESULTS.....................................................................................................................................31 7 - 100 KHZ BANDWIDTH OF BAND EDGES ......................................................................................................40 7.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................40 7.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................40 7.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................40 7.4 MEASURE RESULTS..............................................................................................................................................40 8 - PEAK EXCURSION TO AVERAGE RATIO ....................................................................................................44 8.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................44 8.2 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................................44 8.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................44 8.4 TEST RESULT FOR 15.407.....................................................................................................................................44 9 - OUT OF BAND EMISSION FOR 15.407 ............................................................................................................50 9.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................50 9.2 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................................50 9.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................50 9.4 TEST RESULT .......................................................................................................................................................50 10 - SPURIOUS EMISSION.......................................................................................................................................54 10.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ....................................................................................................................................54 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 2 of 85 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 10.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................54 10.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ..............................................................................................................................................54 10.4 MEASUREMENT RESULT ....................................................................................................................................54 11 - ANTENNA REQUIREMENT.............................................................................................................................64 11.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ....................................................................................................................................64 11.2 ANTENNA CONNECTED CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................................64 12 - SPURIOUS RADIATED EMISSION.................................................................................................................65 12.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY..........................................................................................................................65 12.2 EUT SETUP........................................................................................................................................................66 12.3 SPECTRUM ANALYZER SETUP ............................................................................................................................66 12.4 TEST PROCEDURE ..............................................................................................................................................67 12.5 CORRECTED AMPLITUDE & MARGIN CALCULATION .........................................................................................67 12.6 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS .............................................................................................................................68 13 - CONDUCTED EMISSIONS...............................................................................................................................78 13.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY..........................................................................................................................78 13.2 EUT SETUP........................................................................................................................................................78 13.3 SPECTRUM ANALYZER SETUP ............................................................................................................................78 13.4 TEST PROCEDURE ..............................................................................................................................................78 13.4 EQUIPMENT LISTS ..............................................................................................................................................78 13.5 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS .............................................................................................................................79 13.6 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS TEST DATA .................................................................................................................79 13.7 PLOT OF CONDUCTED EMISSIONS TEST DATA ...................................................................................................79 14 - DISCONTINUE TRANSMITTING WITH ABSENCE OF DATA OR OPERATIONAL FAILURE ........82 15 - FREQUENCY STABILITY................................................................................................................................83 15.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ....................................................................................................................................83 15.2 MEASUREMENT RESULT ....................................................................................................................................83 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 3 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION 1.1 Product Description for Equipment Under Test (EUT) The Ambit Microsystems Corporations, model: T60H677.03, or the EUT as referred to in this report is an MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Module which measures approximately2.4L x 1.7W x 0.1H. The EUT is a dual band WLAN device that allows for acces to both 2.4GHz and 5GHz WLAN technologies. THE EUT Will operate at a maximum data rate of 11Mbps with 802.11b (2.4GHz), 54Mbps with 802.11g (2.4GHz) wireless networks and a minimum data rate of 54Mbps with 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks. The EUT will automatically detect and seamlessly roam between both 802.11b (2.4GHz), 802.11g (2.4GHz) and 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks.
* The test data gathered are from typical production samples provided by the manufacturer. 1.2 Objective This type approval report is prepared on behalf of AMBIT Microsystems Corporation in accordance with Part 2, Subpart J, Part 15, Subparts A , C, and E of the Federal Communication Commissions rules. The objective of the manufacturer is to demonstrate compliance with FCC rules for Output Power, Antenna Requirements, 6 dB Bandwidth and 26 dB Bandwidth, power spectral density, 100 kHz Bandwidth of Band Edges Measurement, Out of Band Emission, Spurious Emission, Conducted and Spurious Radiated Emission, Discontinue Transmitting with Absence of Data or Operational Failure, Peak Excursion to Average Ratio and Frequency Stability. 1.3 Related Submittal(s)/Grant(s) No Related Submittals. 1.4 Test Methodology All measurements contained in this report were conducted with ANSI C63.4-2001, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. All radiated and conducted emissions measurement was performed at Bay Area Compliance Laboratory, Corp. The radiated testing was performed at an antenna-to-EUT distance of 3 meters. 1.5 Test Facility The Open Area Test site used by BACL to collect radiated and conducted emission measurement data is located in the back parking lot of the building at 230 Commercial Street, Sunnyvale, California, USA. Test site at BACL has been fully described in reports submitted to the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) and Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI). The details of these reports has been found to be in compliance with the requirements of Section 2.948 of the FCC Rules on February 11 and December 10, 1997 and Article 8 of the VCCI regulations on December 25, 1997. The facility also complies with the radiated and AC line conducted test site criteria set forth in ANSI C63.4-2001. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report Page 4 of 85 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 The Federal Communications Commission and Voluntary Control Council for Interference has the reports on file and is listed under FCC file 31040/SIT 1300F2 and VCCI Registration No.: C-1298 and R-1234. The test site has been approved by the FCC and VCCI for public use and is listed in the FCC Public Access Link (PAL) database. Additionally, BACL is a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) accredited laboratory, under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accredited Program (Lab Code 200167-0). The scope of the accreditation covers the FCC Method 47 CFR Part Digital Devices, CISPER 22: 1997:
Electromagnetic Interference Limits and Methods of Measurement of Information Technology Equipment test methods. 1.6 Test Equipment List Manufacturer Description HP HP HP Rohde&Schwarz Com-Power Com-Power Agilent Agilent Spectrum Analyzer Amplifier Quasi-Peak Adapter EMI Test Receiver Log Periodic Antenna Log Periodic Antenna Spectrum Analyzer
(9KHz 40GHz) Spectrum Analyzer
(9KHz 50GHz) Model 8568B 8447E 85650A ESC530 AL-100 AB-900 Serial Number Cal. Due Date 2517A01610 2944A07030 2521A00718 C00176 16005 15049 2003-10-30 2004-06-28 2004-03-08 2003-12-03 2004-08-23 2004-05-01 8564E 3943A01781 2004-08-26 8565EC 3946A00131 2004-05-03 HP Amplifier (1-26.5GHz) 8449B 3147A00400 2004-03-14 A.H.System Horn Antenna
(700MHz-18GHz) SAS-200/571 261 2004-05-31
* Statement of Traceability: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corp. certifies that all calibration has been performed using suitable standards traceable to the NIST. 1.7 Support Equipment List and Details Manufacturer ACER HP Description Notebook Printer Model Travelmate 650 2225C Serial Number N/A N/A FCC ID DOC DOC 1.8 External I/O Cabling List and Details Cable Description Length (M) Port/From Shielded Printer Cable 2.0 Parallel Port/Notebook PC To Printer Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 5 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1.9 Power Supply Information Manufacturer DELTA Description AC Adapter Model ADP-75FB Serial Number S4W0311012681 FCC ID DOC Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 6 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION 2.1 Justification The host system was configured for testing in a typical fashion (as normally used by a typical user). The EUT was tested in the normal (native) operating mode to represent worst-case results during the final qualification test. 2.2 EUT Exercise Software The EUT exercise program used during radiated and conducted testing was designed to exercise the system components in a manner similar to a typical use. The test software, provided by the customer, is started the Windows terminal program under the Windows 98/2000/ME/XP operating system. Once loaded, set the Tx channel to low, mid and high for testing. 2.3 Special Accessories As shown in section 2.7, all interface cables used for compliance testing are shielded. The host PC and the peripherals featured shielded metal connectors. 2.4 Schematics / Block Diagram Please refer to Appendix A. 2.5 Equipment Modifications No modifications were made by BACL to ensure the EUT to comply with the applicable limits and requirements. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 7 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2.6 Configuration of Test System 2.7 Test Setup Block Diagram Notebook Printer Notebook Power Cord LISN 1 LISN 2 Printer Notebook 10 cm Non-Conducting Table 80 cm Above Ground Plane 1.5 Meters s r e t e M 1 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 8 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 3 - SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS FCC RULES 15.203 15.205, 15.407 (b)(6) 15.209 (a), 15.407 (b)(5) 15.209 (f) 15.247 (a)(2) 15.247 (b)(1), 15.407(a)(2) 15.247(b)(4), 15.407 (f) 15.247 (c) 15.247 (d) 15.207 (a) 15.407 (a)(2) 15.407 (a)(6) 15.407 (c) 15.407 (g) DESCRIPTION OF TEST Antenna Requirement Restricted Bands Radiated Emission Spurious Emission 6 dB Bandwidth Maximum Peak Output Power RF Exposure Requirement 100 kHz Bandwidth of Frequency Band Edge Peak Power Spectral Density For an intentional radiator which is designed to be connected to the public utility (AC) power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequency within the band 450 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed 250 micorvolts. The peak power spectral density shall not exceed 11dBm in any 1 MHz band The ratio of the peak excursion of the modulation envelope (measured using a peak hold function) to the peak transmit power (measured as specified in this paragraph0 shall not exceed 13 dB across any 1 MHz bandwidth or the emission bandwidth whichever is less. The device shall automatically discontinue transmission in case of either absence of information to transmit or operational failure. These provisions are not intended to preclude the transmission of control or signaling information or the user of repetitive codes used by certain digital technologies to complete frame or burst intervals. Applicants shall include in their application a description of how this requirement is met. The responsibility for manufacturer to ensure U-NII device frequency stability RESULT Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant REFERENCE Section 11 Section 12 Section 12 Section 10 Section 5 Section 4 Section 14 Section 7 Section 6 Section 13 Compliant Section 6 Compliant Compliant Section 8 See Provided Technical Manual Compliant Section 16 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 9 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4 - PEAK OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT 4.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247(b) (3), for systems using digital modulation in 2400-2483.5 MHz: 1 Watt According to 15.407(a)(1), for the band 5.15-5.25 GHz, the peak transmit power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 50 mW or 4 dBm + 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. According to 15.407(a)(2), for the band 5.25-5.35 GHz, the peak transmit power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 250 mW or 11 dBm + 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. According to 15.407(a)(3), for the band 5.725-5.825 GHz, the peak transmit power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 1 W or 17 dBm + 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. 4.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. 2. Remove the antenna from the EUT and then connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a spectrum analyzer. 3. Add a correction factor to the display. EUT SA 4.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Descripton Calibration Due Date Agilent 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 4.4 Measurement Result 4.4.1 RF Output Power (15.247) for 802.11b Port Channel Frequency
(MHz) J1 Low Mid High 2412 2437 2462 Output Power
(dBm) 9.5 9.17 8.67 Correction Factor
(dB) 7.2 7.2 7.2 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 10 of 85 Corrected Output Power
(dBm) 16.7 16.37 15.87 Output Power
(W) Standard
(W) Result 0.0468 0.0434 0.0386 Compliant Compliant Compliant FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report
< 1W
< 1W
< 1W AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Note: Correction Factor = 10Log(BW6dB/RBW) = 10Log(10.5/2) = 7.2dB 4.4.2 RF Output Power (15.247) for 802.11g J1 Port Channel Frequency
(MHz) Low Mid High 2412 2442 2462 Correction Corrected Peak Output Power
(dBm) 6.33 6.50 6.67 Factor
(dBm) 9.3 9.3 9.3 Factor
(dBm) 15.63 15.80 15.97 Output Power
(W) 0.037 0.038 0.040 Standard
(W) Result
< 1 W
< 1 W
< 1 W Compliant Compliant Compliant Note: Correction Factor = 10 log (BW6dB/RBW) = 10 log (17/2.0) = 9.3 dBm 4.4.3 RF Output Power (15.407) for 802.11a Channel
(MHz) Frequency
(MHz) Band Correction Corrected Output Power Output Power
(W) Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High 5150 5200 5250 5250 5300 5330 5745 5775 5810 Output Power
(dBm) 5.83 6 5.5 5.5 5.33 5.83 5.33 5.67 5.83 Factor
(dB) 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
(dBm) 16.53 16.7 16.2 16.2 16.03 16.53 16.03 16.37 16.53 0.0449 0.0468 0.0417 0.0417 0.0401 0.0449 0.0401 0.0434 0.0449 Standard
(mW)
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Note: Correction Factor = 10Log(BW26dB/RBW) = 10Log(23.83/2) = 10.7dB Test mode: target power = 15.0, ext pw detector = 1, xpdgain = 6, ob = 1, db = 2, b-ob = 1 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 11 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Peak Output Power for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 12 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Peak Output Power for 802.11 g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 13 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 14 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Peak Output Power for 802.11a (15.407) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 15 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 16 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 17 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 18 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 19 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5 6 DB BANDWIDTH and 26 DB BANDWIDTH 5.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247(a)(2), for direct sequence systems, the minimum 6dB bandwidth shall be at least 500 kHz. According to 15.407, 26dB Bandwidth should be shown. 5.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Check the calibration of the measuring instrument using either an internal calibrator or a known signal from an external generator. 2. Position the EUT without connection to measurement instrument. Turn on the EUT and connect it to measurement instrument. Then set it to any one convenient frequency within its operating range. Set a reference level on the measuring instrument equal to the highest peak value. 3. Measure the frequency difference of two frequencies that were attenuated 6 dB from the reference level. Record the frequency difference as the emission bandwidth. (6 dB bandwidth for DTS) 4. Same as (3) except 26 dB. (26dB bandwidth for UNII) 5. Repeat above procedures until all frequencies measured were complete. 5.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date Agilent 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 5.4 Measurement Result 5.4.1 Test Result for 802.11b (15.247) Channel Frequency (MHz) Low Mid High 2412 2442 2462 Measured
(MHz) 10.25 MHz 10.33 MHz 10.50 MHz Standard
(kHz) 500 500 500 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 20 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5.4.2 Test Result for 802.11g (15.247) J1 Port Frequency (MHz) 2412 2442 2462 Measured
(MHz) 16.83 16.92 16.83 Standard
(kHz) 500 500 500 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant 5.4.3 Test Result for 802.11a MHz Band (15.407) Band Low Mid High Channel Frequency (MHz) Measured (MHz) Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High 5150 5200 5250 5250 5300 5330 5745 5775 5810 23.33 23.25 23.58 23.83 23.08 23.83 23.00 23.75 23.50 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 21 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of 6dB Bandwidth for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 22 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of 6dB Bandwidth for 802.11g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 23 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 24 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of 26dB Bandwidth for 802.11a (15.407) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 25 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 26 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 27 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 28 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 29 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6 - POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY 6.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247 (d), for direct sequence systems, the peak power spectral density conducted from the intentional radiator to the antenna shall not be greater than 8 dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission. According to 15.407(a) (1), for the band 5.15-5.25 GHz, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 4 dBm in any 1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. According to 15.407(a) (2), for the band 5.25-5.35 GHz, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 11 dBm in any 1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceed 6 dBi. According to 15.407(a) (3), for the band 5.725-5.825 GHz, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 17 dBm in any 1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. 6.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Check the calibration of the measuring instrument using either an internal calibrator or a known signal from an external generator. 2. Position the EUT was set without connection to measurement instrument. Turn on the EUT and connect its antenna terminal to measurement instrument via a low loss cable. Then set it to any one measured frequency within its operating range, and make sure the instrument is operated in its linear range. 3. Adjust the center frequency of SA on any frequency be measured and set SA to 6MHz span mode. And then, set RBW and VBW of spectrum analyzer to proper value. (DTS) 4. Adjust the center frequency of SA on any frequency be measured and set SA to 50MHz span mode. And then, set RBW and VBW of spectrum analyzer to proper value. (UNII) 5. Repeat above procedures until all frequencies measured were complete. 6.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date Agilent Report # R0308076Rpt.doc 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 Page 30 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.4 Measurement Results 6.4.1Test Result for 802.11b (15.247) Channel Frequency Peak Power Spectral Standard (dBm) Result Low Mid High
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 Density (dBm)
-10.67
-10.33
-12.00 8 8 8 Compliant Compliant Compliant 6.4.2Test Result for 802.11b (15.247) J1 Port Frequency (MHz) Peak Power Spectral Density 2412 2442 2462
-6.17
-8.67
-9.17 Standard
(dBm) 8 8 8 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant 6.4.3 Test Result for 802.11a (15.407) Band Channel Frequency
(MHz) Peak Power Spectral Density (dBm) Standard
(dBm) Result Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High 5150 5200 5250 5250 5300 5330 5745 5775 5810
-8.83
-10.17
-9.50
-8.83
-9.67
-7.50
-8.17
-9.83
-10.00 4 4 4 11 11 11 17 17 17 Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 31 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Power Spectral Density for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 32 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Power Spectral Density for 802.11g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 33 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 34 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Spectral Density for 802.11a (15.407) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 35 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 36 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 37 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 38 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 39 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7 - 100 KHZ BANDWIDTH OF BAND EDGES 7.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247(c), in any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the frequency bands in which the spread spectrum intentional radiator is operating, the radio frequency power that is produced by the intentional radiator shall be at least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz bandwidth within the band that contains the highest level of the desired power, based on either an RF conducted or a radiated measurement. In addition, radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands, as defined in 15.205(a), must also comply with the radiated emission limits specified in 15.209(a) see 15.205(c)). 7.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Check the calibration of the measuring instrument using either an internal calibrator or a known signal from an external generator. 2. Position the EUT without connection to measurement instrument. Turn on the EUT and connect its antenna terminal to measurement instrument via a low loss cable. Then set it to any one measured frequency within its operating range, and make sure the instrument is operated in its linear range. 3. Set both RBW and VBW of spectrum analyzer to 100 kHz with a convenient frequency span including 100kHz bandwidth from band edge. 4. Measure the highest amplitude appearing on spectral display and set it as a reference level. Plot the graph with marking the highest point and edge frequency. 5. Repeat above procedures until all measured frequencies were complete. 7.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 Agilent 7.4 Measure Results Please refer to following pages for plots of band edge. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 40 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Band Edge for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 41 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Band Edge for 802.11g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 42 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 43 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report
1 2 3 4 | Test Report Part II | Test Report | 2.67 MiB | September 10 2003 |
AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 8 - Peak Excursion To Average Ratio 8.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.407(a)(6), the ratio of the peak excursion of the modulation envelope (measured using a peak hold function) to the peak transmit power (measured as specified above) shall not exceed 13dB across any 1MHz bandwidth or the emission bandwidth whichever is less. 8.2 Test Procedure For this test, the EUTs antenna was removed and replaced with a SMA jack to UMP2.0 plug test cable, so output power levels were calculated from conducted emission levels. The analyzer center frequency was set to the EUT carrier frequency. For the peak value trace A, the analyzer resolution and video bandwidth were set to 1MHz. Do a MAX HOLD, then VIEW. For the average value trace B, the analyzer resolution bandwidth was set to 1MHz, the video bandwidth was set to 30kHz. MAX HOLD then VIEW trace B also. The delta from the peak value trace and the Average should not exceed 13dBm across any 1MHz bandwidth. 8.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date Agilent 8.4 Test Result for 15.407 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 Band Channel Frequency (MHz) Reading (dB) Limit (dBm) Result Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High 5150 5200 5250 5250 5300 5330 5745 5775 5810 Please see the hereinafter plots for more detail. 8.00 7.66 8.84 8.50 8.33 8.00 7.17 7.17 6.84 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 44 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 45 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 46 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 47 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 48 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 49 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 9 - Out Of Band Emission for 15.407 9.1 Standard Applicable 15.407 (b), undesirable emission limits: except as shown in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, the peak emission outside of the frequency bands of operation shall be attenuated in accordance with the following limits:
15.407 (b)(1), for transmitters operating in the 5.15-5.25 GHz band: all emissions outside of the 5.15-5.35 GHz band shall not exceed an EIRP of -27 dBm/MHz. 15.407 (b)(2), for transmitters operating in the 5.25 5.35 GHz band: all emissions outside of the 5.15 5.25 GHz band shall not exceed an EIRP of 27 dBm/MHz. Devices operating in the 5.25 5.35 GHz band that generate emissions in the 5.15 5.25 GHz band must meet all applicable technical requirements for operation in the 5.15 5.25 GHz band (including indoor use) or alternatively meet an out-of-band emission EIRP limit of 27 dBm/MHz in the 5.15 5.25 GHz band. 15.407 (b)(3), for transmitters operating in the 5.725 5.825 GHz band: all emissions within the frequency range from the band edge to 10 MHz above or below the band edge shall not exceed an EURP of 17dBm/MHz; for frequencies 10 MHz or greater above or below the band edge, emission shall not exceed an EIRP of 27 dBm/MHz. 9.2 Test Procedure For this test, the EUTs antenna was removed and replaced with a low loss cable, so output power levels were calculated from conducted emission levels. The analyzer center frequency was set to the EUT carrier frequency. The analyzer resolution and video bandwidth were set to 1MHz. The entire band from 30kHz to 40GHz was investigated. Every suspected signal was also investigated through radiated emission. Refer to section 15.205 restricted bands of operation. 9.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date Agilent 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 9.4 Test Result Please refer to the following plots. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 50 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 51 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 52 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 53 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 10 - SPURIOUS EMISSION 10.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.209 (a), except as provided elsewhere in the subpart of 15.209, the emissions from an intentional radiator shall not exceed the field strength levels specified in the following table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement Frequency (MHz) Field strength distance
(microvolts/meter) (meters)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.009-0.490...................... 2400/F(kHz) 300 0.490-1.705...................... 24000/F(kHz) 30 1.705-30.0....................... 30 30 30-88............................ 100 ** 3 88-216........................... 150 ** 3 216-960.......................... 200 ** 3 Above 960........................ 500 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emissions from intentional radiators operating under this section shall not be located in the frequency bands 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz or 470-806 MHz. However, operation within these frequency bands is permitted under other sections of this part, e.g., 15.231 and 15.241 10.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Check the calibration of the measuring instrument (SA) using either an internal calibrator or a known signal from an external generator. 2. Position the EUT as shown in figure 4 without connection to measurement instrument. Turn on the EUT and connect its antenna terminal to measurement instrument via a low loss cable. Then set it to any one measured frequency within its operating range, and make sure the instrument is operated in its linear range. 3. Set the SA on Max-Hold Mode, and then keep the EUT in transmitting mode. Record all the signals from each channel until each one has been recorded. 4. Set the SA on View mode and then plot the result on SA screen. 5. Repeat above procedures until all frequencies measured were complete. 10.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date Agilent 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 10.4 Measurement Result Please refer to following pages for plots of spurious emission. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 54 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Spurious Emission for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 55 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Spurious Emission for 802.11g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 56 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 57 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 58 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Spurious Emission for 802.11a (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 59 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 60 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 61 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 62 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 63 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 11 - ANTENNA REQUIREMENT 11.1 Standard Applicable For intentional device, according to 15.203, an intentional radiator shall be designed to ensure that no antenna other than that furnished by the responsible party shall be used with the device. And according to 15.247 (1), if transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used the power shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. According to 15.407 (d), any U-NII device shall use a transmitting antenna that is an integral part of the device. Refer to statement below for compliance. The antenna for the device is an integral antenna that the end user cannot access. Further the device is for outdoor use as detailed in the Users Manual and Operational Description, which are included in this application. 11.2 Antenna Connected Construction The antenna connector is designed with permanent attachment and no consideration of replacement. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 64 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12 - SPURIOUS RADIATED EMISSION 12.1 Measurement Uncertainty All measurements involve certain levels of uncertainties. The factors contributing to uncertainties are spectrum analyzer, cable loss, antenna factor calibration, antenna directivity, antenna factor variation with height, antenna phase center variation, antenna factor frequency interpolation, measurement distance variation, site imperfections, mismatch (average), and system repeatability. Based on NIS 81, The Treatment of Uncertainty in EMC Measurements, the best estimate of the uncertainty of a radiation emissions measurement at BACL is +4.0 dB. According to 15.205, except as shown in paragraph (d) of this section, only spurious emissions are permitted in any of the frequency bands listed below:
MHz 0.090 0.110 10.495 0.505 2.1735 2.1905 4.125 4.128 4.17725 4.17775 4.20725 4.20775 6.215 6.218 6.26775 6.26825 6.31175 6.31225 8.291 8.294 8.362 8.366 8.37625 8.38675 8.41425 8.41475 12.29 12.293 12.51975 12.57725 13.36 13.41 MHz 16.42 16.423 16.69475 16.69525 16.80425 16.80475 25.5 25.67 37.5 38.25 73 74.6 74.8 75.2 108 121.94 123 138 149.9 150.05 156.52475 156.52525 156.7 156.9 162.0125 167.17 167.72 173.2 240 285 322 335.4 MHz 399.9 410 608 614 960 1240 1300 1427 1435 1626.5 1645.5 1646.5 1660 1710 1718.8 1722.2 2200 2300 2310 2390 2483.5 2500 2655 2900 3260 3267 3332 3339 3345.8 3358 3600 4400 GHz 4.5 5.15 5.35 5.46 7.25 7.75 8.025 8.5 9.0 9.2 9.3 9.5 10.6 12.7 13.25 13.4 14.47 14.5 15.35 16.2 17.7 21.4 22.01 23.12 23.6 24.0 31.2 31.8 36.43 36.5
(2) 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490-0.510MHz 2 Above 38.6 Except as provided in paragraph (d) and (e), the filed strength of emissions appearing within these frequency bands shall not exceed the limits shown in Section 15.209. At frequencies equal to or less than 1000MHz, compliance with the limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated using measurement instrumentation employing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. Above 1000MHz, compliance with the emission limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated based on the average value of the measured emissions. The provisions in Section 15.35 apply to these measurements. According to 15.209, the device shall meet radiated emission general requirements. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report Page 65 of 85 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Except for Class A device, the filed strength of radiated emissions from unintentional radiators at a distance of 3 meters shall not exceed the following values:
Frequency of Emission Field Strength
(Microvolts/meter) dB
(dBV/meter)
(MHz) 30 - 88 88 - 216 216 - 960 Above 960 100 150 200 500 40 43.5 46 54 12.2 EUT Setup The radiated emission tests were performed in the open area 3-meter test site, using the setup in accordance with the ANSI C63.4-2001. The specification used was the FCC 15 Subpart C limits. The spacing between the peripherals was 10 centimeters. External I/O cables were draped along the edge of the test table and bundle when necessary. The host PC system was connected with 120Vac/60Hz power source. 12.3 Spectrum Analyzer Setup According to FCC CFR 47, Section 15.31, the EUT was tested to 50GHz. During the radiated emission test, the spectrum analyzer was set with the following configurations:
Start Frequency ........................................................... 30 MHz Stop Frequency ........................................................... 50GHz Sweep Speed ............................................................... Auto IF Bandwidth .............................................................. 1 MHz Video Bandwidth ........................................................ 1 MHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Bandwidth.................................. 120 kHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Mode.......................................... Normal Resolution Bandwidth................................................. 1MHz Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 66 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.4 Test Procedure For the radiated emissions test, the Host PC system power cord was connected to the AC floor outlet since the power supply used in the EUT did not provide an accessory power outlet. Maximizing procedure was performed on the six (6) highest emissions to ensure EUT compliance is with all installation combinations. All data was recorded in the peak detection mode. Quasi-peak readings was performed only when an emission was found to be marginal (within -4 dBV of specification limits), and are distinguished with a "Qp" in the data table. 12.5 Corrected Amplitude & Margin Calculation The Corrected Amplitude is calculated by adding the Antenna Factor and Cable Factor, and subtracting the Amplifier Gain from the Amplitude reading. The basic equation is as follows:
Corr. Ampl. = Indicated Reading + Antenna Factor + Cable Factor - Amplifier Gain The Margin column of the following data tables indicates the degree of compliance with the applicable limit. For example, a margin of -7dBV means the emission is 7dBV below the maximum limit for Subpart C. The equation for margin calculation is as follows:
Margin = Corr. Ampl. Subpart C Limit Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 67 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.6 Summary of Test Results According to the data in section 12.7, the EUT complied with the FCC Title 47, Part 15, Subpart C, section 15.205, 15.207 and 15.247, and had the worst margin of:
EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11b, 15.247
-12.4 dB at 4824.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Low Channel
-13.6 dB at 7311.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Middle Channel
-13.5 dB at 7386.60 MHz in the Vertical polarization, High Channel
-6.3 dB at 208.18 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Unwanted Emission EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11g, 15.247
-12.9 dB at 7236.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Low Channel
-13.3 dB at 7311.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Middle Channel
-12.4 dB at 7386.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, High Channel
-5.6 dB at 208.10 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Unintentional Emission EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11a, 15.407
-11.1 dB at 15450.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Low Band, Low Channel
-11.2 dB at 15600.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, Low Band, Mid Channel
-11.1 dB at 15750.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Low Band, High Channel
-11.1 dB at 15750.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Mid Band, Low Channel
-12.3 dB at 15900.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Mid Band, Mid Channel
-12.3 dB at 16050.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Mid Band, High Channel
-12.4 dB at 17175.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, High Band, Low Channel
-12.6 dB at 17325.00 MHz in the Horizontal polarization, High Band, Mid Channel
-12.6 dB at 17475.00 MHz in the Vertical polarization, High Band, High Channel
-5.4 dB at 480.13 MHz in the Vertical polarization, Unwanted Emission Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 68 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.6.1 Final test data, EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11b (15.247) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR CORRECTED AMPLITUDE FCC 15 SUBPART C Frequency Ampl. Angle Height Polar MHz dBV/
m Comments Degree Meter H/ V Anten na dBV/
m Cable Amp. Corr. Ampl. Limit Margin DB DB dBV/m dBV/m dB Low Channel, 1-25GHz V H V H V H V H V H V H 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 3.4 1.5 3.4 2.2 3.4 1.5 3.4 2.2 4.9 1.5 5.6 1.5 5.6 1.3 4.9 1.6 5.6 1.3 5.6 1.5 4.9 1.5 1.6 4.9 Middle Channel, 1-25GHz 1.0 1.6 1.0 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.4 1.5 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 V H V H H V V H H V V H 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 99.3 94.4 94.6 90.3 41.6 40.9 40.6 39.2 52.9 52.7 50.7 49.4 96.9 92.3 92.8 86.8 40.4 40.2 36.1 35.9 52.6 52.4 49.2 48.6 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-12.4
-13.1
-13.4
-14.8
-21.1
-21.3
-23.3
-24.6
-13.6
-13.8
-17.9
-18.1
-21.4
-21.6
-24.8
-25.4 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 4824.00 7236.00 7236.00 4824.00 7236.00 7236.00 4824.00 4824.00 103.0 FUND/PEAK 98.2 FUND/PEAK 98.3 FUND/AVE 94.0 FUND/AVE 37.2 33.7 33.3 34.8 45.7 45.5 46.3 45.0 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 90 60 90 60 330 300 270 0 270 300 330 0 2437.00 2437.00 2437.00 2437.00 7311.00 7311.00 4874.00 4874.00 7311.00 7311.00 4874.00 4874.00 100.7 FUND/PEAK 0 96.0 FUND/PEAK 200 0 96.5 FUND/AVE 90.5 FUND/AVE 200 90 33.2 180 33.0 31.7 60 150 31.5 90 45.4 180 45.2 44.8 60 150 44.2 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 69 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.6.1 Final test data, EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11b (15.247, Continued) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit Margin Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m dBV/m dB Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments High Channel, 1-25GHz 2462.00 100.7 FUND/PEAK 330 98.0 FUND/PEAK 270 2462.00 330 95.7 FUND/AVE 2462.00 2462.00 93.3 FUND/AVE 270 180 33.3 7386.00 270 33.1 7386.00 4924.00 32.6 0 90 31.8 4924.00 180 45.9 7386.00 270 45.2 7386.00 4924.00 45.2 0 90 44.7 4924.00 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.6 1.5 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 2.0 1.8 V H V H V H V H V H V H 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 96.9 94.3 91.9 89.6 40.5 40.3 37.0 36.2 53.1 52.4 49.6 49.1 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-13.5
-13.7
-17.0
-17.8
-20.9
-21.6
-24.4
-24.9 Indicated Ampl. dBV/m 48.5 42.8 47.5 38.5 39.5 39.2 Table Height Meter 1.5 1.8 1.6 2.0 1.2 1.0 Antenna Polar H/V H V H V V V Antenna dBV/m 11.5 17.8 11.9 19.3 13.7 11.8 Direction Degree 60 0 330 180 30 200 Frequency MHz 208.18 479.99 127.92 576.06 194.85 226.18 Note:
FUND = Fundamental AVG = average Correction Factor Cable Loss dBV/m 2.2 3.1 1.6 3.0 2.1 2.2 Amp. dB 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 Corr. Ampl. dBV/m 37.2 38.7 35.9 35.8 30.3 28.1 FCC 15 Subpart B Limit Margin dBV/m 43.5 46 43.5 46 43.5 46 dB
-6.3
-7.3
-7.6
-10.2
-13.2
-17.9 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 70 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.6.2 Final test data, EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11g (15.247) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR CORRECTED AMPLITUDE FCC 15 SUBPART C Frequency Ampl. Angle Height Polar MHz dBV/
m Comments Degree Meter H/ V Anten na dBV/
m Cable Amp. Corr. Ampl. Limit Margin DB DB dBV/m dBV/m dB Low Channel, 1-25GHz V H V H H V V H H V V H 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 3.4 2.2 3.4 2.0 3.4 2.2 3.4 2.0 5.6 1.4 5.6 1.5 4.9 1.6 4.9 1.6 5.6 1.4 5.6 1.5 4.9 1.6 1.6 4.9 Middle Channel, 1-25GHz 1.0 2.5 1.0 2.5 1.5 1.8 1.2 2.0 1.5 1.8 1.2 2.0 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 V H V H V H V H V H V H 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 100.9 95.6 89.9 85.3 41.1 41.0 37.8 37.8 53.3 52.3 50.8 50.6 99.1 95.3 89.3 84.3 40.7 40.5 37.2 36.4 53.7 53.5 50.5 50.1 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-12.9
-13.0
-16.2
-16.2
-20.7
-21.7
-23.2
-23.4
-13.3
-13.5
-16.8
-17.6
-20.3
-20.5
-23.5
-23.9 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 2412.00 7236.00 7236.00 4824.00 4824.00 7236.00 7236.00 4824.00 4824.00 2437.00 2437.00 2437.00 2437.00 7311.00 7311.00 4874.00 4874.00 7311.00 7311.00 4874.00 4874.00 104.7 FUND/PEAK 330 99.3 FUND/PEAK 250 93.7 FUND/AVE 330 250 89.0 FUND/AVE 270 33.9 33.7 90 330 33.4 180 33.4 270 46.1 45.1 90 330 46.4 46.2 180 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 102.8 FUND/PEAK 99.0 FUND/PEAK 93.0 FUND/AVE 88.0 FUND/AVE 33.5 33.3 32.8 32.0 46.5 46.3 46.1 45.7 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 0 15 0 15 30 330 180 150 30 330 180 150 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 71 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.6.2 Final test data, EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11g (15.247, Continued) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit Margin Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m dBV/m dB Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV
/m Comments High Channel, 1-25GHz 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.2 1.6 28.1 28.1 28.1 28.1 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 35.1 35.1 32.5 32.5 V H V H V H V H V H H V 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.9 4.9 35.2 35.2 35.2 35.2 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 33.5 33.5 33.0 33.0 100.9 96.3 89.3 83.9 41.6 41.3 36.6 36.4 53.4 52.9 48.9 48.7 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-12.4
-12.7
-17.4
-17.6
-20.6
-21.1
-25.1
-25.3 2462.00 104.7 FUND/PEAK 180 2462.00 100.0 FUND/PEAK 270 180 2462.00 2462.00 270 150 7386.00 270 7386.00 4924.00 200 15 4924.00 150 7386.00 270 7386.00 4924.00 15 200 4924.00 93.0 FUND/AVE 87.7 FUND/AVE 34.3 34.1 32.2 32.0 46.2 45.7 44.5 44.3 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK Correction Factor Cable Loss dBV/m 2.2 3.1 1.6 3.0 2.1 2.2 Amp. dB 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 Corr. Ampl. dBV/m 37.9 39.7 36.4 36.0 31.5 27.5 FCC 15 Subpart B Limit Margin dBV/m 43.5 46 43.5 46 43.5 46 dB
-5.6
-6.3
-7.1
-10.0
-12.0
-18.5 Indicated Ampl. dBV/m 49.2 43.3 48.0 38.7 40.2 38.5 Table Height Meter 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 Antenna Polar H/V H V H V V V Antenna dBV/m 11.5 18.3 11.9 19.3 14.2 11.8 Direction Degree 250 180 0 0 45 220 Frequency MHz 208.10 480.00 128.10 576.04 195.46 226.45 Note:
FUND = Fundamental AVG = average Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 72 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.6.3 Final test data, EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11a (15.407) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m Low Band, Low Channel, 1-50GHz CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB 5150.00 5150.00 5150.00 5150.00 15450.00 15450.00 10300.00 10300.00 15450.00 15450.00 10300.00 10300.00 100.8 FUND/PEAK 96.8 FUND/PEAK FUND/AVE 90.2 86.0 FUND/AVE 35.5 35.5 32.8 32.7 46.8 46.7 46.0 45.7 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 0 0 0 0 330 0 150 330 330 0 330 150 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 V H V H V H V H V H H V 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 106.9 102.9 96.2 92.1 42.9 42.9 39.1 38.9 54.2 54.1 52.2 51.9 104.1 101.4 93.6 90.9 42.8 42.7 39.2 39.0 53.9 53.7 52.7 52.0 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-11.1
-11.1
-14.9
-15.1
-19.8
-19.9
-21.8
-22.1
-11.2
-11.3
-14.8
-15.0
-20.1
-20.3
-21.3
-22.0 Low Band, Middle Channel, 1-50GHz 45 0 45 0 30 330 60 180 30 330 60 180 1.8 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.8 V H V H H V V H H V V H 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 98.0 FUND/PEAK 95.3 FUND/PEAK FUND/AVE 87.5 84.8 FUND/AVE 35.4 35.3 33.0 32.8 46.5 46.3 46.5 45.8 5200.00 5200.00 5200.00 5200.00 15600.00 15600.00 10400.00 10400.00 15600.00 15600.00 10400.00 10400.00 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 73 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 12.6.3 Final test data, EUT with Q1ZI2002 Antenna for 802.11a (15.40, Continued) INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB 100.7 FUND/PEAK 97.7 FUND/PEAK FUND/AVE 90.0 86.2 FUND/AVE 35.5 35.3 32.7 32.5 46.8 46.7 46.0 45.9 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK Low Band, High Channel, 1-50GHz 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 1.7 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.6 1.8 1.8 2.0 1.6 1.8 2.0 1.8 V H V H V H V H V H H V 0 30 0 30 0 15 15 330 0 15 330 15 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 106.7 103.7 96.1 92.2 42.9 42.7 38.9 38.7 54.2 54.1 52.2 52.1 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-11.1
-11.3
-15.1
-15.3
-19.8
-19.9
-21.8
-21.9 5250.00 5250.00 5250.00 5250.00 15750.00 15750.00 10500.00 10500.00 15750.00 15750.00 10500.00 10500.00 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 74 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m Mid Band, Low Channel, 1-50GHz CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB 5250.00 5250.00 5250.00 5250.00 15750.00 15750.00 10500.00 10500.00 15750.00 15750.00 10500.00 10500.00 5300.00 5300.00 5300.00 5300.00 15900.00 15900.00 10600.00 10600.00 15900.00 15900.00 10600.00 10600.00 5350.00 5350.00 5350.00 5350.00 16050.00 16050.00 10700.00 10700.00 16050.00 16050.00 10700.00 10700.00 100.7 FUND/PEAK 97.7 FUND/PEAK FUND/AVE 90.0 86.2 FUND/AVE 35.5 35.3 32.7 32.5 46.8 46.7 46.0 45.9 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 0 30 0 30 0 15 15 330 0 15 330 15 1.7 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.6 1.8 1.8 2.0 1.6 1.8 2.0 1.8 V H V H V H V H V H H V 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 Mid Band, Middle Channel, 1-50GHz 100.0 FUND/PEAK 95.5 FUND/PEAK FUND/AVE 89.8 85.0 FUND/AVE 34.3 34.0 32.7 32.7 46.2 46.0 45.8 45.2 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 0 15 0 15 270 60 150 30 60 270 150 30 FUND/AVE FUND/AVE 97.8 FUND/PEAK 0 94.3 FUND/PEAK 180 87.0 0 180 83.7 0 34.3 34.2 200 150 32.7 330 32.6 200 46.0 45.8 0 330 45.5 45.0 150 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK V H V H V H V H H V V H 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.5 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.2 1.3 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 Mid Band, High Channel, 1-50GHz 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 33.9 33.9 33.9 33.9 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.6 2.0 1.8 1.5 2.0 1.6 V H V H V H H V H V V H 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 33.3 33.3 34.5 34.5 106.7 103.7 96.1 92.2 42.9 42.7 38.9 38.7 54.2 54.1 52.2 52.1 106.1 101.6 95.9 91.1 41.7 41.4 38.9 38.9 53.6 53.4 52.1 51.4 103.9 100.4 93.1 89.7 41.7 41.6 38.9 38.8 53.4 53.2 51.7 51.2 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-11.1
-11.3
-15.1
-15.3
-19.8
-19.9
-21.8
-21.9
-12.3
-12.6
-15.1
-15.1
-20.4
-20.6
-21.9
-22.6
-12.3
-12.4
-15.1
-15.2
-20.6
-20.8
-22.3
-22.8 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 75 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 INDICATED TABLE ANTENNA CORRECTION FACTOR Angle Height Polar Antenna Cable Amp. Degree Meter H/ V dBV/m DB DB dBV/m CORRECTED AMPLITUDE Corr. Ampl. FCC 15 SUBPART C Limit dBV/
m Margin dB Frequency MHz Ampl. dBV/
m Comments 5725.00 5725.00 5725.00 5725.00 17175.00 17175.00 11450.00 11450.00 17175.00 17175.00 11450.00 11450.00 5775.00 5775.00 5775.00 5775.00 17325.00 17325.00 11550.00 11550.00 17325.00 17325.00 11550.00 11550.00 5825.00 5825.00 5825.00 5825.00 17475.00 17475.00 11650.00 11650.00 17475.00 17475.00 11650.00 11650.00 93.2 FUND/PEAK 94.2 FUND/PEAK FUND/AVE 81.8 84.2 FUND/AVE 34.8 34.7 32.7 32.7 46.2 45.8 44.3 44.2 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 92.3 FUND/PEAK 94.7 FUND/PEAK FUND/AVE 82.5 82.0 FUND/AVE 34.7 34.5 32.6 32.5 46.0 45.2 44.2 43.8 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK 93.8 FUND/PEAK 93.7 FUND/PEAK 83.7 FUND/AVE 81.5 FUND/AVE 34.7 34.6 32.8 32.5 45.6 45.2 43.9 43.5 AVE AVE AVE AVE PEAK PEAK PEAK PEAK High Band, Low Channel, 1-50GHz 0 0 0 0 0 330 90 45 0 330 45 90 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.2 1.6 1.5 1.8 1.2 1.6 1.8 1.5 V H V H H V V H H V H V 34.1 34.1 34.1 34.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 High Band, Middle Channel, 1-50GHz 0 200 0 200 180 0 330 15 0 180 15 330 0 180 0 180 0 180 15 330 0 180 15 330 V H V H H V H V V H V H 1.5 2.2 1.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 2.0 1.6 1.5 1.8 1.6 2.0 34.1 34.1 34.1 34.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 High Band, High Channel, 1-50GHz 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 34.1 34.1 34.1 34.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 35.1 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.5 1.5 2.0 1.8 2.2 1.5 2.0 1.8 2.2 V H V H V H V H V H V H 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 99.7 100.7 88.3 90.7 41.6 41.4 39.1 39.1 52.9 52.6 50.7 50.6 98.8 101.2 89.0 88.5 41.4 41.2 39.0 38.9 52.7 51.9 50.6 50.2 100.3 100.2 90.2 88.0 41.4 41.3 39.2 38.9 52.3 51.9 50.3 49.9 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
-12.4
-12.6
-14.9
-14.9
-21.1
-21.4
-23.3
-23.4
-12.6
-12.8
-15.0
-15.1
-21.3
-22.1
-23.4
-23.8
-12.6
-12.7
-14.8
-15.1
-21.7
-22.1
-23.7
-24.1 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 76 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Indicated Ampl. dBV/m 44.2 49.0 39.5 45.2 40.8 40.1 Table Height Meter 2.2 2.0 1.4 1.8 1.2 1.5 Antenna Polar H/V V H V H V V Antenna dBV/m 18.3 11.5 19.3 11.9 14.2 11.8 Direction Degree 200 90 30 220 0 220 Frequency MHz 480.13 208.00 576.10 127.93 195.10 227.05 Note:
FUND = Fundamental AVG = average Correction Factor Cable Loss dBV/m 3.1 2.2 3.0 1.6 2.1 2.2 Amp. dB 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 Corr. Ampl. dBV/m 40.6 37.7 36.8 33.6 32.2 29.1 FCC 15 Subpart B Limit Margin dBV/m dB
-5.4
-5.8
-9.2
-9.9
-11.4
-16.9 46 43.5 46 43.5 43.5 46 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 77 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 13 - CONDUCTED EMISSIONS 13.1 Measurement Uncertainty All measurements involve certain levels of uncertainties. The factors contributing to uncertainties are spectrum analyzer, cable loss, and LISN. Based on NIS 81, The Treatment of Uncertainty in EMC Measurements, the best estimate of the uncertainty of any conducted emissions measurement at BACL is +2.4 dB. 13.2 EUT Setup The measurement was performed in the shield room, using the same setup per ANSI C63.4-2001 measurement procedure. The specification used was FCC 15 Subpart B limits. The spacing between the peripherals was 10 centimeters. External I/O cables were draped along the edge of the test table and bundle when necessary. The notebook PC was connected with 120Vac/60Hz power source. 13.3 Spectrum Analyzer Setup The spectrum analyzer was set with the following configurations during the conduction test:
Start Frequency............................................................................... 150 kHz Stop Frequency............................................................................... 30 MHz Sweep Speed................................................................................... Auto IF Bandwidth.................................................................................. 10 kHz Video Bandwidth............................................................................ 10 kHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Bandwidth ..................................................... 9 kHz Quasi-Peak Adapter Mode.............................................................. Normal 13.4 Test Procedure During the conducted emission test, the power cord of the host system was connected to the auxiliary outlet of the first LISN. Maximizing procedure was performed on the six (6) highest emissions of each modes tested to ensure EUT is compliant with all installation combination. All data was recorded in the peak detection mode. Quasi-peak readings were only performed when an emission was found to be marginal (within -4 dBV of specification limits). Quasi-peak readings are distinguished with a "Qp". 13.4 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Rohde&Schwarz Model No. ESC530 Description Calibration Due Date EMI Test Receiver 2003-12-03 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 78 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 13.5 Summary of Test Results According to the data in section 13.6, the EUT complies with the FCC Conducted margin for a Class B device, with the worst margin reading of:
-5.5 dBV at 2.870 MHz in the Neutral mode 13.6 Conducted Emissions Test Data Frequency Amplitude LINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS Detector Qp/Ave/Peak MHz 2.870 2.670 0.150 0.155 1.130 2.990 2.870 0.150 2.670 2.990 1.130 0.155 dBV 40.5 38.6 56.6 55.9 35.3 34.9 40.6 38.8 38.3 37.3 35.4 31.2 AVG AVG QP QP AVG AVG QP AVG QP QP QP AVG Phase Line/Neutral Neutral Neutral Line Neutral Line Line Neutral Line Neutral Line Line Neutral FCC PART 15 CLASS B Limit Margin dBV 46 46 66 66 46 46 56 56 56 56 56 56 dB
-5.5
-7.4
-9.4
-10.1
-10.7
-11.1
-15.4
-17.2
-17.7
-18.7
-20.6
-24.8 13.7 Plot of Conducted Emissions Test Data Plot(s) of Conducted Emissions Test Data is presented hereinafter as reference. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 79 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 80 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 81 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 14 - Discontinue Transmitting With Absence Of Data Or Operational Failure According to 15.407 (c), the device shall automatically discontinue transmission in case of either absence of information to transmit or operational failure. These provisions are not intended to preclude the transmission of control or signaling information or the user of repetitive codes used by certain digital technologies to complete frame or burst intervals. Applicants shall include in their application a description of how this requirement is met. Please refer to respective technical description. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 82 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 15 - Frequency Stability 15.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.407 (g), manufacturers of U-NII devices are responsible for ensuring frequency stability such that an emission is maintained within the band of operation under all conditions of normal operation . 15.2 Measurement Result Please refer to following pages for plots of frequency stability. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 83 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 84 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 85 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 186.35 KiB | September 10 2003 |
EXHIBIT B - TEST SETUP PHOTOGRAPHS Conducted Emission - Front View Conducted Emission - Side View Radiated Emission - Front View Radiated Emission - Rear View
1 2 3 4 | Revised Part I FCC report | Test Report | 3.16 MiB |
FCC PART 15 EMI Measurement and TEST REPORT For AMBIT Microsystems Corporation 4-1, Ming Shen Street, Tu Chen Industrial District. Tu Chen, Taipei Hsien 236, Taiwan, R.O.C. FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 This Report Concerns:
Original Report 2003-09-08 Equipment Type:
MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Combo Module Test Engineer: Ming Jing /
Report No.: R0308076 Test Date: 2003-05-13 / 2003-08-13 / 2003-08-15 Reviewed By: Ling Zhang /
Prepared By: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation (BACL) 230 Commercial Street Sunnyvale, CA 94085 Tel: (408) 732-9162 Fax: (408) 732 9164 Note: This test report is specially limited to the above client company and product model only. It may not be duplicated without prior written consent of Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation. This report must not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the U.S. Government. AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION..................................................................................................................................4 1.1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FOR EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) ..............................................................................4 1.2 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................................................................................4 1.3 RELATED SUBMITTAL(S)/GRANT(S).......................................................................................................................4 1.4 TEST METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................................................................4 1.5 TEST FACILITY.......................................................................................................................................................4 1.6 TEST EQUIPMENT LIST...........................................................................................................................................5 1.7 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST AND DETAILS ..............................................................................................................5 1.8 EXTERNAL I/O CABLING LIST AND DETAILS .........................................................................................................5 1.9 POWER SUPPLY INFORMATION...............................................................................................................................6 2 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION.....................................................................................................................7 2.1 JUSTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................................................7 2.2 EUT EXERCISE SOFTWARE....................................................................................................................................7 2.3 SPECIAL ACCESSORIES...........................................................................................................................................7 2.4 SCHEMATICS / BLOCK DIAGRAM ...........................................................................................................................7 2.5 EQUIPMENT MODIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................7 2.6 CONFIGURATION OF TEST SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................8 2.7 TEST SETUP BLOCK DIAGRAM...............................................................................................................................8 3 - SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS..........................................................................................................................9 4 - PEAK OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT ....................................................................................................10 4.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................10 4.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................10 4.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................10 4.4 MEASUREMENT RESULT ......................................................................................................................................10 5 6 DB BANDWIDTH AND 26 DB BANDWIDTH...............................................................................................20 5.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................20 5.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................20 5.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................20 5.4 MEASUREMENT RESULT ......................................................................................................................................20 6 - POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY..........................................................................................................................30 6.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................30 6.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................30 6.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................30 6.4 MEASUREMENT RESULTS.....................................................................................................................................31 7 - 100 KHZ BANDWIDTH OF BAND EDGES ......................................................................................................40 7.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................40 7.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................40 7.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................40 7.4 MEASURE RESULTS..............................................................................................................................................40 8 - PEAK EXCURSION TO AVERAGE RATIO ....................................................................................................44 8.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................44 8.2 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................................44 8.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................44 8.4 TEST RESULT FOR 15.407.....................................................................................................................................44 9 - OUT OF BAND EMISSION FOR 15.407 ............................................................................................................50 9.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ......................................................................................................................................50 9.2 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................................50 9.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ................................................................................................................................................50 9.4 TEST RESULT .......................................................................................................................................................50 10 - SPURIOUS EMISSION.......................................................................................................................................54 10.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ....................................................................................................................................54 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 2 of 85 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 10.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................54 10.3 EQUIPMENT LISTS ..............................................................................................................................................54 10.4 MEASUREMENT RESULT ....................................................................................................................................54 11 - ANTENNA REQUIREMENT.............................................................................................................................64 11.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ....................................................................................................................................64 11.2 ANTENNA CONNECTED CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................................64 12 - SPURIOUS RADIATED EMISSION.................................................................................................................65 12.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY..........................................................................................................................65 12.2 EUT SETUP........................................................................................................................................................66 12.3 SPECTRUM ANALYZER SETUP ............................................................................................................................66 12.4 TEST PROCEDURE ..............................................................................................................................................67 12.5 CORRECTED AMPLITUDE & MARGIN CALCULATION .........................................................................................67 12.6 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS .............................................................................................................................68 13 - CONDUCTED EMISSIONS...............................................................................................................................78 13.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY..........................................................................................................................78 13.2 EUT SETUP........................................................................................................................................................78 13.3 SPECTRUM ANALYZER SETUP ............................................................................................................................78 13.4 TEST PROCEDURE ..............................................................................................................................................78 13.4 EQUIPMENT LISTS ..............................................................................................................................................78 13.5 SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS .............................................................................................................................79 13.6 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS TEST DATA .................................................................................................................79 13.7 PLOT OF CONDUCTED EMISSIONS TEST DATA ...................................................................................................79 14 - DISCONTINUE TRANSMITTING WITH ABSENCE OF DATA OR OPERATIONAL FAILURE ........82 15 - FREQUENCY STABILITY................................................................................................................................83 15.1 STANDARD APPLICABLE ....................................................................................................................................83 15.2 MEASUREMENT RESULT ....................................................................................................................................83 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 3 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION 1.1 Product Description for Equipment Under Test (EUT) The Ambit Microsystems Corporations, model: T60H677.03, or the EUT as referred to in this report is an MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Module which measures approximately2.4L x 1.7W x 0.1H. The EUT is a dual band WLAN device that allows for acces to both 2.4GHz and 5GHz WLAN technologies. THE EUT Will operate at a maximum data rate of 11Mbps with 802.11b (2.4GHz), 54Mbps with 802.11g (2.4GHz) wireless networks and a minimum data rate of 54Mbps with 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks. The EUT will automatically detect and seamlessly roam between both 802.11b (2.4GHz), 802.11g (2.4GHz) and 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks.
* The test data gathered are from typical production samples provided by the manufacturer. 1.2 Objective This type approval report is prepared on behalf of AMBIT Microsystems Corporation in accordance with Part 2, Subpart J, Part 15, Subparts A , C, and E of the Federal Communication Commissions rules. The objective of the manufacturer is to demonstrate compliance with FCC rules for Output Power, Antenna Requirements, 6 dB Bandwidth and 26 dB Bandwidth, power spectral density, 100 kHz Bandwidth of Band Edges Measurement, Out of Band Emission, Spurious Emission, Conducted and Spurious Radiated Emission, Discontinue Transmitting with Absence of Data or Operational Failure, Peak Excursion to Average Ratio and Frequency Stability. 1.3 Related Submittal(s)/Grant(s) No Related Submittals. 1.4 Test Methodology All measurements contained in this report were conducted with ANSI C63.4-2001, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. All radiated and conducted emissions measurement was performed at Bay Area Compliance Laboratory, Corp. The radiated testing was performed at an antenna-to-EUT distance of 3 meters. 1.5 Test Facility The Open Area Test site used by BACL to collect radiated and conducted emission measurement data is located in the back parking lot of the building at 230 Commercial Street, Sunnyvale, California, USA. Test site at BACL has been fully described in reports submitted to the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) and Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI). The details of these reports has been found to be in compliance with the requirements of Section 2.948 of the FCC Rules on February 11 and December 10, 1997 and Article 8 of the VCCI regulations on December 25, 1997. The facility also complies with the radiated and AC line conducted test site criteria set forth in ANSI C63.4-2001. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report Page 4 of 85 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 The Federal Communications Commission and Voluntary Control Council for Interference has the reports on file and is listed under FCC file 31040/SIT 1300F2 and VCCI Registration No.: C-1298 and R-1234. The test site has been approved by the FCC and VCCI for public use and is listed in the FCC Public Access Link (PAL) database. Additionally, BACL is a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) accredited laboratory, under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accredited Program (Lab Code 200167-0). The scope of the accreditation covers the FCC Method 47 CFR Part Digital Devices, CISPER 22: 1997:
Electromagnetic Interference Limits and Methods of Measurement of Information Technology Equipment test methods. 1.6 Test Equipment List Manufacturer Description HP HP HP Rohde&Schwarz Com-Power Com-Power Agilent Agilent Spectrum Analyzer Amplifier Quasi-Peak Adapter EMI Test Receiver Log Periodic Antenna Log Periodic Antenna Spectrum Analyzer
(9KHz 40GHz) Spectrum Analyzer
(9KHz 50GHz) Model 8568B 8447E 85650A ESC530 AL-100 AB-900 Serial Number Cal. Due Date 2517A01610 2944A07030 2521A00718 C00176 16005 15049 2003-10-30 2004-06-28 2004-03-08 2003-12-03 2004-08-23 2004-05-01 8564E 3943A01781 2004-08-26 8565EC 3946A00131 2004-05-03 HP Amplifier (1-26.5GHz) 8449B 3147A00400 2004-03-14 A.H.System Horn Antenna
(700MHz-18GHz) SAS-200/571 261 2004-05-31
* Statement of Traceability: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corp. certifies that all calibration has been performed using suitable standards traceable to the NIST. 1.7 Support Equipment List and Details Manufacturer ACER HP Description Notebook Printer Model Travelmate 660 2225C Serial Number N/A N/A FCC ID DOC DOC 1.8 External I/O Cabling List and Details Cable Description Length (M) Port/From Shielded Printer Cable 2.0 Parallel Port/Notebook PC To Printer Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 5 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1.9 Power Supply Information Manufacturer DELTA Description AC Adapter Model ADP-75FB Serial Number S4W0311012681 FCC ID DOC Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 6 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION 2.1 Justification The host system was configured for testing in a typical fashion (as normally used by a typical user). The EUT was tested in the normal (native) operating mode to represent worst-case results during the final qualification test. 2.2 EUT Exercise Software The EUT exercise program used during radiated and conducted testing was designed to exercise the system components in a manner similar to a typical use. The test software, provided by the customer, is started the Windows terminal program under the Windows 98/2000/ME/XP operating system. Once loaded, set the Tx channel to low, mid and high for testing. 2.3 Special Accessories As shown in section 2.7, all interface cables used for compliance testing are shielded. The host PC and the peripherals featured shielded metal connectors. 2.4 Schematics / Block Diagram Please refer to Appendix A. 2.5 Equipment Modifications No modifications were made by BACL to ensure the EUT to comply with the applicable limits and requirements. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 7 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2.6 Configuration of Test System 2.7 Test Setup Block Diagram Notebook Printer Notebook Power Cord LISN 1 LISN 2 Printer Notebook 10 cm Non-Conducting Table 80 cm Above Ground Plane 1.5 Meters s r e t e M 1 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 8 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 3 - SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS FCC RULES 15.203 15.205, 15.407 (b)(6) 15.209 (a), 15.407 (b)(5) 15.209 (f) 15.247 (a)(2) 15.247 (b)(1), 15.407(a)(2) 15.247(b)(4), 15.407 (f) 15.247 (c) 15.247 (d) 15.207 (a) 15.407 (a)(2) 15.407 (a)(6) 15.407 (c) 15.407 (g) DESCRIPTION OF TEST Antenna Requirement Restricted Bands Radiated Emission Spurious Emission 6 dB Bandwidth Maximum Peak Output Power RF Exposure Requirement 100 kHz Bandwidth of Frequency Band Edge Peak Power Spectral Density For an intentional radiator which is designed to be connected to the public utility (AC) power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequency within the band 450 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed 250 micorvolts. The peak power spectral density shall not exceed 11dBm in any 1 MHz band The ratio of the peak excursion of the modulation envelope (measured using a peak hold function) to the peak transmit power (measured as specified in this paragraph0 shall not exceed 13 dB across any 1 MHz bandwidth or the emission bandwidth whichever is less. The device shall automatically discontinue transmission in case of either absence of information to transmit or operational failure. These provisions are not intended to preclude the transmission of control or signaling information or the user of repetitive codes used by certain digital technologies to complete frame or burst intervals. Applicants shall include in their application a description of how this requirement is met. The responsibility for manufacturer to ensure U-NII device frequency stability RESULT Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant REFERENCE Section 11 Section 12 Section 12 Section 10 Section 5 Section 4 Section 14 Section 7 Section 6 Section 13 Compliant Section 6 Compliant Compliant Section 8 See Provided Technical Manual Compliant Section 16 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 9 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4 - PEAK OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT 4.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247(b) (3), for systems using digital modulation in 2400-2483.5 MHz: 1 Watt According to 15.407(a)(1), for the band 5.15-5.25 GHz, the peak transmit power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 50 mW or 4 dBm + 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. According to 15.407(a)(2), for the band 5.25-5.35 GHz, the peak transmit power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 250 mW or 11 dBm + 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. According to 15.407(a)(3), for the band 5.725-5.825 GHz, the peak transmit power over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 1 W or 17 dBm + 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. 4.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. 2. Remove the antenna from the EUT and then connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a spectrum analyzer. 3. Add a correction factor to the display. EUT SA 4.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Descripton Calibration Due Date Agilent 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 4.4 Measurement Result 4.4.1 RF Output Power (15.247) for 802.11b Port Channel Frequency
(MHz) J1 Low Mid High 2412 2437 2462 Output Power
(dBm) 9.5 9.17 8.67 Correction Factor
(dB) 7.2 7.2 7.2 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 10 of 85 Corrected Output Power
(dBm) 16.7 16.37 15.87 Output Power
(W) Standard
(W) Result 0.0468 0.0434 0.0386 Compliant Compliant Compliant FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report
< 1W
< 1W
< 1W AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Note: Correction Factor = 10Log(BW6dB/RBW) = 10Log(10.5/2) = 7.2dB 4.4.2 RF Output Power (15.247) for 802.11g J1 Port Channel Frequency
(MHz) Low Mid High 2412 2442 2462 Correction Corrected Peak Output Power
(dBm) 6.33 6.50 6.67 Factor
(dBm) 9.3 9.3 9.3 Factor
(dBm) 15.63 15.80 15.97 Output Power
(W) 0.037 0.038 0.040 Standard
(W) Result
< 1 W
< 1 W
< 1 W Compliant Compliant Compliant Note: Correction Factor = 10 log (BW6dB/RBW) = 10 log (17/2.0) = 9.3 dBm 4.4.3 RF Output Power (15.407) for 802.11a Channel
(MHz) Frequency
(MHz) Band Correction Corrected Output Power Output Power
(W) Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High 5150 5200 5250 5250 5300 5330 5745 5775 5810 Output Power
(dBm) 5.83 6 5.5 5.5 5.33 5.83 5.33 5.67 5.83 Factor
(dB) 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
(dBm) 16.53 16.7 16.2 16.2 16.03 16.53 16.03 16.37 16.53 0.0449 0.0468 0.0417 0.0417 0.0401 0.0449 0.0401 0.0434 0.0449 Standard
(mW)
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Note: Correction Factor = 10Log(BW26dB/RBW) = 10Log(23.83/2) = 10.7dB Test mode: target power = 15.0, ext pw detector = 1, xpdgain = 6, ob = 1, db = 2, b-ob = 1 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 11 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Peak Output Power for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 12 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Peak Output Power for 802.11 g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 13 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 14 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Peak Output Power for 802.11a (15.407) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 15 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 16 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 17 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 18 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 19 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5 6 DB BANDWIDTH and 26 DB BANDWIDTH 5.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247(a)(2), for direct sequence systems, the minimum 6dB bandwidth shall be at least 500 kHz. According to 15.407, 26dB Bandwidth should be shown. 5.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Check the calibration of the measuring instrument using either an internal calibrator or a known signal from an external generator. 2. Position the EUT without connection to measurement instrument. Turn on the EUT and connect it to measurement instrument. Then set it to any one convenient frequency within its operating range. Set a reference level on the measuring instrument equal to the highest peak value. 3. Measure the frequency difference of two frequencies that were attenuated 6 dB from the reference level. Record the frequency difference as the emission bandwidth. (6 dB bandwidth for DTS) 4. Same as (3) except 26 dB. (26dB bandwidth for UNII) 5. Repeat above procedures until all frequencies measured were complete. 5.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date Agilent 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 5.4 Measurement Result 5.4.1 Test Result for 802.11b (15.247) Channel Frequency (MHz) Low Mid High 2412 2442 2462 Measured
(MHz) 10.25 MHz 10.33 MHz 10.50 MHz Standard
(kHz) 500 500 500 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 20 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5.4.2 Test Result for 802.11g (15.247) J1 Port Frequency (MHz) 2412 2442 2462 Measured
(MHz) 16.83 16.92 16.83 Standard
(kHz) 500 500 500 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant 5.4.3 Test Result for 802.11a MHz Band (15.407) Band Low Mid High Channel Frequency (MHz) Measured (MHz) Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High 5150 5200 5250 5250 5300 5330 5745 5775 5810 23.33 23.25 23.58 23.83 23.08 23.83 23.00 23.75 23.50 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 21 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of 6dB Bandwidth for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 22 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of 6dB Bandwidth for 802.11g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 23 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 24 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of 26dB Bandwidth for 802.11a (15.407) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 25 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 26 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 27 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 28 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 29 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6 - POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY 6.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247 (d), for direct sequence systems, the peak power spectral density conducted from the intentional radiator to the antenna shall not be greater than 8 dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission. According to 15.407(a) (1), for the band 5.15-5.25 GHz, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 4 dBm in any 1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. According to 15.407(a) (2), for the band 5.25-5.35 GHz, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 11 dBm in any 1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceed 6 dBi. According to 15.407(a) (3), for the band 5.725-5.825 GHz, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 17 dBm in any 1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. 6.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Check the calibration of the measuring instrument using either an internal calibrator or a known signal from an external generator. 2. Position the EUT was set without connection to measurement instrument. Turn on the EUT and connect its antenna terminal to measurement instrument via a low loss cable. Then set it to any one measured frequency within its operating range, and make sure the instrument is operated in its linear range. 3. Adjust the center frequency of SA on any frequency be measured and set SA to 6MHz span mode. And then, set RBW and VBW of spectrum analyzer to proper value. (DTS) 4. Adjust the center frequency of SA on any frequency be measured and set SA to 50MHz span mode. And then, set RBW and VBW of spectrum analyzer to proper value. (UNII) 5. Repeat above procedures until all frequencies measured were complete. 6.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date Agilent Report # R0308076Rpt.doc 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 Page 30 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.4 Measurement Results 6.4.1Test Result for 802.11b (15.247) Channel Frequency Peak Power Spectral Standard (dBm) Result Low Mid High
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 Density (dBm)
-10.67
-10.33
-12.00 8 8 8 Compliant Compliant Compliant 6.4.2Test Result for 802.11b (15.247) J1 Port Frequency (MHz) Peak Power Spectral Density 2412 2442 2462
-6.17
-8.67
-9.17 Standard
(dBm) 8 8 8 Result Compliant Compliant Compliant 6.4.3 Test Result for 802.11a (15.407) Band Channel Frequency
(MHz) Peak Power Spectral Density (dBm) Standard
(dBm) Result Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High Low Mid High 5150 5200 5250 5250 5300 5330 5745 5775 5810
-8.83
-10.17
-9.50
-8.83
-9.67
-7.50
-8.17
-9.83
-10.00 4 4 4 11 11 11 17 17 17 Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Compliant Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 31 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Power Spectral Density for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 32 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Power Spectral Density for 802.11g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 33 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 34 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Spectral Density for 802.11a (15.407) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 35 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 36 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 37 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 38 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 39 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7 - 100 KHZ BANDWIDTH OF BAND EDGES 7.1 Standard Applicable According to 15.247(c), in any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the frequency bands in which the spread spectrum intentional radiator is operating, the radio frequency power that is produced by the intentional radiator shall be at least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz bandwidth within the band that contains the highest level of the desired power, based on either an RF conducted or a radiated measurement. In addition, radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands, as defined in 15.205(a), must also comply with the radiated emission limits specified in 15.209(a) see 15.205(c)). 7.2 Measurement Procedure 1. Check the calibration of the measuring instrument using either an internal calibrator or a known signal from an external generator. 2. Position the EUT without connection to measurement instrument. Turn on the EUT and connect its antenna terminal to measurement instrument via a low loss cable. Then set it to any one measured frequency within its operating range, and make sure the instrument is operated in its linear range. 3. Set both RBW and VBW of spectrum analyzer to 100 kHz with a convenient frequency span including 100kHz bandwidth from band edge. 4. Measure the highest amplitude appearing on spectral display and set it as a reference level. Plot the graph with marking the highest point and edge frequency. 5. Repeat above procedures until all measured frequencies were complete. 7.3 Equipment Lists Manufacturer Model No. Description Calibration Due Date 8564E Spectrum Analyzer 2004-08-26 Agilent 7.4 Measure Results Please refer to following pages for plots of band edge. Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 40 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Band Edge for 802.11b (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 41 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plots of Band Edge for 802.11g (15.247) Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 42 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report # R0308076Rpt.doc Page 43 of 85 FCC Part 15.247 & 15.407 Test Report
1 2 3 4 | Revised SAR report | RF Exposure Info | 1.71 MiB |
SAR EVALUATION REPORT For AMBIT Microsystems Corporation 4-1, Ming Shen Street, Tu Chen Industrial District. Tu Chen, Taipei Hsien 236, Taiwan, R.O.C. FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2003-09-09 Equipment Type:
MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Combo Module This Report Concerns:
Original Report Test Engineer: Eric Hong /
Report No.: R0308076S Test Date: 2003-09-04 Reviewed By: Ling Zhang Prepared By: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation 230 Commercial Street Sunnyvale, CA 94085 Tel: (408) 732-9162 Fax: (408) 732 9164 Note: This test report is specially limited to the above client company and the product model only. It may not be duplicated without prior written consent of Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation. This report must not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the U.S. Government. AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY....................................................................................................................................................................3 1 - REFERENCE ...........................................................................................................................................................4 2 - TESTING EQUIPMENT.........................................................................................................................................5 2.1 EQUIPMENTS LIST & CALIBRATION INFO...............................................................................................................5 2.2 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE ...............................................................................................................5 3 - EUT SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................................12 4 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION...................................................................................................................13 4.1 JUSTIFICATION .....................................................................................................................................................13 4.2 EUT EXERCISE SOFTWARE AND PROCEDURE ......................................................................................................13 4.3 SPECIAL ACCESSORIES.........................................................................................................................................13 4.4 EQUIPMENT MODIFICATIONS ...............................................................................................................................13 5 - CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT......................................................................................14 5.1 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................14 5.2 TEST RESULTS .....................................................................................................................................................14 5.3 MEASUREMENT PLOTS.........................................................................................................................................14 6 - DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SETUP...............................................................................................................16 6.1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM .....................................................................................................................17 6.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS.........................................................................................................................................18 6.3 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY............................................................................................................................22 7 - SYSTEM EVALUATION .....................................................................................................................................23 7.1 SIMULATED TISSUE LIQUID PARAMETER CONFIRMATION ...................................................................................23 7.2 EVALUATION PROCEDURES..................................................................................................................................23 7.3 SYSTEM ACCURACY VERIFICATION .....................................................................................................................24 7.4 SAR EVALUATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................28 7.5 EXPOSURE LIMITS................................................................................................................................................29 8 - TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................................................30 8.1 SAR BODY-WORN TEST DATA............................................................................................................................30 8.2 PLOTS OF TEST RESULT .......................................................................................................................................30 EXHIBIT A - SAR SETUP PHOTOGRAPHS .........................................................................................................35 BACK TOUCHING FLAT PHANTOM ANTENNA AT RIGHT..........................................................................................35 BACK TOUCHING FLAT PHANTOM ANTENNA AT LEFT............................................................................................35 EXHIBIT B - EUT PHOTOGRAPHS.......................................................................................................................36 NOTEBOOK TOP VIEW................................................................................................................................................36 NOTEBOOK FRONT VIEW ...........................................................................................................................................36 LAPTOP REAR VIEW...................................................................................................................................................37 LAPTOP BOTTOM VIEW..............................................................................................................................................37 ANTENNA LOCATION 1 ..............................................................................................................................................38 ANTENNA LOCATION 2 ..............................................................................................................................................38 EUT TOP VIEW.......................................................................................................................................................39 EUT COVER REMOVED VIEW.................................................................................................................................39 EUT SOLDER VIEW ................................................................................................................................................40 ANTENNA VIEW.........................................................................................................................................................40 AC POWER ADAPTER VIEW.......................................................................................................................................41 EXHIBIT C Z-AXIS.................................................................................................................................................42 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 2 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 SUMMARY The US Federal Communications Commission has released the report and order Guidelines for Evaluating the Environmental Effects of RF Radiation", ET Docket No. 93-62 in August 1996 [1]. The order requires routine SAR evaluation prior to equipment authorization of portable transmitter devices, including portable telephones. For consumer products, the applicable limit is 1.6 mW/g as recommended by the ANSI/IEEE standard C95.1-1992 [6] for an uncontrolled environment (Paragraph 65). According to the Supplement C of OET Bulletin 65 Evaluating Compliance with FCC Guide-lines for Human Exposure to Radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields", released on Jun 29, 2001 by the FCC, the device should be evaluated at maximum output power (radiated from the antenna) under worst-case conditions for normal or intended use, incorporating normal antenna operating positions, device peak performance frequencies and positions for maximum RF energy coupling. This report describes the methodology and results of experiments performed on wireless data terminal. The objective was to determine if there is RF radiation and if radiation is found, what is the extent of radiation with respect to safety limits. SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) is the measure of RF exposure determined by the amount of RF energy absorbed by human body (or its parts) to determine how the RF energy couples to the body or head which is a primary health concern for body worn devices. The limit below which the exposure to RF is considered safe by regulatory bodies in North America is 1.6 mW/g average over 1 gram of tissue mass. The test configurations were laid out on a specially designed test fixture to ensure the reproducibility of measurements. Each configuration was scanned for SAR. Analysis of each scan was carried out to characterize the above effects in the device. The investigation was limited to the worst-case scenario from the device usage point of view. For the clarity of data analysis, and clarity of presentation, only one tissue simulation was used for the head and body simulation. This means that if SAR was found at the headset position, the magnitude of SAR would be overestimated comparing to SAR to a headset placed in the ear region. There was no SAR of any concern measured on the device for any of the investigated configurations. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 3 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1 - REFERENCE
[1] Federal Communications Commission, \Report and order: Guidelines for evaluating the environmental effects of radiofrequency radiation", Tech. Rep. FCC 96-326, FCC, Washington, D.C. 20554, 1996.
[2] David L. Means Kwok Chan, Robert F. Cleveland, \Evaluating compliance with FCC guidelines for human exposure to radiofrequency electromagnetic fields", Tech. Rep., Federal Communication Commission, O_ce of Engineering & Technology, Washington, DC, 1997.
[3] Thomas Schmid, Oliver Egger, and Niels Kuster, \Automated E-field scanning system for dosimetric assessments", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, pp. 105{113, Jan. 1996.
[4] Niels Kuster, Ralph K.astle, and Thomas Schmid, \Dosimetric evaluation of mobile communications equipment with known precision", IEICE Transactions on Communications, vol. E80-B, no. 5, pp. 645{652, May 1997.
[5] CENELEC, \Considerations for evaluating of human exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMFs) from mobile telecommunication equipment (MTE) in the frequency range 30MHz - 6GHz", Tech. Rep., CENELEC, European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, Brussels, 1997.
[6] ANSI, ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., New York, NY 10017, 1992.
[7] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \Robust setup for precise calibration of E-field probes in tissue simulating liquids at mobile communications frequencies", in ICECOM _ 97, Dubrovnik, October 15{17, 1997, pp. 120-24.
[8] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \E-_eld probe with improved isotropy in brain simulating liquids", in Proceedings of the ELMAR, Zadar, Croatia, 23{25 June, 1996, pp. 172-175.
[9] Volker Hombach, Klaus Meier, Michael Burkhardt, Eberhard K. uhn, and Niels Kuster, \The depen-dence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 900 MHz", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, no. 10, pp. 1865-1873, Oct. 1996.
[10] Klaus Meier, Ralf Kastle, Volker Hombach, Roger Tay, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 1800 MHz", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Oct. 1997, in press.
[11] W. Gander, Computermathematik, Birkhaeuser, Basel, 1992.
[12] W. H. Press, S. A. Teukolsky,W. T. Vetterling, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical Recepies in C, The Art of Scientific Computing, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 1992.Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 9
[13] NIS81 NAMAS, \The treatment of uncertainity in EMC measurement", Tech. Rep., NAMAS Executive, National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, Middlesex, England, 1994.
[14] Barry N. Taylor and Christ E. Kuyatt, \Guidelines for evaluating and expressing the uncertainty of NIST measurement results", Tech. Rep., National Institute of Standards and Technology, 1994. Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 10 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 4 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2 - TESTING EQUIPMENT 2.1 Equipments List & Calibration Info Type / Model Cal. Date DASY3 Professional Dosimetric System Robot RX60L Robot Controller Dell Computer Optiplex GX110 Pentium III, Windows NT SPEAG EDC3 SPEAG DAE3 SPEAG E-Field Probe ET3DV6 SPEAG Dummy Probe SPEAG Generic Twin Phantom SPEAG Light Alignment Sensor Apprel Validation Dipole D-1800-S-2 SPEAG Validation Dipole D900V2 Brain Equivalent Matter (800MHz) Brain Equivalent Matter (1900MHz) Brain Equivalent Matter (2450MHz) Muscle Equivalent Matter (800MHz) Muscle Equivalent Matter (1900MHz) Muscle Equivalent Matter (2450MHz) Robot Table Phone Holder Phantom Cover HP Spectrum Analyzer HP8593GM Microwave Amp. 8349B Power Meter HP436A Power Sensor HP8482A Signal Generator RS SMIQ O3 Network Analyzer HP-8753ES Dielectric Probe Kit HP85070A Apprel Validation Dipole D-2450-S-1 2.2 Equipment Calibration Certificate Please see the attached file. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2003-06 2004-09-07 N/A N/A N/A 2003-11-06 2004-09-03 Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily N/A N/A N/A 2004-06-20 N/A 2004-04-02 2004-04-02 2004-02-10 2004-07-30 N/A 2003-10-01 S/N:
N/A F00/5H31A1/A/01 F01/5J72A1/A/01 N/A N/A N/A 456 1604 N/A N/A 278 BCL-049 122 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3009A00791 2644A02662 2709A29209 2349A08568 1084800403 820079 N/A BCL-141 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 5 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 6 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 7 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 8 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 9 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Body 2450 Mhz Liquid Measurement, 2003-09-04
= o = 2 f o =1.96 where f = 2450x 106 o = 8.854 x 10-12
= 14.3833 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 10 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Head 2450 Mhz Liquid Measurement, 2003-09-04
= o = 2 f o =1.88 where f = 2450x 106 o = 8.854 x 10-12
= 13.8156 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 11 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 3 - EUT SUMMARY The Ambit Microsystems Corporations, model: T60H677.03, or the EUT as referred to in this report is an MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Module which measures approximately2.4L x 1.7W x 0.1H. The EUT is a dual band WLAN device that allows for acces to both 2.4GHz and 5GHz WLAN technologies. THE EUT will operate at a maximum data rate of 11Mbps with 802.11b (2.4GHz), 54Mbps with 802.11g
(2.4GHz) wireless networks and a minimum data rate of 54Mbps with 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks. The EUT will automatically detect and seamlessly roam between both 802.11b (2.4GHz), 802.11g
(2.4GHz) and 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks.
* The test data gathered are from typical production samples provided by the manufacturer. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 12 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION 4.1 Justification The system was configured for testing in a typical fashion (as normally used by a typical user). 4.2 EUT Exercise Software and Procedure The EUT exercising program used during SAR testing was designed to exercise the various system components in a manner similar to a typical use. The test software, provided by the customer, is started the Windows terminal program under the Windows 98/2000/ME/XP operating system. Once loaded, set the Tx channel to low, mid and high for testing. 4.3 Special Accessories All interface cables used for compliance testing are shielded as normally supplied by INMAC, Monster Cable and their respective support equipment manufacturer. The EUT is featured shielded metal connectors. 4.4 Equipment Modifications No modification(s) were made to ensure that the EUT complies with the applicable limits. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 13 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5 - CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT 5.1 Measurement Procedure 1. Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. 2. Remove the antenna from the EUT and then connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a spectrum analyzer. 3. Add a correction factor to the display. EUT Attenuator Power Meter 5.2 Test Results Frequency
(MHz) 802.11b 802.11g 2437 2437 5.3 Measurement Plots Please refer to the plots hereinafter. Correction Corrected Peak Output Power
(dBm) 9.33 6.67 Factor
(dBm) 7.2 9.3 Factor
(dBm) 16.53 15.97 Output Power
(W) 0.045 0.040 Standard
(W) Result
< 1W
< 1W Compliant Compliant Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 14 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 15 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6 - DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SETUP These measurements were performed with the automated near-field scanning system DASY3 from Schmid & Partner Engineering AG (SPEAG). The system is based on a high precision robot (working range greater than 0.9m) which positions the probes with a positional repeatability of better than 0.02mm. Special E- and H-field probes have been developed for measurements close to material discontinuity, the sensors of which are directly loaded with a Schottky diode and connected via highly resistive lines to the data acquisition unit. The system is described in detail in [3]. The SAR measurements were conducted with the dosimetric probe ET3DV6 SN: 1604 (manufactured by SPEAG), designed in the classical triangular configuration [3] and optimized for dosimetric evaluation. The probe has been calibrated according to the procedure described in [7] with accuracy of better than 10%. The spherical isotropy was evaluated with the procedure described in [8] and found to be better than 0.25dB. The phantom used was the \Generic Twin Phantom described in [4]. The ear was simulated as a spacer of 4 mm thickness between the earpiece of the phone and the tissue simulating liquid. The Tissue simulation liquid used for each test is in according with the FCC OET65 supplement C as listed below. Ingredients
(% by weight) Tissue Type Water Salt (Nacl) Sugar HEC Bactericide Triton x-100 DGBE Dielectric Constant Conductivity (s/m) 450 835 915 1900 Frequency (MHz) Head 38.56 3.95 56.32 0.98 0.19 0.0 0.0 43.42 0.85 Body Head Body Head 41.05 51.16 1.35 1.49 46.78 56.5 1.0 0.52 0.1 0.05 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 42.0 58.0 0.83 1.0 41.45 1.45 56.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 42.54 0.91 52.4 1.4 45.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 56.1 0.95 Body 56.0 0.76 41.76 1.21 0.27 0.0 0.0 56.8 1.07 Head 54.9 0.18 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 44.92 39.9 1.42 Body 40.4 0.5 58.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 54.0 1.45 2450 Head Body 73.2 62.7 0.04 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 36.8 0.0 26.7 52.5 39.8 1.88 1.78 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 16 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.1 Measurement System Diagram The DASY3 system for performing compliance tests consist of the following items:
1. A standard high precision 6-axis robot (Stubli RX family) with controller and software. 2. An arm extension for accommodating the data acquisition electronics (DAE). 3. A dosimetric probe, i.e., an isotropic E-field probe optimized and calibrated for usage in tissue simulating liquid. The probe is equipped with an optical surface detector system. 4. A data acquisition electronic (DAE), which performs the signal amplification, signal multiplexing, AD-conversion, offset measurements, mechanical surface detection, collision detection, etc. The unit is battery powered with standard or rechargeable batteries. The signal is optically transmitted to the EOC. 5. A unit to operate the optical surface detector, which is connected to the EOC. The Electro-optical coupler (EOC) performs the conversion from the optical into a digital electric signal of the DAE. The EOC is connected to the PC plug-in card. The functions of the PC plug-in card based on a DSP is to perform the time critical task such as signal filtering, surveillance of the robot operation fast movement interrupts. 6. A computer operating Windows 95 or larger 7. DASY3 software 8. Remote control with teaches pendant and additional circuitry for robot safety such as warning lamps, etc. 9. The generic twin phantom enabling testing left-hand and right-hand usage. 10. The device holder for handheld EUT. 11. Tissue simulating liquid mixed according to the given recipes (see Application Note). 12. System validation dipoles to validate the proper functioning of the system. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 17 of 43 Photograph of the probe AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.2 System Components ET3DV6 Probe Specification Construction Symmetrical design with triangular core Built-in optical fiber for surface detection System Built-in shielding against static charges Calibration In air from 10 MHz to 2.5 GHz In brain and muscle simulating tissue at Frequencies of 450 MHz, 900 MHz and 1.8 GHz (accuracy 8%) Frequency 10 MHz to > 6 GHz; Linearity: 0.2 dB
(30 MHz to 3 GHz) Directivity 0.2 dB in brain tissue (rotation around probe axis) 0.4 dB in brain tissue (rotation normal probe axis) Dynamic 5 mW/g to > 100 mW/g;
Range Linearity: 0.2 dB Surface 0.2 mm repeatability in air and clear liquids Detection over diffuse reflecting surfaces. Dimensions Overall length: 330 mm Tip length: 16 mm Body diameter: 12 mm Tip diameter: 6.8 mm Distance from probe tip to dipole centers: 2.7 mm Application General dosimetric up to 3 GHz Compliance tests of mobile phones Fast automatic scanning in arbitrary phantoms The SAR measurements were conducted with the dosimetric probe ET3DV6 designed in the classical triangular configuration and optimized for dosimetric evaluation. The probe is constructed using the thick film technique; with printed resistive lines on ceramic substrates. The probe is equipped with an optical multi-fiber line ending at the front of the probe tip. It is connected to the EOC box on the robot arm and provides an automatic detection of the phantom surface. Half of the fibers are connected to a pulsed infrared transmitter, the other half to a synchronized receiver. As the probe approaches the surface, the reflection from the surface produces a coupling from the transmitting to the receiving fibers. This reflection increases first during the approach, reaches maximum and then decreases. If the probe is flatly touching the surface, the coupling is zero. The distance of the coupling maximum to the surface is independent of the surface reflectivity and largely independent of the surface to probe angle. The DASY3 software reads the reflection during a software approach and looks for the maximum using a 2 nd order fitting. The approach is stopped when reaching the maximum. Inside view of ET3DV6 E-field Probe Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 18 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 E-Field Probe Calibration Process Each probe is calibrated according to a dosimetric assessment procedure described in [6] with accuracy better than +/- 10%. The spherical isotropy was evaluated with the procedure described in [7] and found to be better than +/-0.25dB. The sensitivity parameters (NormX, NormY, NormZ), the diode compression parameter (DCP) and the conversion factor (ConvF) of the probe are tested. The free space E-field from amplified probe outputs is determined in a test chamber. This is performed in a TEM cell for frequencies bellow 1 GHz, and in a waveguide above 1 GHz for free space. For the free space calibration, the probe is placed in the volumetric center of the cavity and at the proper orientation with the field. The probe is then rotated 360 degrees. E-field temperature correlation calibration is performed in a flat phantom filled with the appropriate simulated brain tissue. The measured free space E-field in the medium correlates to temperature rise in dielectric medium. For temperature correlation calibration a RF transparent thermistor-based temperature probe is used in conjunction with the E-field probe. Data Evaluation The DASY3 software automatically executes the following procedures to calculate the field units from the microvolt readings at the probe connector. The parameters used in the evaluation are stored in the configuration modules of the software:
Probe Parameter:
Device parameter:
Media parameter:
These parameters must be set correctly in the software. They can either be found in the component documents or be imported into the software from the configuration files issued for the DASY3 components. In the direct measuring mode of the multi-meter option, the parameters of the actual system setup are used. In the scan visualization and export modes, the parameters stored in the corresponding document files are used. The first step of the evaluation is a linearization of the filtered input signal to account for the compression characteristics of the detector diode. The compensation depends on the input signal, the diode type and the DC-transmission factor from the diode to the evaluation electronics. If the exciting field is pulsed, the crest factor of the signal must be known to correctly compensate for peak power. The formula for each channel can be given as:
-Sensitivity
-Conversion Factor
-Diode compression point
-Frequency
-Crest Factor
-Conductivity
-Density Normi, ai0, ai1, ai2 ConvFi Dcpi f cf Vi = Ui + (Ui)2 cf / dcpi With Vi = compensated signal of channel i (i =x, y, z) Ui = input signal of channel i (i =x, y, z) cf = crest factor of exciting field (DASY parameter) dcpi = diode compression point (DASY parameter) Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 19 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 From the compensated input signals the primary field data for each channel can be evaluated:
With Vi = compensated signal of channel i (i =x, y, z) Normi = sensor sensitivity of channel i (i =x, y, z) V/ (V/m)2 for E-field probes ConF = sensitivity enhancement in solution aij = sensor sensitivity factors for H-field probes f = carrier frequency [GHz]
Ei = electric field strenggy of channel i in V/m Hi = diode compression point (DASY parameter) The RSS value of the field components gives the total field strength (Hermitian magnitude):
Etot = Square Root [(Ex)2 + (Ey)2+ (Ez)2]
The primary field data are used to calculate the derived field units. SAR = (Etot) 2 /( 1000) With SAR = local specific absorption rate in mW/g Etot = total field strength in V/m
= conductivity in [mho/m] or [Siemens/m]
= equivalent tissue density in g/cm3 Note that the density is normally set to 1 (or 1.06), to account for actual brain density rather than the density of the simulation liquid. The power flow density is calculated assuming the excitation field as a free space field. With Ppwe = equivalent power density of a plane wave in mW/cm3 Ppwe = (Etot)2 / 3770 or Ppwe = (Htot)2 37.7 Etot = total electric filed strength in V/m Htot = total magnetic filed strength in V/m Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 20 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Generic Twin Phantom The Generic Twin Phantom is constructed of a fiberglass shell integrated in a wooden table. The shape of the shell is based on data from an anatomical study designed to determine the maximum exposure in at least 90% of all users [9][10]. It enables the dosimetric evaluation of left and right hand phone usage as well as body mounted usage at the flat phantom region. A cover prevents the evaporation of the liquid. Reference markings on the Phantom allows the complete setup of all predefined phantom positions and measurement grids by manually teaching three points in the robot. Shell Thickness 2 0.1 mm Filling Volume Approx. 20 liters Dimensions 810 x 1000 x 500 mm (H x L x W) Generic Twin Phantom Device Holder In combination with the Generic Twin Phantom V3.0, the Mounting Device enables the rotation of the mounted transmitter in spherical coordinates whereby the rotation points is the ear opening. The devices can be easily, accurately, and repeatedly positioned according to the FCC and CENELEC specifications. The device holder can be locked at different phantom locations (left head, right head, flat phantom).
* Note: A simulating human hand is not used due to the complex anatomical and geometrical structure of the hand that may produced infinite number of configurations [10]. To produce the worst-case condition (the hand absorbs antenna output power), the hand is omitted during the tests. Device Holder Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 21 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.3 Measurement Uncertainty The uncertainty budget has been determined for the DASY3 measurement system according to the NIS81 [13] and the NIST1297 [14] documents and is given in the following Table. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 22 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7 - SYSTEM EVALUATION 7.1 Simulated Tissue Liquid Parameter Confirmation The dielectric parameters were checked prior to assessment using the HP85070A dielectric probe kit. The dielectric parameters measured are reported in each correspondent section:
7.2 Evaluation Procedures Maximum Search The maximum search is automatically performed after each coarse scan measurement. It is based on splines in two or three dimensions. The procedure can find the maximum for most SAR distributions even with relatively large grid spacings. After the coarse scan measurement, the probe is automatically moved to a position at the interpolated maximum. The following scan can directly use this position for reference, e.g., for a finer resolution grid or the cube evaluations. The extrapolation can be used in z-axis scans with automatic surface detection. The SAR values can be extrapolated to the inner phantom surface. The extrapolation distance is the sum of the probe sensor offset, the surface detection distance and the grid offset. The extrapolation is based on fourth order polynomal functions. The extrapolation is only available for SAR values. Extrapolation Boundary Corrections The correction of the probe boundary effect in the vicinity of the phantom surface can be done in two different ways. In the standard (worse case) evaluation, the boundary effect is reduced by different weights for the lowest measured points in the extrapolation routine. The result is a slight overestimation of the extrapolated SAR values (2% to 8%) depending on the SAR distribution and gradient. The advanced evaluation makes a full compensation of the boundary effect before doing the extrapolation. This is only possible of probes with specifications on the boundary effect. Peak Search for 1g and 10g cube averaged SAR The 1g and 10g peak evaluations are only available for the predefined cube 4x4x7 and cube 5x5x7 scans. The routine are verified and optimized for the grid dimensions used in these cube measurements. The measured volume of 32x32x35mm contains about 35g of tissue. The first procedure is an extrapolation
(incl. Boundary correction) to get the points between the lowest measured plane and the surface. The next step uses 3D interpolation get all points within the measured volume in a 1mm grid (35000 points). In the last step, a 1g cube is place numerically into the volume and its averaged SAR is calculated. This cube is the moved around until the highest averaged SAR is found. This last procedure is repeated for a 10g cube. If the highest SAR is found at the edge of the measured volume, the system will issue a warning,: higher SAR values might be found outside of the measured volume. In that case the cube measurement can be repeated, using the new interpolated maximum as the center. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 23 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7.3 System Accuracy Verification Prior to the assessment, the system validation kit was used to test whether the system was operating within its specifications of 10%. The validation results are tabulated below. And also the corresponding SAR plot is attached as well in the SAR plots files. IEEE P1528 recommended reference value for Head Frequency 1 g SAR 10 g SAR Local SAR at surface
(above feed point) Local SAR at surface
(v=2cm offset from feed point) 3.0 4.9 9.5 10.8 29.0 38.1 39.7 41.1 52.4 63.8 2.0 3.3 6.2 6.9 16.0 19.8 20.5 21.1 24.0 25.7 4.4 7.2 14.1 16.4 50.2 69.5 72.1 74.6 104.2 140.2 2.1 3.2 4.9 5.4 6.5 6.8 6.6 6.5 7.7 9.5 Validation Dipole SAR Reference Test Result for Body (2450 MHz) Validation Measurement SAR @ 0.025W Input averaged over 1g SAR @ 1W Input averaged over 1g SAR @ 0.025W Input averaged over 10g 14.2 14.3 14.2 14.1 14.3 14.0 14.2 14.2 14.4 14.2 14.21 56.80 57.20 56.80 56.40 57.20 56.00 56.80 56.80 57.60 56.80 56.84 6.33 6.34 6.33 6.32 6.33 6.31 6.33 6.33 6.34 6.32 6.32 SAR @ 1W Input averaged over 10g 25.32 25.36 25.32 25.28 25.32 25.24 25.32 25.32 25.36 25.28 25.31
(MHz) 300 450 835 900 1450 1800 1900 2000 2450 3000 Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 Test 5 Test 6 Test 7 Test 8 Test 9 Test 10 Average Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 24 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 System validation result D800 NEWEB:
Simulant Freq [MHz]
Parameters Liquid Temp [C]
22 22 22 21 21 21 Target Value 52.7 1.95 56.84 39.2 1.80 52.4 Measured Deviation Value 53.5 1.96 55.87 40.8 1.88 52.05
[%]
-1.52
-0.51 1.71
-4.08
-4.44 6.68 Limits
[%]
5 5 10 5 5 10 1g SAR 1g SAR Body 2450 Head 2450
= relative permittivity, = conductivity and =1000kg/m3 Note: Body Forward power = 20.96 dBm = 124.74 mW Head Forward power =20.2 dBm = 104.71 mW Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 25 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 26 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 27 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7.4 SAR Evaluation Procedure a. The evaluation was performed in the applicable area of the phantom depending on the type of device being tested. For device held to the dear during normal operation, both the left and right ear positions were evaluated in accordance with FCC OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C (Edition 01-01) using the SAM phantom. For body-worn and face-held devices a planar phantom was used. The EUT in the test setup for body-worn and face-held devices was placed in three different positions (relative to the phantom): parallel, bystand (perpendicular) and 1.5cm separation. b. The SAR was determined by a pre-defined procedure within the DASY3 software. Upon completion of a reference and optical surface check, the exposed region of the phantom was scanned near the inner surface with a grid spacing of 20mm x 20mm. c. A 5x5x7 matrix was performed around the greatest special SAR distribution found during the area scan of the applicable exposed region. SAR values were then calculated using a 3-D spline interpolation algorithm and averaged over spatial volumes of 1 and 10 grams. d. The depth of the simulating tissue in the planar used for the SAR evaluation and system e. For this particular evaluation, a stack of low-density, low-loss dielectric foamed polystyrene was f. Re-measurement of the SAR value at the same location as in a. If the value changed by more than validation was no less than 15.0cm. used in place of the device holder. 5%, the evaluation was repeated. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 28 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7.5 Exposure Limits Table 1: Limits for Occupational/Controlled Exposure (W/kg) Whole-Body Partial-Body Hands. Wrists. Feet and Ankles 8.0 1.6 0.4 0.08 20.0 4.0 Table 2: Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure (W/kg) Whole-Body Partial-Body Hands. Wrists. Feet and Ankles Note: Whole-body SAR is averaged over the entire body, partial-body SAR is averaged over any 1 gram of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube SAR for hands, writs, feet and ankles is averaged over any 10 grams of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. Population/Uncontrolled Environments are defined as locations where there is the exposure of individual who have no knowledge or control of their exposure. Occupational/Controlled Environments are defined as locations where there is exposure that may be incurred by people who are aware of the potential for exposure (i.e. as a result of employment or occupation). Population/uncontrolled environments Partial-body limit 1.6W/kg applied to the EUT. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 29 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 8 - TEST RESULTS This page summarizes the results of the performed dosimetric evaluation. The plots with the corresponding SAR distributions, which reveal information about the location of the maximum SAR with respect to the device could be found in the following pages. According to the data in section 6.1, the EUT complied with the FCC 2.1093 RF Exposure standards, with worst case of 0.115. 8.1 SAR Body-Worn Test Data Ambient Temperature (C): 23.0 Relative Humidity (%): 53.5 Worst case SAR reading EUT position Frequency
(MHz) Test Type Antenna Type Liquid Phantom Measured
(mW/g) Limit
(mW/g) Plot #
Built-in body Built-in body Built-in body Built-in body flat flat flat flat 0.108 0.0142 0.115 0.0089 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 2 3 4 Back touching, antenna at left 802.11b Back touching, antenna at right Back touching, antenna at left Back touching, antenna at right 802.11g 2437 2437 2437 2437 Output Power
(W) 0.045 0.045 0.040 0.040 Body worn Body worn Body worn Body worn 8.2 Plots of Test Result The plots of test result were attached as reference. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 30 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 1 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 31 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 2 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 32 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 3 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 33 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 4 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 34 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT A - SAR SETUP PHOTOGRAPHS Back Touching Flat Phantom Antenna at Right Back Touching Flat Phantom Antenna at Left Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 35 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT B - EUT PHOTOGRAPHS Notebook Top View Notebook Front View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 36 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Laptop Rear View Laptop Bottom View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 37 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Antenna Location 1 Antenna Location 2 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 38 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EUT Top View EUT Cover Removed View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 39 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EUT Solder View Antenna View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 40 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 AC Power Adapter View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 41 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT C Z-Axis Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 42 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 43 of 43
1 2 3 4 | SAR report | RF Exposure Info | 1.71 MiB |
SAR EVALUATION REPORT For AMBIT Microsystems Corporation 4-1, Ming Shen Street, Tu Chen Industrial District. Tu Chen, Taipei Hsien 236, Taiwan, R.O.C. FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2003-09-09 Equipment Type:
MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Combo Module This Report Concerns:
Original Report Test Engineer: Eric Hong /
Report No.: R0308076S Test Date: 2003-09-04 Reviewed By: Ling Zhang Prepared By: Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation 230 Commercial Street Sunnyvale, CA 94085 Tel: (408) 732-9162 Fax: (408) 732 9164 Note: This test report is specially limited to the above client company and the product model only. It may not be duplicated without prior written consent of Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corporation. This report must not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the U.S. Government. AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY....................................................................................................................................................................3 1 - REFERENCE ...........................................................................................................................................................4 2 - TESTING EQUIPMENT.........................................................................................................................................5 2.1 EQUIPMENTS LIST & CALIBRATION INFO...............................................................................................................5 2.2 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE ...............................................................................................................5 3 - EUT SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................................12 4 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION...................................................................................................................13 4.1 JUSTIFICATION .....................................................................................................................................................13 4.2 EUT EXERCISE SOFTWARE AND PROCEDURE ......................................................................................................13 4.3 SPECIAL ACCESSORIES.........................................................................................................................................13 4.4 EQUIPMENT MODIFICATIONS ...............................................................................................................................13 5 - CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT......................................................................................14 5.1 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................14 5.2 TEST RESULTS .....................................................................................................................................................14 5.3 MEASUREMENT PLOTS.........................................................................................................................................14 6 - DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SETUP...............................................................................................................16 6.1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM .....................................................................................................................17 6.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS.........................................................................................................................................18 6.3 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY............................................................................................................................22 7 - SYSTEM EVALUATION .....................................................................................................................................23 7.1 SIMULATED TISSUE LIQUID PARAMETER CONFIRMATION ...................................................................................23 7.2 EVALUATION PROCEDURES..................................................................................................................................23 7.3 SYSTEM ACCURACY VERIFICATION .....................................................................................................................24 7.4 SAR EVALUATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................28 7.5 EXPOSURE LIMITS................................................................................................................................................29 8 - TEST RESULTS ....................................................................................................................................................30 8.1 SAR BODY-WORN TEST DATA............................................................................................................................30 8.2 PLOTS OF TEST RESULT .......................................................................................................................................30 EXHIBIT A - SAR SETUP PHOTOGRAPHS .........................................................................................................35 BACK TOUCHING FLAT PHANTOM ANTENNA AT RIGHT..........................................................................................35 BACK TOUCHING FLAT PHANTOM ANTENNA AT LEFT............................................................................................35 EXHIBIT B - EUT PHOTOGRAPHS.......................................................................................................................36 NOTEBOOK TOP VIEW................................................................................................................................................36 NOTEBOOK FRONT VIEW ...........................................................................................................................................36 LAPTOP REAR VIEW...................................................................................................................................................37 LAPTOP BOTTOM VIEW..............................................................................................................................................37 ANTENNA LOCATION 1 ..............................................................................................................................................38 ANTENNA LOCATION 2 ..............................................................................................................................................38 EUT TOP VIEW.......................................................................................................................................................39 EUT COVER REMOVED VIEW.................................................................................................................................39 EUT SOLDER VIEW ................................................................................................................................................40 ANTENNA VIEW.........................................................................................................................................................40 AC POWER ADAPTER VIEW.......................................................................................................................................41 EXHIBIT C Z-AXIS.................................................................................................................................................42 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 2 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 SUMMARY The US Federal Communications Commission has released the report and order Guidelines for Evaluating the Environmental Effects of RF Radiation", ET Docket No. 93-62 in August 1996 [1]. The order requires routine SAR evaluation prior to equipment authorization of portable transmitter devices, including portable telephones. For consumer products, the applicable limit is 1.6 mW/g as recommended by the ANSI/IEEE standard C95.1-1992 [6] for an uncontrolled environment (Paragraph 65). According to the Supplement C of OET Bulletin 65 Evaluating Compliance with FCC Guide-lines for Human Exposure to Radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields", released on Jun 29, 2001 by the FCC, the device should be evaluated at maximum output power (radiated from the antenna) under worst-case conditions for normal or intended use, incorporating normal antenna operating positions, device peak performance frequencies and positions for maximum RF energy coupling. This report describes the methodology and results of experiments performed on wireless data terminal. The objective was to determine if there is RF radiation and if radiation is found, what is the extent of radiation with respect to safety limits. SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) is the measure of RF exposure determined by the amount of RF energy absorbed by human body (or its parts) to determine how the RF energy couples to the body or head which is a primary health concern for body worn devices. The limit below which the exposure to RF is considered safe by regulatory bodies in North America is 1.6 mW/g average over 1 gram of tissue mass. The test configurations were laid out on a specially designed test fixture to ensure the reproducibility of measurements. Each configuration was scanned for SAR. Analysis of each scan was carried out to characterize the above effects in the device. The investigation was limited to the worst-case scenario from the device usage point of view. For the clarity of data analysis, and clarity of presentation, only one tissue simulation was used for the head and body simulation. This means that if SAR was found at the headset position, the magnitude of SAR would be overestimated comparing to SAR to a headset placed in the ear region. There was no SAR of any concern measured on the device for any of the investigated configurations. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 3 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 1 - REFERENCE
[1] Federal Communications Commission, \Report and order: Guidelines for evaluating the environmental effects of radiofrequency radiation", Tech. Rep. FCC 96-326, FCC, Washington, D.C. 20554, 1996.
[2] David L. Means Kwok Chan, Robert F. Cleveland, \Evaluating compliance with FCC guidelines for human exposure to radiofrequency electromagnetic fields", Tech. Rep., Federal Communication Commission, O_ce of Engineering & Technology, Washington, DC, 1997.
[3] Thomas Schmid, Oliver Egger, and Niels Kuster, \Automated E-field scanning system for dosimetric assessments", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, pp. 105{113, Jan. 1996.
[4] Niels Kuster, Ralph K.astle, and Thomas Schmid, \Dosimetric evaluation of mobile communications equipment with known precision", IEICE Transactions on Communications, vol. E80-B, no. 5, pp. 645{652, May 1997.
[5] CENELEC, \Considerations for evaluating of human exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMFs) from mobile telecommunication equipment (MTE) in the frequency range 30MHz - 6GHz", Tech. Rep., CENELEC, European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, Brussels, 1997.
[6] ANSI, ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., New York, NY 10017, 1992.
[7] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \Robust setup for precise calibration of E-field probes in tissue simulating liquids at mobile communications frequencies", in ICECOM _ 97, Dubrovnik, October 15{17, 1997, pp. 120-24.
[8] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \E-_eld probe with improved isotropy in brain simulating liquids", in Proceedings of the ELMAR, Zadar, Croatia, 23{25 June, 1996, pp. 172-175.
[9] Volker Hombach, Klaus Meier, Michael Burkhardt, Eberhard K. uhn, and Niels Kuster, \The depen-dence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 900 MHz", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, no. 10, pp. 1865-1873, Oct. 1996.
[10] Klaus Meier, Ralf Kastle, Volker Hombach, Roger Tay, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 1800 MHz", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Oct. 1997, in press.
[11] W. Gander, Computermathematik, Birkhaeuser, Basel, 1992.
[12] W. H. Press, S. A. Teukolsky,W. T. Vetterling, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical Recepies in C, The Art of Scientific Computing, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 1992.Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 9
[13] NIS81 NAMAS, \The treatment of uncertainity in EMC measurement", Tech. Rep., NAMAS Executive, National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, Middlesex, England, 1994.
[14] Barry N. Taylor and Christ E. Kuyatt, \Guidelines for evaluating and expressing the uncertainty of NIST measurement results", Tech. Rep., National Institute of Standards and Technology, 1994. Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 10 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 4 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 2 - TESTING EQUIPMENT 2.1 Equipments List & Calibration Info Type / Model Cal. Date DASY3 Professional Dosimetric System Robot RX60L Robot Controller Dell Computer Optiplex GX110 Pentium III, Windows NT SPEAG EDC3 SPEAG DAE3 SPEAG E-Field Probe ET3DV6 SPEAG Dummy Probe SPEAG Generic Twin Phantom SPEAG Light Alignment Sensor Apprel Validation Dipole D-1800-S-2 SPEAG Validation Dipole D900V2 Brain Equivalent Matter (800MHz) Brain Equivalent Matter (1900MHz) Brain Equivalent Matter (2450MHz) Muscle Equivalent Matter (800MHz) Muscle Equivalent Matter (1900MHz) Muscle Equivalent Matter (2450MHz) Robot Table Phone Holder Phantom Cover HP Spectrum Analyzer HP8593GM Microwave Amp. 8349B Power Meter HP436A Power Sensor HP8482A Signal Generator RS SMIQ O3 Network Analyzer HP-8753ES Dielectric Probe Kit HP85070A Apprel Validation Dipole D-2450-S-1 2.2 Equipment Calibration Certificate Please see the attached file. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2003-06 2004-09-07 N/A N/A N/A 2003-11-06 2004-09-03 Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily N/A N/A N/A 2004-06-20 N/A 2004-04-02 2004-04-02 2004-02-10 2004-07-30 N/A 2003-10-01 S/N:
N/A F00/5H31A1/A/01 F01/5J72A1/A/01 N/A N/A N/A 456 1604 N/A N/A 278 BCL-049 122 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3009A00791 2644A02662 2709A29209 2349A08568 1084800403 820079 N/A BCL-141 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 5 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 6 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 7 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 8 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 9 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Body 2450 Mhz Liquid Measurement, 2003-09-04
= o = 2 f o =1.96 where f = 2450x 106 o = 8.854 x 10-12
= 14.3833 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 10 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Head 2450 Mhz Liquid Measurement, 2003-09-04
= o = 2 f o =1.88 where f = 2450x 106 o = 8.854 x 10-12
= 13.8156 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 11 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 3 - EUT SUMMARY The Ambit Microsystems Corporations, model: T60H677.03, or the EUT as referred to in this report is an MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Module which measures approximately2.4L x 1.7W x 0.1H. The EUT is a dual band WLAN device that allows for acces to both 2.4GHz and 5GHz WLAN technologies. THE EUT will operate at a maximum data rate of 11Mbps with 802.11b (2.4GHz), 54Mbps with 802.11g
(2.4GHz) wireless networks and a minimum data rate of 54Mbps with 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks. The EUT will automatically detect and seamlessly roam between both 802.11b (2.4GHz), 802.11g
(2.4GHz) and 802.11a (5GHz) wireless networks.
* The test data gathered are from typical production samples provided by the manufacturer. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 12 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 4 - SYSTEM TEST CONFIGURATION 4.1 Justification The system was configured for testing in a typical fashion (as normally used by a typical user). 4.2 EUT Exercise Software and Procedure The EUT exercising program used during SAR testing was designed to exercise the various system components in a manner similar to a typical use. The test software, provided by the customer, is started the Windows terminal program under the Windows 98/2000/ME/XP operating system. Once loaded, set the Tx channel to low, mid and high for testing. 4.3 Special Accessories All interface cables used for compliance testing are shielded as normally supplied by INMAC, Monster Cable and their respective support equipment manufacturer. The EUT is featured shielded metal connectors. 4.4 Equipment Modifications No modification(s) were made to ensure that the EUT complies with the applicable limits. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 13 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 5 - CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT 5.1 Measurement Procedure 1. Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. 2. Remove the antenna from the EUT and then connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a spectrum analyzer. 3. Add a correction factor to the display. EUT Attenuator Power Meter 5.2 Test Results Frequency
(MHz) 802.11b 802.11g 2437 2437 5.3 Measurement Plots Please refer to the plots hereinafter. Correction Corrected Peak Output Power
(dBm) 9.33 6.67 Factor
(dBm) 7.2 9.3 Factor
(dBm) 16.53 15.97 Output Power
(W) 0.045 0.040 Standard
(W) Result
< 1W
< 1W Compliant Compliant Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 14 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 15 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6 - DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SETUP These measurements were performed with the automated near-field scanning system DASY3 from Schmid & Partner Engineering AG (SPEAG). The system is based on a high precision robot (working range greater than 0.9m) which positions the probes with a positional repeatability of better than 0.02mm. Special E- and H-field probes have been developed for measurements close to material discontinuity, the sensors of which are directly loaded with a Schottky diode and connected via highly resistive lines to the data acquisition unit. The system is described in detail in [3]. The SAR measurements were conducted with the dosimetric probe ET3DV6 SN: 1604 (manufactured by SPEAG), designed in the classical triangular configuration [3] and optimized for dosimetric evaluation. The probe has been calibrated according to the procedure described in [7] with accuracy of better than 10%. The spherical isotropy was evaluated with the procedure described in [8] and found to be better than 0.25dB. The phantom used was the \Generic Twin Phantom described in [4]. The ear was simulated as a spacer of 4 mm thickness between the earpiece of the phone and the tissue simulating liquid. The Tissue simulation liquid used for each test is in according with the FCC OET65 supplement C as listed below. Ingredients
(% by weight) Tissue Type Water Salt (Nacl) Sugar HEC Bactericide Triton x-100 DGBE Dielectric Constant Conductivity (s/m) 450 835 915 1900 Frequency (MHz) Head 38.56 3.95 56.32 0.98 0.19 0.0 0.0 43.42 0.85 Body Head Body Head 41.05 51.16 1.35 1.49 46.78 56.5 1.0 0.52 0.1 0.05 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 42.0 58.0 0.83 1.0 41.45 1.45 56.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 42.54 0.91 52.4 1.4 45.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 56.1 0.95 Body 56.0 0.76 41.76 1.21 0.27 0.0 0.0 56.8 1.07 Head 54.9 0.18 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 44.92 39.9 1.42 Body 40.4 0.5 58.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 54.0 1.45 2450 Head Body 73.2 62.7 0.04 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 36.8 0.0 26.7 52.5 39.8 1.88 1.78 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 16 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.1 Measurement System Diagram The DASY3 system for performing compliance tests consist of the following items:
1. A standard high precision 6-axis robot (Stubli RX family) with controller and software. 2. An arm extension for accommodating the data acquisition electronics (DAE). 3. A dosimetric probe, i.e., an isotropic E-field probe optimized and calibrated for usage in tissue simulating liquid. The probe is equipped with an optical surface detector system. 4. A data acquisition electronic (DAE), which performs the signal amplification, signal multiplexing, AD-conversion, offset measurements, mechanical surface detection, collision detection, etc. The unit is battery powered with standard or rechargeable batteries. The signal is optically transmitted to the EOC. 5. A unit to operate the optical surface detector, which is connected to the EOC. The Electro-optical coupler (EOC) performs the conversion from the optical into a digital electric signal of the DAE. The EOC is connected to the PC plug-in card. The functions of the PC plug-in card based on a DSP is to perform the time critical task such as signal filtering, surveillance of the robot operation fast movement interrupts. 6. A computer operating Windows 95 or larger 7. DASY3 software 8. Remote control with teaches pendant and additional circuitry for robot safety such as warning lamps, etc. 9. The generic twin phantom enabling testing left-hand and right-hand usage. 10. The device holder for handheld EUT. 11. Tissue simulating liquid mixed according to the given recipes (see Application Note). 12. System validation dipoles to validate the proper functioning of the system. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 17 of 43 Photograph of the probe AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.2 System Components ET3DV6 Probe Specification Construction Symmetrical design with triangular core Built-in optical fiber for surface detection System Built-in shielding against static charges Calibration In air from 10 MHz to 2.5 GHz In brain and muscle simulating tissue at Frequencies of 450 MHz, 900 MHz and 1.8 GHz (accuracy 8%) Frequency 10 MHz to > 6 GHz; Linearity: 0.2 dB
(30 MHz to 3 GHz) Directivity 0.2 dB in brain tissue (rotation around probe axis) 0.4 dB in brain tissue (rotation normal probe axis) Dynamic 5 mW/g to > 100 mW/g;
Range Linearity: 0.2 dB Surface 0.2 mm repeatability in air and clear liquids Detection over diffuse reflecting surfaces. Dimensions Overall length: 330 mm Tip length: 16 mm Body diameter: 12 mm Tip diameter: 6.8 mm Distance from probe tip to dipole centers: 2.7 mm Application General dosimetric up to 3 GHz Compliance tests of mobile phones Fast automatic scanning in arbitrary phantoms The SAR measurements were conducted with the dosimetric probe ET3DV6 designed in the classical triangular configuration and optimized for dosimetric evaluation. The probe is constructed using the thick film technique; with printed resistive lines on ceramic substrates. The probe is equipped with an optical multi-fiber line ending at the front of the probe tip. It is connected to the EOC box on the robot arm and provides an automatic detection of the phantom surface. Half of the fibers are connected to a pulsed infrared transmitter, the other half to a synchronized receiver. As the probe approaches the surface, the reflection from the surface produces a coupling from the transmitting to the receiving fibers. This reflection increases first during the approach, reaches maximum and then decreases. If the probe is flatly touching the surface, the coupling is zero. The distance of the coupling maximum to the surface is independent of the surface reflectivity and largely independent of the surface to probe angle. The DASY3 software reads the reflection during a software approach and looks for the maximum using a 2 nd order fitting. The approach is stopped when reaching the maximum. Inside view of ET3DV6 E-field Probe Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 18 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 E-Field Probe Calibration Process Each probe is calibrated according to a dosimetric assessment procedure described in [6] with accuracy better than +/- 10%. The spherical isotropy was evaluated with the procedure described in [7] and found to be better than +/-0.25dB. The sensitivity parameters (NormX, NormY, NormZ), the diode compression parameter (DCP) and the conversion factor (ConvF) of the probe are tested. The free space E-field from amplified probe outputs is determined in a test chamber. This is performed in a TEM cell for frequencies bellow 1 GHz, and in a waveguide above 1 GHz for free space. For the free space calibration, the probe is placed in the volumetric center of the cavity and at the proper orientation with the field. The probe is then rotated 360 degrees. E-field temperature correlation calibration is performed in a flat phantom filled with the appropriate simulated brain tissue. The measured free space E-field in the medium correlates to temperature rise in dielectric medium. For temperature correlation calibration a RF transparent thermistor-based temperature probe is used in conjunction with the E-field probe. Data Evaluation The DASY3 software automatically executes the following procedures to calculate the field units from the microvolt readings at the probe connector. The parameters used in the evaluation are stored in the configuration modules of the software:
Probe Parameter:
Device parameter:
Media parameter:
These parameters must be set correctly in the software. They can either be found in the component documents or be imported into the software from the configuration files issued for the DASY3 components. In the direct measuring mode of the multi-meter option, the parameters of the actual system setup are used. In the scan visualization and export modes, the parameters stored in the corresponding document files are used. The first step of the evaluation is a linearization of the filtered input signal to account for the compression characteristics of the detector diode. The compensation depends on the input signal, the diode type and the DC-transmission factor from the diode to the evaluation electronics. If the exciting field is pulsed, the crest factor of the signal must be known to correctly compensate for peak power. The formula for each channel can be given as:
-Sensitivity
-Conversion Factor
-Diode compression point
-Frequency
-Crest Factor
-Conductivity
-Density Normi, ai0, ai1, ai2 ConvFi Dcpi f cf Vi = Ui + (Ui)2 cf / dcpi With Vi = compensated signal of channel i (i =x, y, z) Ui = input signal of channel i (i =x, y, z) cf = crest factor of exciting field (DASY parameter) dcpi = diode compression point (DASY parameter) Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 19 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 From the compensated input signals the primary field data for each channel can be evaluated:
With Vi = compensated signal of channel i (i =x, y, z) Normi = sensor sensitivity of channel i (i =x, y, z) V/ (V/m)2 for E-field probes ConF = sensitivity enhancement in solution aij = sensor sensitivity factors for H-field probes f = carrier frequency [GHz]
Ei = electric field strenggy of channel i in V/m Hi = diode compression point (DASY parameter) The RSS value of the field components gives the total field strength (Hermitian magnitude):
Etot = Square Root [(Ex)2 + (Ey)2+ (Ez)2]
The primary field data are used to calculate the derived field units. SAR = (Etot) 2 /( 1000) With SAR = local specific absorption rate in mW/g Etot = total field strength in V/m
= conductivity in [mho/m] or [Siemens/m]
= equivalent tissue density in g/cm3 Note that the density is normally set to 1 (or 1.06), to account for actual brain density rather than the density of the simulation liquid. The power flow density is calculated assuming the excitation field as a free space field. With Ppwe = equivalent power density of a plane wave in mW/cm3 Ppwe = (Etot)2 / 3770 or Ppwe = (Htot)2 37.7 Etot = total electric filed strength in V/m Htot = total magnetic filed strength in V/m Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 20 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Generic Twin Phantom The Generic Twin Phantom is constructed of a fiberglass shell integrated in a wooden table. The shape of the shell is based on data from an anatomical study designed to determine the maximum exposure in at least 90% of all users [9][10]. It enables the dosimetric evaluation of left and right hand phone usage as well as body mounted usage at the flat phantom region. A cover prevents the evaporation of the liquid. Reference markings on the Phantom allows the complete setup of all predefined phantom positions and measurement grids by manually teaching three points in the robot. Shell Thickness 2 0.1 mm Filling Volume Approx. 20 liters Dimensions 810 x 1000 x 500 mm (H x L x W) Generic Twin Phantom Device Holder In combination with the Generic Twin Phantom V3.0, the Mounting Device enables the rotation of the mounted transmitter in spherical coordinates whereby the rotation points is the ear opening. The devices can be easily, accurately, and repeatedly positioned according to the FCC and CENELEC specifications. The device holder can be locked at different phantom locations (left head, right head, flat phantom).
* Note: A simulating human hand is not used due to the complex anatomical and geometrical structure of the hand that may produced infinite number of configurations [10]. To produce the worst-case condition (the hand absorbs antenna output power), the hand is omitted during the tests. Device Holder Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 21 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 6.3 Measurement Uncertainty The uncertainty budget has been determined for the DASY3 measurement system according to the NIS81 [13] and the NIST1297 [14] documents and is given in the following Table. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 22 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7 - SYSTEM EVALUATION 7.1 Simulated Tissue Liquid Parameter Confirmation The dielectric parameters were checked prior to assessment using the HP85070A dielectric probe kit. The dielectric parameters measured are reported in each correspondent section:
7.2 Evaluation Procedures Maximum Search The maximum search is automatically performed after each coarse scan measurement. It is based on splines in two or three dimensions. The procedure can find the maximum for most SAR distributions even with relatively large grid spacings. After the coarse scan measurement, the probe is automatically moved to a position at the interpolated maximum. The following scan can directly use this position for reference, e.g., for a finer resolution grid or the cube evaluations. The extrapolation can be used in z-axis scans with automatic surface detection. The SAR values can be extrapolated to the inner phantom surface. The extrapolation distance is the sum of the probe sensor offset, the surface detection distance and the grid offset. The extrapolation is based on fourth order polynomal functions. The extrapolation is only available for SAR values. Extrapolation Boundary Corrections The correction of the probe boundary effect in the vicinity of the phantom surface can be done in two different ways. In the standard (worse case) evaluation, the boundary effect is reduced by different weights for the lowest measured points in the extrapolation routine. The result is a slight overestimation of the extrapolated SAR values (2% to 8%) depending on the SAR distribution and gradient. The advanced evaluation makes a full compensation of the boundary effect before doing the extrapolation. This is only possible of probes with specifications on the boundary effect. Peak Search for 1g and 10g cube averaged SAR The 1g and 10g peak evaluations are only available for the predefined cube 4x4x7 and cube 5x5x7 scans. The routine are verified and optimized for the grid dimensions used in these cube measurements. The measured volume of 32x32x35mm contains about 35g of tissue. The first procedure is an extrapolation
(incl. Boundary correction) to get the points between the lowest measured plane and the surface. The next step uses 3D interpolation get all points within the measured volume in a 1mm grid (35000 points). In the last step, a 1g cube is place numerically into the volume and its averaged SAR is calculated. This cube is the moved around until the highest averaged SAR is found. This last procedure is repeated for a 10g cube. If the highest SAR is found at the edge of the measured volume, the system will issue a warning,: higher SAR values might be found outside of the measured volume. In that case the cube measurement can be repeated, using the new interpolated maximum as the center. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 23 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7.3 System Accuracy Verification Prior to the assessment, the system validation kit was used to test whether the system was operating within its specifications of 10%. The validation results are tabulated below. And also the corresponding SAR plot is attached as well in the SAR plots files. IEEE P1528 recommended reference value for Head Frequency 1 g SAR 10 g SAR Local SAR at surface
(above feed point) Local SAR at surface
(v=2cm offset from feed point) 3.0 4.9 9.5 10.8 29.0 38.1 39.7 41.1 52.4 63.8 2.0 3.3 6.2 6.9 16.0 19.8 20.5 21.1 24.0 25.7 4.4 7.2 14.1 16.4 50.2 69.5 72.1 74.6 104.2 140.2 2.1 3.2 4.9 5.4 6.5 6.8 6.6 6.5 7.7 9.5 Validation Dipole SAR Reference Test Result for Body (2450 MHz) Validation Measurement SAR @ 0.025W Input averaged over 1g SAR @ 1W Input averaged over 1g SAR @ 0.025W Input averaged over 10g 14.2 14.3 14.2 14.1 14.3 14.0 14.2 14.2 14.4 14.2 14.21 56.80 57.20 56.80 56.40 57.20 56.00 56.80 56.80 57.60 56.80 56.84 6.33 6.34 6.33 6.32 6.33 6.31 6.33 6.33 6.34 6.32 6.32 SAR @ 1W Input averaged over 10g 25.32 25.36 25.32 25.28 25.32 25.24 25.32 25.32 25.36 25.28 25.31
(MHz) 300 450 835 900 1450 1800 1900 2000 2450 3000 Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 Test 5 Test 6 Test 7 Test 8 Test 9 Test 10 Average Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 24 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 System validation result D800 NEWEB:
Simulant Freq [MHz]
Parameters Liquid Temp [C]
22 22 22 21 21 21 Target Value 52.7 1.95 56.84 39.2 1.80 52.4 Measured Deviation Value 53.5 1.96 55.87 40.8 1.88 52.05
[%]
-1.52
-0.51 1.71
-4.08
-4.44 6.68 Limits
[%]
5 5 10 5 5 10 1g SAR 1g SAR Body 2450 Head 2450
= relative permittivity, = conductivity and =1000kg/m3 Note: Body Forward power = 20.96 dBm = 124.74 mW Head Forward power =20.2 dBm = 104.71 mW Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 25 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 26 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 27 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7.4 SAR Evaluation Procedure a. The evaluation was performed in the applicable area of the phantom depending on the type of device being tested. For device held to the dear during normal operation, both the left and right ear positions were evaluated in accordance with FCC OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C (Edition 01-01) using the SAM phantom. For body-worn and face-held devices a planar phantom was used. The EUT in the test setup for body-worn and face-held devices was placed in three different positions (relative to the phantom): parallel, bystand (perpendicular) and 1.5cm separation. b. The SAR was determined by a pre-defined procedure within the DASY3 software. Upon completion of a reference and optical surface check, the exposed region of the phantom was scanned near the inner surface with a grid spacing of 20mm x 20mm. c. A 5x5x7 matrix was performed around the greatest special SAR distribution found during the area scan of the applicable exposed region. SAR values were then calculated using a 3-D spline interpolation algorithm and averaged over spatial volumes of 1 and 10 grams. d. The depth of the simulating tissue in the planar used for the SAR evaluation and system e. For this particular evaluation, a stack of low-density, low-loss dielectric foamed polystyrene was f. Re-measurement of the SAR value at the same location as in a. If the value changed by more than validation was no less than 15.0cm. used in place of the device holder. 5%, the evaluation was repeated. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 28 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 7.5 Exposure Limits Table 1: Limits for Occupational/Controlled Exposure (W/kg) Whole-Body Partial-Body Hands. Wrists. Feet and Ankles 8.0 1.6 0.4 0.08 20.0 4.0 Table 2: Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure (W/kg) Whole-Body Partial-Body Hands. Wrists. Feet and Ankles Note: Whole-body SAR is averaged over the entire body, partial-body SAR is averaged over any 1 gram of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube SAR for hands, writs, feet and ankles is averaged over any 10 grams of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. Population/Uncontrolled Environments are defined as locations where there is the exposure of individual who have no knowledge or control of their exposure. Occupational/Controlled Environments are defined as locations where there is exposure that may be incurred by people who are aware of the potential for exposure (i.e. as a result of employment or occupation). Population/uncontrolled environments Partial-body limit 1.6W/kg applied to the EUT. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 29 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 8 - TEST RESULTS This page summarizes the results of the performed dosimetric evaluation. The plots with the corresponding SAR distributions, which reveal information about the location of the maximum SAR with respect to the device could be found in the following pages. According to the data in section 6.1, the EUT complied with the FCC 2.1093 RF Exposure standards, with worst case of 1.53. 8.1 SAR Body-Worn Test Data Ambient Temperature (C): 23.0 Relative Humidity (%): 53.5 Worst case SAR reading EUT position Frequency
(MHz) Test Type Antenna Type Liquid Phantom Measured
(mW/g) Limit
(mW/g) Plot #
Built-in body Built-in body Built-in body Built-in body flat flat flat flat 0.108 0.0142 0.115 0.0089 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 2 3 4 Back touching, antenna at left 802.11b Back touching, antenna at right Back touching, antenna at left Back touching, antenna at right 802.11g 2437 2437 2437 2437 Output Power
(W) 0.045 0.045 0.040 0.040 Body worn Body worn Body worn Body worn 8.2 Plots of Test Result The plots of test result were attached as reference. Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 30 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 1 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 31 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 2 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 32 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 3 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 33 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Plot # 4 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 34 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT A - SAR SETUP PHOTOGRAPHS Back Touching Flat Phantom Antenna at Right Back Touching Flat Phantom Antenna at Left Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 35 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT B - EUT PHOTOGRAPHS Notebook Top View Notebook Front View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 36 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Laptop Rear View Laptop Bottom View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 37 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Antenna Location 1 Antenna Location 2 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 38 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EUT Top View EUT Cover Removed View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 39 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EUT Solder View Antenna View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 40 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 AC Power Adapter View Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 41 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 EXHIBIT C Z-Axis Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 42 of 43 AMBIT Microsystems Corporation FCC ID: MCLT60H6773 Report #R0308076S.doc SAR Evaluation Report Page 43 of 43
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2004-04-16 | 5745 ~ 5810 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Class II Permissive Change |
2 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
3 | 2003-11-14 | 5745 ~ 5810 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Original Equipment |
4 | 2003-11-13 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 | Effective |
2004-04-16
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
2003-11-14
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
2003-11-13
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
HON HAI Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0010777365
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
5F-1, 5, Hsin-An Road Hsinchu Science-Based Industrial Park
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
5F-1, 5, Hsin-An Road
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
Hsinchu, N/A
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Grantee Code |
MCL
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Product Code |
T60H6773
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
M**** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Title |
Compliance Deputy Manager
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
+886-********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
+886-********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
r******@foxconn.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corp
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Bay Area Compliance Laboratory
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
H**** M******
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
M**** J******
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
230 Commercial Street
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Sunnyvale, California 94085
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
408-7******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
408-7******** Extension:
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
408-7********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
h******@baclcorp.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
m******@baclcorp.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corp
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Bay Area Compliance Laboratory Corp.
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
A**** F********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
230 Commercial Street
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Sunnyvale, California 94085
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
408-7******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
408-7********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
a******@baclcorp.com
|
|||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | No | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Class | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||||
1 2 3 4 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g Module w/ Bluetooth Wireless | ||||
1 2 3 4 | MiniPCI 802.11a/b/g | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II Permissive Change | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Grant Comments | Output power is conducted. Per 15.407(e) device is restricted to indoor use only for 5.15-5.25 GHz. The transmitter module is to be installed in the specific notebook computer shown in this filing only by the Grantee or OEM integrators - user installation is prohibited. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The grantee has to ensure the installation procedures comply with 15.407(d) integral antenna requirement which prevents end user to access the transmitter module after the installation. Co-located transmitter operating conditions with FCC ID MCLT60M665 are authorized as described in this filing - separate equipment certification is needed for other co-location configurations. Label with two FCC IDs applies only when both transmitters are installed. End-users must be provided with operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance requirements. Use in portable RF exposure conditions is limited to the specific laptop computer configurations evaluated in filings under this FCC ID. The highest reported SAR values are: body - 5 GHz-band, 0.53 W/kg. | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Output power is conducted. Per 15.407(e) device is restricted to indoor use only for 5.15-5.25 GHz. The transmitter module is to be installed in the specific notebook computer shown in this filing only by the Grantee or OEM integrators - user installation is prohibited. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The grantee has to ensure the installation procedures comply with 15.407(d) integral antenna requirement which prevents end user to access the transmitter module after the installation. Co-located transmitter operating conditions with FCC ID MCLT60M665 are authorized as described in this filing - separate equipment certification is needed for other co-location configurations. Label with two FCC IDs applies only when both transmitters are installed. End-users must be provided with operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance requirements. Use in portable RF exposure conditions is limited to the specific laptop computer configurations evaluated in filings under this FCC ID. The highest reported SAR values are: body - 2.4 GHz, 0.12 W/kg. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Output power is conducted. Per 15.407(e) device is restricted to indoor use only for 5.15-5.25 GHz. The transmitter module is to be installed in the specific notebook computer shown in this filing only by the Grantee or OEM integrators - user installation is prohibited. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The grantee has to ensure the installation procedures comply with 15.407(d) integral antenna requirement which prevents end user to access the transmitter module after the installation. The antenna(s) must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users must be provided with operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance requirements. Use in portable RF exposure conditions is limited to the specific laptop computer configurations evaluated in this filing. The highest reported SAR values are: body - 5 GHz-band, 0.53 W/kg. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Output power is conducted. Per 15.407(e) device is restricted to indoor use only for 5.15-5.25 GHz. The transmitter module is to be installed in the specific notebook computer shown in this filing only by the Grantee or OEM integrators - user installation is prohibited. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The grantee has to ensure the installation procedures comply with 15.407(d) integral antenna requirement which prevents end user to access the transmitter module after the installation. The antenna(s) must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users must be provided with operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance requirements. Use in portable RF exposure conditions is limited to the specific laptop computer configurations evaluated in this filing. The highest reported SAR values are: body - 2.4 GHz, 0.12 W/kg. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
Bay Area Compliance Laboratory
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
J**** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
408-7********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
408-7********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
b******@baclcorp.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15E | CE | 5170 | 5250 | 0.0468 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15E | CE | 5250 | 5330 | 0.0449 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 15E | CE | 5745 | 5810 | 0.0449 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CE | 2412 | 2462 | 0.0468 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15C | CE | 2402 | 2480 | 0.00224 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15E | CE | 5170 | 5250 | 0.0468 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15E | CE | 5250 | 5330 | 0.0449 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 3 | 15E | CE | 5745 | 5810 | 0.0449 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CE | 2412.00000000 | 2462.00000000 | 0.0468000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC